Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
LEARNET ACADEMY, INC. (2)
INSURANCE ON FILE A-2023-069-02 WORK MAY PROCEED UNTIL INSURANCE EXPIRES =t!L 4 CITY CLERK DATE: AGREEMENT FOR WORKFORCE TRAINING �..UA UVO v THIS SUBAWARD AGREEMENT ("Agreement"), made and entered into this 1" day of July_, 2023, by and between the City of Santa Ana, a charter city and municipal corporation �5� duly organized and existing under the Constitution and laws of the State of California ("CITY") and I_,earnet Academy, Inc., a for -profit corporation identified by the assigned Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number (1719622771("CONTRACTOR"). � RECITALS: c� A. CITY has been designated a Local Workforce Development Area (LWDA) under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act of 2014, Public Law 1-113-128 ("WIOA" or "the Act"), Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance (CFDA) Number 17.258, 17.278, 17.259 and Federal Award Identification Number (FAIN) AA363092155A6. B. The State of California has created the LWDA to administer the Act programs operated by the State of California pursuant to the Act. C. As a LWDA, CITY is entitled to receive Federal funds to establish programs to increase the employment, retention and earnings of participants, and increase occupational skills attainment by participants, and as a result, improve the quality of the workforce, reduce welfare dependency, and enhance the productivity and competitiveness of the nation. Under WIOA, participants in need of training services may access career training through a list of state -approved schools and their training programs. D. In addition to WIOA, the CITY received funding from the Orange County Social Services Vocational Training grant funded through the California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids Act of 1997, which provides monies for the basic needs of families with children ("CalWORKs" or "SSA"). An important component of Ca1WORKs allows for the provision of employment services for parents. Heads of households are provided job training services to help families upgrade job skills with the ultimate goal of self-sufficiency. E. The CITY intends to utilize the WIOA and SSA Grant Funds to operate a Workforce Training Program in which vocational training courses will be made available to Qualified Participants ("Workforce Training Program"). Qualified Participants are those individuals that are permitted to participate under the Act and approved to participate under the City's Workforce Training Program ("Qualified Participants"). Pursuant to the Workforce Training Program, the CITY desires to contract with public and private organizations, including employers, who are qualified to participate in the CITY's Workforce Training Program by providing services to Qualified Participants (each, a "Qualified Contractor"). F. CONTRACTOR is a Qualified Contractor that has been selected as one of several vendors that qualified to provide workforce training under the Workforce Training Program. G. CONTRACTOR represents that it is knowledgeable in its field, and is Page 1 of 19 willing to provide workforce training services under the Workforce Training Program pursuant to applicable Federal and California laws. H. The CITY and CONTRACTOR (each, a "Party" and jointly, the "Parties") desire to enter into this Agreement so that CONTRACTOR may receive a subgrant of the proceeds of the WIOA and/or SSA Grants (hereinafter defined as the "Subgrant") in consideration for CONTRACTOR's participation in the CITY's WIOA and/or SSA Programs and provision of services to Qualified Participants upon the request of the CITY. WHEREFORE, for and in consideration of the respective and mutual covenants and promises hereinafter contained and made, and subject to all the terms and conditions hereof, the Parties hereto do hereby agree as follows: I. CONTRACTOR'S OBLIGATIONS A. In compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall provide the CONTRACTOR's Services, as authorized by the CITY's Representative. CONTRACTOR represents and warrants that CONTRACTOR's Services to be provided hereunder shall be performed in a competent, professional and satisfactory manner in accordance with the CITY's Workforce Training Program. B. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide benefits to individuals who participate in the activities and services funded by this Agreement ("Participants") in accordance with the standards and requirements set forth in this Agreement. C. CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that CITY shall request that CONTRACTOR provide the CONTRACTOR's Services on an "as requested" basis and that CITY does not guaranty a minimum number of Qualified Participants for whom CONTRACTOR's Services shall be requested and required under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that CONTRACTOR shall not commence to provide CONTRACTOR's Services to a particular Qualified Participant hereunder unless and until CONTRACTOR receives a Notice to Proceed from the CITY authorizing the provision of CONTRACTOR's Services to that particular Qualified Participant. CONTRACTOR further acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement and any request for the provision of services hereunder is nonexclusive and that the CITY may enter into similar agreements with other entities for the provision of similar services. D. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall perform and complete all of CONTRACTOR's Services in a timely and expeditious manner. CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for delays caused by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, provided that CONTRACTOR has delivered to the CITY written notice of the cause of any such delay within ten (10) days of the occurrence of such cause. E. Scope of Services. On an as -needed basis, and at the sole discretion of CITY, CONTRACTOR shall perform the services that are described in Exhibit A. The Scope of Services shall include the CONTRACTOR's proposal or bid, if any, which shall be incorporated herein by this reference as though fully set forth herein. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms Page 2 of 19 of such proposal and this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. Specific allocation of services may be changed at the discretion of the CITY and upon mutual agreement of the Parties. F. Compliance with Law. CONTRACTOR's Services shall be provided in accordance with all ordinances, resolutions, statutes, rules, regulations and laws of the CITY and any Federal, State or local governmental agency of competentjurisdiction. G. CONTRACTOR shall obtain, at CONTRACTOR's sole cost and expense, such licenses, permits and approvals as may be required by law for the performance of CONTRACTOR's Services. CONTRACTOR shall have the sole obligation to pay for any fees, assessments and taxes, plus applicable penalties and interest, which may be imposed by law and which arise from or are necessary for the performance of the services required by this Agreement H. CONTRACTOR shall adhere to all applicable labor standards as required by the Act ("Labor Standards"). I, if funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with the "Complaint Handling Procedures under the WIOA", attached hereto as Exhibit H and incorporated herein as though fully set forth in 20 CFR 658.411. CONTRACTOR shall advise applicants, where applicable, and Qualified Participants of their rights to file complaints under the Act and the procedures for resolution of any complaints. CITY's procedures for handling complaints alleging a violation of the Act, regulations, grants, or other agreements under the Act shall be followed and any decision of CITY, the State or the Federal government relating to the complaint shall be binding and followed by CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR, who is an employer, shall operate a grievance system that incorporates CITY's procedures for resolution of complaints relating to the terms and conditions of employment; these procedures shall be approved in writing by CITY. J. As a condition of this award of financial assistance under the Act to CONTRACTOR from CITY, CONTRACTOR assures, with respect to operation of all programs or activities funded with funds provided pursuant to the Act, and all agreements or arrangements to carry out such programs or activities, that it will comply fully with the nondiscrimination and equal opportunity provisions of the Act (Section 188) and compliance with Equal Employment Opportunity provisions in Executive Order (E.O,) 11246, as amended by E.O. 11375 and supplemented by the requirements of 41 CFR Part 60; the Nontraditional Employment for Women Act of 1991; Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended; the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; and with all applicable requirements imposed by or pursuant to regulations implementing those laws, including, but not limited to, 29 CFR Parts 33 and 37. The United States, the State of California and CITY have the right to seek judicial enforcement of this assurance. K. CONTRACTOR agrees that no Qualified Participant(s) shall commence training prior to the approval of funding pursuant to Section 123 of the Act, or the approval of SSA funding, as applicable. Page 3 of 19 L. CONTRACTOR agrees to the following accounting, monitoring, auditing, and review requirements: 1. CONTRACTOR agrees to maintain such records and submit such reports, data and information, on the form and containing such information, at such times as CITY may request or require regarding the performance of CONTRACTOR'S services or activities, costs or other data, including but not limited to Qualified Participants' attendance and certifications. 2. CITY, the State of California and the United States government and/or their representatives shall have access for purposes of monitoring, auditing and examining of CONTRACTOR'S activities, performance, and Qualified Participants related to this Agreement. Such agencies or representatives shall also schedule on -site monitoring at their discretion. Monitoring activities may also include, but are not limited to, questioning employees and Qualified Participants and entering any premises or onto any site in which any of the services or activities funded hereunder are conducted or in which any of the records of CONTRACTOR are kept (2 CPR 200.330). Nothing herein shall be construed to require access to any privileged or confidential information as set forth in Federal or state law. 3. In the event CONTRACTOR does not make the above -referenced documents available within the City of Santa Ana, California, CONTRACTOR agrees to pay all necessary and reasonable expenses incurred by CITY in conducting any audit at the location where said records and books of account are maintained. 4. All accounting records and evidence pertaining to all costs of CONTRACTOR and all documents related to this Agreement shall be kept available at the location where CONTRACTOR conducted the program, as well as in the County of Orange, for the duration of this Agreement and thereafter for three (3) years after completion of an audit. Records which relate to (a) complaints, claims, administrative proceedings or litigation arising out of the performance of this Agreement, or (b) costs and expenses of this Agreement to which CITY, the State of California or the United States Government take exception, shall be retained beyond the three (3) years until resolution of disposition of such appeals, litigation, claims, or exceptions. M. Without prejudice to any other section of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall, where applicable, maintain the confidential nature of information provided to it concerning Qualified Participants in accordance with the requirements of Federal and state law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CONTRACTOR agrees to submit to CITY, the State of California and/or the United States Government or their representatives, all records requested for administrative purposes, including audits, examinations, monitoring and verification of records submitted by CONTRACTOR, costs incurred and services rendered hereunder. N. CONTRACTOR shall not expend funds pursuant to this Agreement to provide services to any Qualified Participant where costs of training are paid for by any other person or entity. Page 4 of 19 O. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR shall comply with the provisions of Uniform Guidance 2 CFR Part 200 of the U.S. Office of Management and Budget (OMB) and all other applicable Federal statutes and executive orders and their implementing regulations, including regulations at 29 CFR Part 97. P. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements of Federal regulations found at 29 CFR Part 93, which provide that no appropriated funds may be expended by the recipient of a Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, member of Congress or an officer or employee of a member of Congress in connection with awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant or loan, entering into any cooperative agreement and the extension, renewal, amendment or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan or cooperative agreement. CONTRACTOR shall sign a Certification Regarding Lobbying to that effect in a form as set forth in Exhibit D, attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein. CONTRACTOR shall submit said signed Certification to CITY prior to performing any of its obligations under this Agreement and prior to any obligation arising on the part of CITY to pay any sums to CONTRACTOR under the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Q. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide a drug -free work place and to execute a Drug Free Workplace Certification as set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. R. CONTRACTOR, in accordance with the Child Support Recovery Act of 1992, recognizes and acknowledges the importance of child and family support obligations and shall fully comply with all state and Federal laws relating to child and family support enforcement, including, but not limited to: disclosure of information and compliance with earnings assignment orders, as provided in Chapter 8 (commencing with Section 5200) of Part 5 of Division 9 of the state Family Code; and, to the best of its knowledge is fully complying with the earnings assignment orders of all employees and is providing the names of all new employees to the New Employee Registry maintained by the California Employment Development Department (EDD). S. CONTRACTOR agrees to comply with all applicable provisions of the Actor SSA, as applicable, and all applicable Federal regulations, including, but not limited to, the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 2 -Grants and Agreements, Subtitle A —Office of Management and Budget Guidance for Grants and Agreements, as well as all applicable state and local regulations. T. If funding is through WIOA, CONTRACTOR agrees to remain in compliance with the Certification Regarding Debarment, attached hereto as Exhibit F and incorporated herein by reference, as required by the regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, (2 CFR Part 180). U. If funding is through W1OA, CONTRACTOR agrees to provide priority of services for veterans and eligible spouses pursuant to 20 CFR Part 1010, and the regulations implementing priority of service for veterans and eligible spouses in Department of Labor job Page 5 of 19 training programs under the Jobs for Veterans Act published at 73 Fed. Reg. 78132 on December 19, 2008, V. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that the official name for the statewide system of providing employment and training through the WIOA partnerships, SSA, and various other local programs is "America's Job Center". To achieve the goals of this Workforce Training Program, it is important that the public has a quick and easy method to identify that the projects or programs they are taking part in are part of the "America's Job Center". CONTRACTOR agrees to place the America's Job Center logo, in accordance with the State of California guidelines for such use, on all public materials, such as statements, press releases, brochures, advertisements, reports and other documents describing projects or programs funded in whole or in part with WIOA or SSA funds. When the America's Job Center logo is used, CONTRACTOR may accompany it with the following statement, "The (CONTRACTOR) is a proud partner of the America's Job Center network". CONTRACTOR shall not use the America's Job Center logo in any manner that would imply that the State of California endorses a commercial product, service or activity. II. CITY'S OBLIGATIONS A. On July 1, 2023 the CITY was awarded a Department of Labor Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act grant of $2,367,690.00 for fiscal year 2023-2024. In addition, on July 1, 2023, the CITY was awarded an Orange County Social Services Vocational Training grant through the California Work Opportunity and Responsibility to Kids Act of 1997 in the total amount of $838,964.00 for fiscal year 2023-2024. A portion of both grants in a total amount not to exceed $2,500,000.00 shall be available to all Qualified Contractors to provide workforce training classes for Qualified Participants. B. If a Qualified Participant chooses to enroll in a course offered by CONTRACTOR, CITY agrees to pay to CONTRACTOR when, if and to the extent WIOA or SSA funds are received under the provisions of the applicable grants, in accordance with the Course Costs attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference, which may be amended during the period of this Agreement. Said sum shall be paid with either WIOA or SSA funds, as determined by the CITY in its sole discretion, after CITY receives invoices submitted by CONTRACTOR as provided herein. C. CONTRACTOR has the ability to adjust line item amounts in the Course Costs with the approval of the Executive Director, D. CITY agrees to provide for on -site monitoring reviews of the Workforce Training Program operation at least annually. In addition, monthly desktop reviews of pertinent information will be conducted. E. CITY has the right to de -obligate the funds hereunder, and take such funding back from CONTRACTOR, due to any of the following reasons: (a) lack of performance by CONTRACTOR; (b) lack of fiscal accountability of CONTRACTOR; or (c) decrease in available Page 6 of 19 funding. III. COMPENSATION A. CITY neither warrants nor guarantees any minimum or maximum compensation to CONTRACTOR under this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall be paid only for actual services performed under this Agreement at the rates and charges identified in Exhibit B. Any compensation payable to CONTRACTOR shall be paid from a portion of the above - referenced W10A and/or SSA grants awarded to the CITY in a total amount not to exceed $2,500,000.00. B. Payment by CITY shall be made within thirty (30) days following receipt of proper invoice evidencing work performed, subject to CITY accounting procedures. IV. TERM OF AGREEMENT A. This Agreement shall commence on the date stated above and continue through June 30, 2027, with a one-year option to renew executable by the CITY in its sole discretion, unless terminated earlier by either party. The one-year option may be executed, by a writing executed by the City Manager and the City Attorney. B. Unless the CITY authorizes an extension, CONTRACTOR must liquidate all obligations incurred under the Federal award not later than ninety (90) calendar days after the end date ofthe period of performance as specified in the terms and conditions of the Federal award, as applicable. IV. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR A. CONTRACTOR shall, daring the entire term of this Agreement, be construed to be an independent contractor and not an employee of the CITY. This Agreement is not intended nor shall it be construed to create an employer -employee relationship, ajoint venture relationship, or to allow the CITY to exercise discretion or control over the professional manner in which CONTRACTOR performs the services which are the subject matter of this Agreement; however, the services to be provided by CONTRACTOR shall be provided in a manner consistent with all applicable standards and regulations governing such services. CONTRACTOR shall pay all salaries and wages, employer's social security taxes, unemployment insurance and similar taxes relating to employees and shall be responsible for all applicable withholding taxes. V. WORKER'S COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S RIGHTS A. CONTRACTOR shall use appropriate funds received from CITY to provide workers' compensation to all those hired by CONTRACTOR under this Agreement. Page 7 of 19 B. CONTRACTOR shall have the right to hire, dismiss, or promote its employees or contract personnel hired under this Agreement so long as its hiring or dismissal policy or standard does not violate Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, or any other applicable law, and CONTRACTOR maintains itself as an Equal Opportunity Employer. VI. APPLICABLE GUIDELINES A. The Parties hereto agree that CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Federal and state laws and regulations, including, but not limited to the Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) Policy and Procedures WSD21-03 attached hereto as Exhibit C and incorporated herein by reference, and general program requirements described in Sections 2 and 116 of the Act, and applicable regulations, and the U.S. Department of Labor guidelines and regulations, including amendments or revisions made during the terms of this Agreement. Said applicable laws are hereby incorporated by reference and made part of this Agreement as though fully set forth herein. B. CONTRACTOR also assures and certifies that: l . CONTRACTOR shall comply with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and in accordance with Title VII of the Act, requiring that no person shall, on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap or national origin be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under this Agreement. 2. CONTRACTOR shall comply with any and all Federal laws limiting the political activity of employees hired under this Agreement. 3. CONTRACTOR shall comply with the requirements that no program under the Act shall involve political activities. 4. RECORD INSPECTION. CONTRACTOR shall provide the U.S. Department of Labor and the Comptroller General, by and through any authorized representative, as well as the California Workforce Development Board ("WDB") Administrative Office, access to and the right to examine all records, books, papers or documents relating to the accounting and use of funds under this Agreement for a three-year period from and after the effective date of this Agreement. 5. No person with responsibilities in the operation of any program under the Workforce Training Program shall discriminate with respect to any Qualified Participant or any application for participation in such program because of race, creed, color, national origin, sex, political affiliation or belief's. 6. CONTRACTOR shall maintain appropriate standards for health and safety in work and training situations. Page 8 of 19 7. CONTRACTOR shall comply with general provisions, assurances, and execute the Assurances and Certifications attached hereto as Exhibit G and incorporated herein. 8. EQUAL OPPORTUNITY. Any literature distributed by CONTRACTOR for the purpose of apprising businesses, Qualified Participants, or the general public of its programs under this Agreement shall state that its programs are supported by the City of Santa Ana and the Santa Ana Workforce Development Board, and shall state that the program is an "equal opportunity employer/program" and that "auxiliary aids and services are available upon request to individuals with disabilities." 9. Based on the population eligible to be served, or likely to be directly affected by the program or activity, the services or information may need to be provided in a language other than English in order to allow such population to be effectively informed about or able to participate in the program or activity. Pursuant to 29 CFR 37,35, CONTRACTOR must take reasonable steps to provide services and information in appropriate languages after considering the scope of the program or activity, and the size and concentration of the population that needs services or information in a language other than English. 10. CONTRACTOR certifies that all property, finished or unfinished documents, data, studies and reports prepared or purchased under this Agreement, will be disposed of in accordance with the direction of the CITY. In addition, any tools and/or equipment furnished to the CONTRACTOR by the CITY and/or purchased by the CONTRACTOR with funds pursuant to this Agreement, will be limited to use within the activities outlined in this Agreement and will remain the property of the United States Government and/or CITY. Upon termination of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR will immediately return such tools and/or equipment to the CITY or dispose of them in accordance with the direction of the CITY. 11. CONTRACTOR certifies that this Agreement does not provide for the advancement or aid to any religious sect, church or creed, or sectarian purpose, nor does it help to support or sustain any school, college, university, hospital or other institution controlled by any religious creed, church, or sectarian denomination, as specified by Article XVI, Section 5, of the Constitution of the State of California, regarding separation of church and state. 12. CLEAN AIR ACT / CLEAN WATER ACT. If the grant hereunder exceeds $100,000, CONTRACTOR must comply with the Clean Air Act ("CAA")[(42 USC 7401, et seq.]; the Clean Water Act ("MA") (33 USC 1368); Executive Order 11738 and United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA") regulations (40 CFR Part 35) as any may now exist or be hereafter amended. Under these laws and regulations, the CONTRACTOR assures that: Page 9 of 19 (a) No facility to be utilized in the performance of the proposed grant has been issued a violation from the EPA under the CAA or C WA; (b) It will notify CITY prior to award of the receipt of any communication from the Director, Office of Federal Activities, EPA, indicating that a facility to be utilized for the grant is under consideration for issuance of a violation under the CAA or CWA; and, (c) It will notify the CITY and the EPA about any known violation of the above laws and regulations. 13. CONTRACTOR agrees to adhere to the following STANDARDS OF CONDUCT: (a) General Assurance. Every reasonable course of action will be taken by CONTRACTOR in order to maintain the integrity of this expenditure of public funds and to avoid favoritism. This Agreement will be administered in an impartial manner, free from errors to gain personal, financial, political gain. CONTRACTOR, its officers and employees, in administering this Agreement, will avoid situations, which give rise to a suggestion that any decision was influenced by prejudice, bias, special interest or desire for personal gain. (b) Employment of Former State or CITY Employees. CONTRACTOR will ensure that any of its employees who were formerly employed by the State of California or CITY, in a position that could have enabled such individuals to impact policy regarding or implementation of programs covered by this Agreement, will not be assigned to any part or phase of the activities conducted pursuant to this Agreement for a period of not less than two (2) years following the termination of such employment. (c) Conducting Business Involving Relatives. No relative by blood, adoption or marriage of any executive or employee of CONTRACTOR will receive favorable treatment when considered for enrollment in programs provided by, or employment with, CONTRACTOR. (d) Conducting Business Involving Close Personal Friends and Associates. Executives and employees of CONTRACTOR will be particularly aware of the varying degrees of influence that can be exerted by personal friends and associates and, in administering this Agreement, will exercise due diligence to avoid situations which give rise to an assertion that favorable treatment is being granted to friends and associates. When it is in the public interest for CONTRACTOR to conduct business with a friend or associate of an executive or employee of CONTRACTOR, an elected official in the area or a voting or non -voting member of the Local Workforce Development Board (WDB), a permanent record of the transaction will be retained. Page 10 of 19 (e) Avoidance of Conflict of Economic Interest. No executive or employee of CONTRACTOR elected official in the area, or voting or non -voting member of a WDB, will solicit or accept money or any other consideration from a third person, for the performance of an act reimbursed in whole or part by CONTRACTOR or CITY, Supplies, materials, equipment or services purchased with Agreement funds will be used solely for purposes asserted or allowed under this Agreement. No voting member of the WDB will cast a vote on the provision of services or vote on any matter, which would provide direct financial benefit to that member or any business or organization that the member directly represents, (f) Salary and Bonus Limitations. If CONTRACTOR receives WIOA funds, CONTRACTOR is required to comply with Federal requirements regarding the limitations on salary and bonus payments in accordance with Public Law 109-149, Section 503. VII. HOLD HARMLESS CONTRACTOR agrees to defend, and shall indemnify and hold harmless the CITY, its officers, agents, employees, contractors, special counsel, and representatives from liability: (1) forpersonal injury, damages,just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief arising out of claims for personal injury, including death, and claims for property damage, which may arise from the negligent operations of the CONTRACTOR, its subcontractors, agents, employees, or other persons acting on its behalf which relates to the services described in this Agreement; and (2) from any claim that personal injury, damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief is due by reason of the terms of or effects arising from this Agreement. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement applies to all claims for damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief suffered, or alleged to have been suffered, by reason of the events referred to in this Section or by reason of the terms of, or effects, arising from this Agreement. The CONTRACTOR further agrees to indemnify, hold harmless, and pay all costs for the defense of the CITY, including fees and costs for special counsel to be selected by the CITY, regarding any action by a third party challenging the validity of this Agreement, or asserting that personal injury, damages, just compensation, restitution, judicial or equitable relief due to personal or property rights arises by reason of the terms of, or effects arising from this Agreement. CITY may make all reasonable decisions with respect to its representation in any legal proceeding. VIII. INSURANCE A. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder and the results of that work by the Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. Page 11 of 19 B. MINIMUM SCOPE AND LIMIT OF INSURANCE Coverage shall be at least as broad as: Commercial General Liability (CGL): Insurance Services Office Form CG 00 01 covering CGL on an `occurrence" basis, including products and completed operations, property damage, bodily injury and personal & advertising injury with limits no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence. If a general aggregate limit applies, eitherthe general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location (ISO CG 25 03 or 25 04) or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. • Automobile Liability: Insurance Services Office Form Number CA 0001 covering, Code (any auto), or if Consultant has no owned autos, Code 8 (hired) and 9 (non - owned), withlimit no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage. (Not required if CONTRACTOR provides written verification an automobile is not required to perform services.) Workers' Compensation: as required by the State of California, with Statutory Limits, and Employer's Liability Insurance with limit of no less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease. (Not required if CONTRACTOR provides written verification it has no employees.) Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions) Insurance appropriates to the Consultant's profession, with limit no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence or claim, $2,000,000 aggregate. If the Contractor maintains broader coverage and/or higher limits than the minimums shown above, the Entity requires and shall be entitled to the broader coverage and/or the higher limits maintained by the contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the Entity. C. Other Insurance Provisions The insurance policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: Additional Insured Status The Entity, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds on the CGL policy with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations. General liability coverage can be provided in the form of an endorsement to the Contractor's insurance (at least as broad as ISO Form CG 20 10 11 85 or if not available, through the addition of both CG 20 10, CG 20 26, CG 20 33, or CG 20 38; and CG 20 37 if a later edition is used). Page 12 of 19 Primary Coverage For any claims related to this contract, the Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary coverage at least as broad as ISO CG 20 01 04 13 as respects the Entity, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the Entity, its officers, officials, employees, or volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. Notice of Cancellation Each insurance policy required above shall provide that coverage shall not be canceled, except with notice to the Entity. Waiver of Subrogation Contractor hereby grants to Entity a waiver of any right to subrogation which any insurer of said Contractor may acquire against the Entity by virtue of the payment of any loss under such insurance. Contractor agrees to obtain any endorsement that may be necessary to affect this waiver of subrogation, but this provision applies regardless of whether or not the Entity has received a waiver of subrogation endorsement from the insurer. Self -Insured Retentions Self -insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the Entity. The Entity may require the Contractor to purchase coverage with a lower retention or provide proof of ability to pay losses and related investigations, claim administration, and defense expenses within the retention. The policy language shall provide, or be endorsed to provide, that the self -insured retention may be satisfied by either the named insured or Entity. Acceptability oflnsurers Insurance is to be placed with insurers authorized to conduct business in the state with current A.M. Best's rating of no less than A:VII, unless otherwise acceptable to the Entity. Claims Made Policies (note — should be applicable only to professional liability, see below) If any of the required policies provide claims -made coverage: 1. The Retroactive Date must be shown, and must be before the date of the contract or thebeginning of contract work. 2. Insurance must be maintained and evidence of insurance must be provided for at least five (5) years after completion of the contract of work. 3. If coverage is canceled or non -renewed, and not replaced with another claims -made policy form with a Retroactive Date prior to the contract effective date, the Contractormust purchase "extended reporting" coverage for a minimum offive (S) years after completion of work. Page 13 of 19 Verification of Coverage Contractor shall furnish the Entity with original Certificates of Insurance including all required amendatory endorsements (or copies of the applicable policy language effecting coverage requiredby this clause) and a copy of the Declarations and Endorsement Page of the CGL policy listing allpolicy endorsements to Entity before work begins. However, failure to obtain the required documents prior to the work beginning shall not waive the Contractor's obligation to provide them. The Entity reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, including endorsements required by these specifications, at any time. Special Risks or Circumstances Entity reserves the right to modify these requirements, including limits, based on the nature of therisk, prior experience, insurer, coverage, or other special circumstances. IX. CORPORATESTATUS CONTRACTOR shall be in good standing, without suspension by the California Secretary of State, Franchise Tax Board or Internal Revenue Service. Any change in corporate status or suspension shall be reported immediately to CITY. X. ASSIGNABILITY None of the duties of, or work to be performed by, CONTRACTOR under this Agreement shall be subcontracted or assigned to any agency, consultant, or person without the prior written consent of CITY. CONTRACTOR must submit all subcontracts and other agreements that relate to this Agreement to CITY. If receiving WIOA funds, CONTRACTOR acknowledges and agrees that it must follow procurement regulations for contractors (2 CPR 200.317). No subcontract or assignment shall terminate or alter the legal obligations of CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement. XI. LAWS GOVERNING THIS AGREEMENT A. In its performance under this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall fully comply with the requirements of the following, whether or not otherwise referred to in this Agreement: 1. If receiving WIOA funds, the Act and all applicable Federal statutes, regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including but not limited to, 2 CFR 200 and 20 CFR. Parts 651 and 654 Page 14 of 19 2. All applicable State statutes, regulations, policies, procedures and directives; 3. All applicable CITY policies, procedures and directives; 4. All applicable local ordinances and requirements, including use permits and licensing; 5. Court orders applicable to its operation; and, 6. The terms and conditions of this Agreement. If any of the foregoing is enacted, amended, or revised, CONTRACTOR will comply with such or will notify CITY after enactment or modification that it cannot so comply. CITY may thereupon terminate this Agreement, if necessary. XII. EXCLUSIVITY AND AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT This Agreement, together with attachments hereto, represents the complete and exclusive statement between the CITY and CONTRACTOR, and supersedes any and all other agreements, oral or written, between the Parties. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any attachments hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail. This Agreement may not be modified except by written instrument signed by the CITY and by an authorized representative of CONTRACTOR. The Parties agree that any terms or conditions of any purchase order or other instrument that are inconsistent with, or in addition to, the terms and conditions hereof, shall not bind or obligate CONTRACTOR or the CITY. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises or agreements, orally or otherwise, have been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which is not embodied herein. XIII. FRAUD CONTRACTOR shall immediately report to CITY all instances and facts concerning possible fraud, abuse or criminal activity relating to expenditure or receipt of funds under this Agreement. XIV. CONTINGENCY OF FUNDS CONTRACTOR acknowledges that approval of and funding for this Agreement is contingent upon State approval, and WIOA and/or SSA funds received or obligated from the State of California to CITY. If such approval of funds is not forthcoming, or is otherwise limited, CITY shall immediately notify CONTRACTOR. Within twenty (20) days of receipt of such notice, CONTRACTOR shall modify or cease operations as directed by CITY and negotiate necessary modification to this Agreement and/or reimbursement of costs incurred hereunder. h"" Page 15 of 19 TERMINATION A. This Agreement may be terminated by either party at its sole discretion, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the other party. Notice shall be deemed served on the date of mailing. However, CONTRACTOR may not terminate this Agreement if undue hardship will result to any Qualified Participant. B. In the event CONTRACTOR defaults by failing to fulfill all or any of its obligations hereunder, CITY may declare a default and termination of this Agreement by written notice to CONTRACTOR, which default and termination shall be effective on a date stated in the notice which is to be not less than ten (10) days after certified mailing or personal service of such notice, unless such default is cured before the effective date of termination stated in such notice. If terminated for cause, CITY shall be relieved of further liability or responsibility under this Agreement, or as a result of the termination thereof, including the payment of money, except for payment for approved expenses incurred for services satisfactorily and timely performed prior to the mailing or service of the notice of termination, and except for reimbursement of (1) any payments made for services not subsequently performed in a timely and satisfactory manner, and (2) costs incurred by CITY in obtaining substitute performance. XVI. DISPUTES A. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any dispute concerning any question arising under this Agreement shall be decided by CITY. In such a case, CITY shall reduce its decision to writing and mail or otherwise furnish a copy thereof to CONTRACTOR. The decision of the CITY shall be final and conclusive unless within thirty (30) calendar days from the mailing or delivery of such copy, CITY receives from CONTRACTOR written request to appeal said decision. B. If receiving WIOA funds, procedures governing the appeal shall be prescribed by CITY and/or the State of California in accordance with the Act and all corresponding regulations and OMB circulars. Pending final disposition of the appeal, CONTRACTOR shall act in accordance with CITY's decision unless the dispute involves a change order. XVII. BREACH -SANCTIONS A. If, through any cause, CONTRACTOR violates any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and/or prior agreements whereby grant funds were received by CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement, or if CONTRACTOR reports inaccurately or if any Audit Report makes disallowances, CONTRACTOR shall promptly remedy its acts or omissions and/or repay CITY all amounts due CITY as a result of CONTRACTOR's violation. For any such failures or violations, CITY shall also have the right at its sole discretion to either: (1) discontinue program support until such time as CONTRACTOR fulfills its obligations or remedies all violations of this Agreement or prior agreements; and/or (2) collect outstanding amounts as determined by CITY Page 16 of 19 due CITY by offsetting or debiting from current claims or invoices, if after thirty (30) days' written notice CONTRACTOR has failed to repay same or a repayment schedule has not been made; and/or (3) terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to CONTRACTOR of such termination in accordance the Notices provision in Paragraph XVIII herein below. XVIII. NOTICES All notices, reports and correspondence between the Parties hereto respecting this Agreement shall be in writing and deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: CITY: City of Santa Ana Manager, WDB Administrative Office P.O. Box 1988 (M-76) Santa Ana, CA 92702 CLERK: Clerk of the City Council City of Santa Ana 20 Civic Center Plaza (M-30) P.O. Box 1988 Santa Ana, CA 92702-1988 Fax (714) 647-6956 CONTRACTOR: Leamet Academy, Inc. 3251 W. 61' St. 2" d Floor Los Angeles, CA 90020 Phone: (213) 387-4242 Email: operations@learnet.edu XX. VALIDITY The invalidity in whole or in part of any provision of this Agreement shall not void or affect the validity of any other provision of this Agreement. Page 17 of 19 XXI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Each undersigned represents and warrants that its signature herein below has the power, authority and right to bind their respective Parties to each of the terms of this Agreement, and shall indemnify CITY fully, including reasonable costs and attorney's fees, for any injuries or damages to CITY in the event that such authority or power is not, in fact, held by the signatory or is withdrawn. B. All Exhibits referenced herein and attached hereto shall be incorporated as if fully set forth in the body of this Agreement. [Signatures on followingpage] Page 18 of 19 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement the date and year first above -written. ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM: Sonia R. Carvalho City Attorney By: EA d J4(3� GEC 4- u Andrea Garcia -Miller Assistant City Attorney RECOMMENDED FOR APPROVAL: Michael L. Garcia Executive Director Community Development Agency "CITY" By:` r }o% Kristine Ridge City Manager "CONTRACTOR" By: Name: Leamet Academy, Inc. Title: Executive Director Tax ID #: 95-4680583 Page 19 of 19 EXHIBIT A & B Scope of Service & Course Cost Exhibit A- Scope of Services Approved Programs Title and Credential CONTACT HOURS/WEEKS Page #CnCatalog L.Cture/Lab Hours Weeks Total Clod Hours (1) Computer Information Systems (CIS), Certificate 240/120 18 360 Page 117 (2) Real Estate and Finance Salesperson, Certificate 360 15 360 Page 140 (3) General Contractor, Certificate 360 15 360 Page 144 Tuition Fee, Cost Page 26 Please review the attached Catalog 2023, Exhibit B-Course Cost Course Cost Program Tuition Registration Fee Expense Total CIS $4,000 $150 $300 $4,450 RE $2,900 $150 $250 $3,600 GC $3,200 $150 $150 $3,200 Please review Page 26 of the attached Catalog 2023. aJ ,:NtSS, CONSVhAgF2 t,Np 4:0U51NG FlGE13Gv- -cviN Nr WS(7iA, GUVERNOIe DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER AFFAIRS - BUREAU FOR PRIVATE POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION ' 1747 N. Market Blvd Suite 225, Sacramento CA 95834 a 4 P (916) 674-8900 1 Toll -Free (888) 370-7589 ( www.bppe.ca.gov I Approved E'ducatioual Program List As accordance with the provisions of California 1?dacatlrnr Code 94866 or 94890, fire bureau for Nivate Postsecondary Edracatlon approves: Learnet Academy, Inc., dlra Veritas University 3251 W. 6th Street, Suite 200 Los Angeles, CA 90020 School Corte #: 1937011 Site Type: Main to offer flee followitig program(s)/coitrse(v): Program Nana o Program Approved Program Tvpe Academic Associate's in Business Administration: Rea] Estate 01/24/2014 Degree Concentration (direct, hybrid and calla ACaaemtc Associate's to Computer Business Applications (direct, hybrid and online) nacnoior or 1Sushruess Administration rooster or Suloess Administration (direct, hybrid and online) Computer Information infrastructure (direct, hybrid and online) Computer Information Systems Computer information Technology Administrator (direct, hybrid and online) OI/24/2Ot4 Degree 07/11/2019 Degree 11/13/7.017 Degree 03/06/2003 Non -Degree O1124/2014 Non -Degree 03/06/2003 Non -Degree The program list above represents all currently approved educational programs fir this institution. The Main, Branch, or Satellite locations of this institution may offer any subset of this list. i Ebony Sanfee, .Edttetition Administrator This document is valid if allfees are current. Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the law. Approved/Registered Program list associated with institution Approval N 27600, which rxptrex on April (tS, 2028. page I of 2 Printed: 416,2023 Approved Program List School Name: Learnot Academy, Inc., dba Veritas I)Itiversity. School Code: 1937011 (Institution Code: 1937011......... Site Type: Main) kroaram Name Pr— alrall-IL Program'lYpe Annroved Computer Office laser Specialist 01/24/2014 Non-Degrec English as a Foreign Language 11/29/2001 Non -Degree General Contractor Ol/24/2014 Non -Degree Beal Estate & Finanee/Solesperson 06/10/2004 Non -Degree TOEFL iB'1' 05/18/2012 Non -Degree Degree Programs: 4 Non -Degree (Vocational) Programs\Courses: 8 Total Programs/Cou rses: 12 The program list above represents all currently approved educational programsIbr this institution. The Main, Branch, or Satellite location of this institution may offer any st bsel of this list. F.borry grantee, Education Administrator This document is valid if all ices are current. Subject to earlier termination in accordance with the law. Page 2 of Approved/Registered Program list associated with Institution Approval # 27600, which oxpires on April 05, 2028. 2 Printed.-4/6/201123 �\ i4 V ISw ACCSC n Scn January 29, 2021 Tia .i. Shin School Director Learnet Academy 3251 Westh 6th Street, Second Floor Los Angeles, California 90020 Dear Ms. Shin: 2101 Wilson aoulevam. Suite 302 Arlington, Virginia 22201 703,247 4212 701 247.4533 fax vrww,accsc.org ELECTRONIC DELIVERY tjshin(a)leame4edu School 0M073056 The Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges ("ACCSC" or "the Commission") recently published updated Standards of Accreditation that went into effect July I, 2020, that includes a provision regarding initial applicants that are institutionally accredited by an agency recognized by the IJ.S, Department of Education atthe time of application to ACCSC. Specifically, the Standards now allow that the Commission may grant such an initial applicant school up to a six -year term of accreditation in exceptional cases (Section VII (G)(1)(e)(il) Rules of Process and Procedure, Standards of Accreditation),1 Based on these factors and in consideration of the school's status as a 2018 — 2019 ACCSC School of Excellence', the Commission reconsidered its previous decision to grant Leamet Academy located in Los Angeles, California,' Initial Accreditation for a period of five (5) years and voted to grant the school an additional year of accreditation. Therefore, the school's accreditation is now effective for a period of six (6) years going forward from October 2017,1 In accordance with this action, the Commission will send the school an updated Certificate of Accreditation. Given the school's history of outstanding performance, the Commission hopes that Learnet Academy will continue to serve students at this exceptionally high-level, creating a quality pathway for student success and achievement. For further assistance or additional information regarding this matter, please contact Karen Marcinski at kmarcinski@accsc.org. Sincerely, d@ Michale S, McComis, Ed.D, Executive Director Samuel L. 13emardo sam@camcLedu Section Vtl (G)(i)(r.)(n), Rules of Pro,,$ and Po"aceritne. Standards of Accvealkatlun states that if ilia school is institutionally accredited by an agency recognized by the 1LS. Department of Education and in good standing at the time of initial application in execptional cases based upon criteria determined by the Commission (e,g., no findings of non-compliance with accrediting standards through the initial accreditation process, exceptional student achievement ouleomes, amongst other criteria), the Commission may grant such a school up to a six•year term of accreditation. a See the July 19, 2018 letter from ACCSC. n At the time of initial application to ACCSC, Icarnel Academy was acci edited by the Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools and in good standing. 4 please rarer m the Commission's October 6, 2017 Initial Accreditation letter for L.eamet Academy's ACCSC Approved Program Enclosure. 1 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, Virginia 22201 ACCSC 703,247.4212 703,247.4533 fax Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges v .,sccsc.org ACCREDITING COMMISSION OF CAREER SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES APPROVED PROGRAM ENCLOSURE LEAIMT ACADEMY (SCHOOL #M073056) LOS ANGELES CALIFORNIA OCTOBER 6, 2017 The Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC) has approved the following programs to be included within the school's scope of ACCSC accreditation: NON-DEGREI!",YI20GRAMS INSTRUCTIONAL AWARD CLOCK HOURS* Computer Information Infrastructure 720 Certificate Computer Information Systems 360 Certificate Computer Information Technology Administrator 720 Certificate Computer Office User Specialist 360 Certificate General Contractor _ 360 Certificate Real Estate and Finance Salesperson 360 Certificate DEGREE PROGRAMS QUARTER CREDIT HOIIRS AW:::j Computer Business Applications 90 Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration 96 This information is current as of the date of this letter. Please refer to Section Il! Rules of Process and Procedure, Standards of Accreditation for an explanation of all processes and procedures required for the addition or modification of programs. 8cad6MY , Inc. Catalog 2023 January 10 2023 to December 31st 2023 Holmes Center 3251 West 61h Street, 2nd Floor Los Angeles, CA 90020 Tel: 213 ® 387 ® 4242 Fax: 213 . 387 ® 5365 www.learnet.edu The catalog is revised annually and whenever Learnet Academy, Inc. is expected to update its catalog at an appropriate interval. The catalog reflects the institution's educational programs with accurate descriptions of what is offered. Learnet Academy's Catalog is revised annually in December as a routine schedule after annual meeting. Evaluations and suggestions by students, staff, faculty and the advisory committee are reviewed and discussed by staff and faculty member throughout the year. We use this feedback to update and revise the Catalog in order to better suit the needs and changing demands of the academic community at Learnet Academy. Learnet Academy, Inc. may refer to this catalog as "Learnet." Learnet Academy, Inc. plans to file the Name Change to ACCSC to add the dba Veritas University in 2023 after ACCSC renewal approval. We only have the California Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education approval as a Learnet Academy, Inc., dba Veritas University. Required Disclosures "The Office of Student Assistance and Relief is available to support prospective students, current students, or past students of private postsecondary educational institutions In making informed decisions, understanding their rights, and navigating available services and relief options. The office may be reached by calling (888) 370-7589, option #5 or by visiting https•/%sar.bppe.ca.aov." Table of Contents tearnetAcademy, Inc. Overview ....................... CampusAddress......................................................... History....................................................................... MissionStatement..................................................... Goaland Objectives ................................................... Ownership.................................................................. Program Advisory Committee .................................... .......... I ......................1 .............................................................................................1 ..........................................................................I..................1 ............................................................... I.............................1 ............................................................................................. 2 ......................................................................................3 .............................................................................................3 GeneralInformation.................................................................................................................... 4 Approvalsand Affiliations........................................................................................................................................4 Articulationswith Accredited Higher Education.......................................................................................................4 ApprovedPrograms .................................................................................................................................................5 verageClass Size......................................................................................................................................................6 HandicappedFacilities.............................................................................................................................................6 Certificates/ Diplomas / Degrees.............................................................................................................................6 Housing....................................................................................................................................................................6 OnlineTechnology.......................................................................................................... Requirements........................................................................................................................................................... 7 Non -Discrimination Policy........................................................................................................................................7 Online Student Identity Authentication and Privacy................................................................................................8 2023 Academic Calendar and Start and End Dates...................................................................................................9 LegalHolidays..........................................................................................................................................................9 Physical Facilities: Class Sessions are Held..............................................................................................................10 Transportation.......................................................................................................................................................11 Copyrightand Software.........................................................................................................................................11 AcademicHonesty..................................................................................................................................................12 ADAStatement......................................................................................................................................................12 Enrollment and Admissions Procedures......................................................................................13 Pre-Enrollment.......................................................................................................................................................13 Admissions Requirements and Enrollment Procedure for Certificate, Associate, and Bachelor's Degree Programs14 Admissions Requirements and Enrollment Procedure for Master's Degree Program.............................................16 OnlineTechnology Requirement............................................................................................................................17 Tuition Payment, Cancellation, and Refund Policies ...................................................................18 Registrationand Tuition Fee..................................................................................................................................18 PaymentMethods .................................................................................................................................................. is Federaland State Grants and Loans.......................................................................................................................18 FinancialAssistance Types.....................................................................................................................................18 PaymentDefault....................................................................................................................................................19 Termination...........................................................................................................................................................19 CancellationPolicy and Procedures........................................................................................................................20 WithdrawalPolicy and Procedures.........................................................................................................................21 RefundPolicy and Procedures................................................................................................................................22 StudentTuition Recovery Fund..............................................................................................................................23 CCR Title 5, § 71750 - Withdrawals and Refunds....................................................................................................25 VisaServices and Fee.............................................................................................................................................25 Scheduleof Total Charges......................................................................................................................................26 AcademicPolicy.........................................................................................................................27 Grading System for Certificate, Associate, and Bachelor's Degree Programs..........................................................27 GradingSystem for Master's Degree Programs...................................................................................................... 27 Student's Right to Appeal a Grade.........................................................................................................................28 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy (SAP) for Certificate, Associate, and Bachelor's Degree Programs..............30 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy (SAP) for Master's Degree Program............................................................32 Warningsfor Course Failures.................................................................................................................................33 CourseWithdrawals...............................................................................................................................................33 AttendanceRequirement.......................................................................................................................................33 TeachingMethods.................................................................................................................................................33 OnlineAttendance Requirement...........................................................................................................................34 Online Completion Policy and Faculty Response Expectations...............................................................................34 IncomingTransfer of Credit: Previous Education Evaluation..................................................................................35 TestOut Evaluation................................................................................................................................................37 CourseNumbering System.....................................................................................................................................37 Tardiness................................................................................................................................................................ 38 Make -Up Classes....................................................................................................................................................38 Make -Up Work......................................................................................................................................................38 Leaveof Absence...................................................................................................................................................38 Restarts.................................................................................................................................................................. 39 Languageof Instsruction:.......................................................................................................................................39 (5, CCR §71810(b)(5)).............................................................................................................................................39 GraduationRequirements......................................................................................................................................39 StudentConduct Requirements.............................................................................................................................40 SubstanceAbuse....................................................................................................................................................40 AcademicFreedom and Faculty Governance..........................................................................................................41 Student Grievance and Complaint Procedure.........................................................................................................42 Retentionof Student Files......................................................................................................................................43 FamilyEducation Rights and Privacy Act................................................................................................................43 ....... .... ....... ........... * ..... ** .... —... 46 StudentServices. ................ — ................................ GeneralServices....................................................................................................................................................46 AcademicServices..................................................................................................................................................48 Parking................................................................................................................................................................... Local Rehabilitation and Treatment Centers..........................................................................................................48 48 JobPlacement_ ................... ................................................ JobPlacement Assistance * .... ** ... ** ....... ** ... , .... 49 ......................................................................................................................................49 StaffInteraction.....................................................................................................................................................49 C604: From Concept to Interview...........................................................................................................................49 LearningResource System ......................................................................................................... OverviewLibrary and Resources........................................................................................................*...................50 SU Hoursand Location................................................................................................................................................ Library's Procedures...............................................................................................................................................50 OnlineStudents.....................................................................................................................................................51 TechnicalAssistance..............................................................................................................................................51 50 DisclosureNotices..................................................................................................................... 52 CampusSecurity....................................................................................................................................................52 CampusPerformance Achievement information...................................................................................................54 OccupationalInformation...................................................................................................................................... OnlineTransmission...............................................................................................................................................72 71 Business Administration Department........................................................................................ 73 m Masterof Business Administration........................................................................................................................73 ProgramDescription and Objectives..................................................................................................................73 Masterof Business Administration Degree........................................................................................................73 Methodsof Instruction......................................................................................................................................73 ProgramOutline................................................................................................................................................74 CourseDescriptions ...............................................................................................................................................75 FIN510: Managerial Accounting and Finance .....................................................................................................75 MGT510: Strategic Management .......................................................................................................................75 HRM520: Human Resource Management..........................................................................................................75 ORG520: Leadership and Organizational Behavior .............................................................................................75 MKT530: International Marketing Management...............................................................................................75 QNTS30: Research Methods ..............................................................................................................................76 LAW540: International Business Law and Ethics ................................................................................................76 CAP600: MBA Capstone Course ................... ........................ 76 Bachelorof Business Administration......................................................................................................................77 ProgramDescription and Objectives..................................................................................................................77 Bachelor of Business Administration Degree.....................................................................................................78 Methodsof Instruction......................................................................................................................................78 ProgramOutline................................................................................................................................................78 CourseDescriptions...............................................................................................................................................80 BUS101: Introduction to Business......................................................................................................................80 BUS201: Business Mathematics.........................................................................................................................80 BUS202: Management Communications............................................................................................................so CIT101: Windows I.............................................................................................................................................81 CIT102: Windows 11............................................................................................................................................81 CIT103: Word Processing I.................................................................................................................................81 CIT104: Word Processing II................................................................................................................................81 CIT105: Electronic Spreadsheets I......................................................................................................................82 CIT106: Electronic Spreadsheets 11.....................................................................................................................82 CIT201: Computerized Accounting I...................................................................................................................82 CIT202: Computerized Accounting 11..................................................................................................................82 CIT203: Database Applications I.........................................................................................................................83 CIT207: Presentation Software..........................................................................................................................83 ENG 101: English Composition and Reading I.....................................................................................................84 ENG 201: English Composition and Reading 11....................................................................................................84 MAT101: College Algebra..................................................................................................................................84 PHS101: Introduction to Physical Science.........................................................................................................85 SOC101: Introduction to Sociology....................................................................................................................85 BUS310: Introduction to Management Information Systems.............................................................................86 BUS320: Foundations of Marketing...................................................................................................................86 BUS330: Accounting Information Systems.........................................................................................................86 BUS340: Managerial Business Finance...............................................................................................................87 BUS350: Principles of Accounting......................................................................................................................87 BUS400: Economics for Managers......................................................................................................................87 BUS410: Individual Taxation..............................................................................................................................87 BUS420: Advanced Business Law.......................................................................................................................87 MGT310: Principles of Management..................................................................................................................88 MGT320: Operations Management...................................................................................................................88 MGT330: Management Ethics and Responsibilities ...........................................................................................88 MGT340: Human Resources Management........................................................................................................88 MGT410: Customer Service Management.........................................................................................................88 MGT420: Strategic Management.......................................................................................................................89 MGT430: International Management................................................................................................................89 CAP499: Bachelor Capstone Course...................................................................................................................89 BIO301: Life Science..........................................................................................................................................90 COM301: Speech Communications...................................................................................................................90 ANTH401 Human Variation...............................................................................................................................90 PSY401: Organizational Behavior.....................................................................................................................90 Computer Information Department........................................................................................... 91 AcademicAssociate's in Computer Business Applications......................................................................................91 ProgramDescription and Objectives................................................................................................................91 AcademicAssociate Degree............................................................................................................................... 91 Methodsof Instruction......................................................................................................................................92 ProgramOutline................................................................................................................................................ 92 GeneralEducation Requirements......................................................................................................................93 MajorRequirements.........................................................................................................................................93 CourseDescriptions...............................................................................................................................................94 BUS101: Introduction to Business......................................................................................................................94 BUS201: Business Mathematics.........................................................................................................................94 BUS202: Management Communications...........................................................................................................95 CIT101: Windows I.............................................................................................................................................95 CIT102: Windows 11............................................................................................................................................96 CIT103: Word Processing I.................................................................................................................................96 CIT104: Word Processing II................................................................................................................................96 CIT105: Electronic Spreadsheets 1......................................................................................................................97 CIT106: Electronic Spreadsheets 11.....................................................................................................................97 CIT201: Computerized Accounting I...................................................................................................................98 CIT202: Computerized Accounting 11..................................................................................................................98 CIT203: Database Applications I........................................................................................................................99 CIT207: Presentation Software..........................................................................................................................99 ENG101: English Composition and Reading I...................................................................................................100 ENG201: English Composition and Reading 11..................................................................................................101 MAT101: College Algebra...............................................................................................................................102 PHS101: Introduction to Physical Science.......................................................................................................102 SOC101: Introduction to Sociology.................................................................................................................103 ComputerInformation Technology Administrator...............................................................................................104 ProgramDescription and Objectives...............................................................................................................104 Methodsof Instruction....................................................................................................................................104 Certificatesof Completion...............................................................................................................................104 ProgramOutline..............................................................................................................................................104 ComputerOffice User Specialist...........................................................................................................................106 ProgramDescription and Objectives...............................................................................................................106 Certificatesof Completion...............................................................................................................................106 ProgramOutline..............................................................................................................................................106 CourseDescriptions.............................................................................................................................................107 CIT101: Windows I...........................................................................................................................................107 ry CIT102: Windows 11..........................................................................................................................................107 CIT103: Word Processing I...............................................................................................................................108 CIT104: Word Processing 11..............................................................................................................................108 CIT105: Electronic Spreadsheets I....................................................................................................................108 CIT106: Electronic Spreadsheets II...................................................................................................................109 CIT201: Computerized Accounting I.................................................................................................................109 CIT203: Database Applications I.......................................................................................................................110 CIT204: Database Applications 11......................................................................................................................111 CI T107: Internet...............................................................................................................................................112 CI T 108: Outlook...............................................................................................................................................113 CIT207: Presentation Software........................................................................................................................113 CG101: Computer Graphics..............................................................................................................................114 ComputerInformation Infrastructure...................................................................................................................115 Program Description and Objectives................................................................................................................115 Methodsof Instruction....................................................................................................................................115 Certificatesof Completion...............................................................................................................................115 ProgramOutline..............................................................................................................................................115 ComputerInformation Systems...........................................................................................................................117 ProgramDescription and Objectives................................................................................................................117 Certificatesof Completion...............................................................................................................................117 ProgramOutline..............................................................................................................................................117 CourseDescriptions.............................................................................................................................................118 N201: Windows Server I..................................................................................................................................118 N202: Windows Server II.................................................................................................................................118 N203: Networking Fundamentals I..................................................................................................................119 N204: Networking Fundamentals ll.................................................................................................................119 N301: Planning and Maintaining Windows Server Network Infrastructure......................................................120 N302: Designing Core / Active Directory and Network Infrastructure..............................................................121 D401: Database Administration Fundamentals/SQL........................................................................................122 11501: Intro to Router.......................................................................................................................................122 R502: Advanced Router...................................................................................................................................123 R503: Configuring Switch.................................................................................................................................123 R504: Remote Access Services.........................................................................................................................124 R505: Internetwork Troubleshooting...............................................................................................................125 Rea! Estate and finance Dejrartrnent.......................................................................................126 Academic Associate's in Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration......................................................126 Program Description and Objectives................................................................................................................126 AcademicAssociate Degree.............................................................................................................................126 Methodsof Instruction....................................................................................................................................127 ProgramOutline..............................................................................................................................................127 GeneralEducation Requirements....................................................................................................................128 MajorRequirements........................................................................................................................................128 Course Descriptions ......................................... 13101: Real Estate Principles ......................... 8102: Real Estate Practice ............................ B103a: Legal Aspects of Real Estate ............. B104a: Real Estate Finance .......................... ................................................................................................12 9 ................................................................................................12 9 ................................................................................................129 ................................................................................................130 ................................................................................................130 v B105a: Real Estate Appraisal...........................................................................................................................130 B106: Real Estate Economics...........................................................................................................................131 B107: Property Management..........................................................................................................................131 B108: Escrow...................................................................................................................................................132 B109: Computer Applications in Real Estate....................................................................................................132 B201: Accounting.............................................................................................................................................133 B202: Business Law.........................................................................................................................................133 BUS101: Introduction to Business....................................................................................................................134 BUS201: Business Mathematics.......................................................................................................................134 BUS202: Management Communications.........................................................................................................135 CIT103: Word Processing I...............................................................................................................................135 CIT105: Electronic Spreadsheets I....................................................................................................................135 ENG101: English Composition and Reading I...................................................................................................136 ENG201: English Composition and Reading Il..................................................................................................137 MAT101: College Algebra...............................................................................................................................138 PHS101: Introduction to Physical Science.......................................................................................................138 SOC101: Introduction to Sociology.................................................................................................................139 RealEstate and Finance / Salesperson.................................................................................................................140 ProgramDescription and Objectives............................................................................................................... 140 Certificatesof Completion...............................................................................................................................140 ProgramOutline.............................................................................................................................................. 140 Real Estate and Finance / Salesperson Class Schedule.....................................................................................140 CourseDescriptions............................................................................................................................................. 141 B101-C: Real Estate Principles.........................................................................................................................141 B102-C: Real Estate Practice............................................................................................................................ 141 B103a-C: Legal Aspects of Real Estate..............................................................................................................142 B104a-C: Real Estate Finance...........................................................................................................................142 B105a-C: Real Estate Appraisal........................................................................................................................142 RealEstate and Finance Course Fee.................................................................................................................143 ExaminationRequirements: Salesperson Applicants.......................................................................................143 LicenseProcessing Fee.....................................................................................................................................143 Construction Department... ...... .......... ............................................... —* ... 144 GeneralContractor.....................................................................................................................4........................144 ProgramDescription and Objectives...............................................................................................................144 Certificatesof Completion...............................................................................................................................144 ProgramOutline..............................................................................................................................................144 GeneralContractor Class Schedule..................................................................................................................144 CourseDescriptions.............................................................................................................................................145 GC101: General Building Contractor Law.........................................................................................................145 GC102: General Building Contractor Trade......................................................................................................145 C-5: Framing and Rough Carpentry Contractor................................................................................................ 146 ContractorLicense Course Fee.........................................................................................................................146 CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD's Applicant Requirements................................................................... 146 LicenseProcessing Fee.....................................................................................................................................146 LanguageDepartment ........... ..................... ........ .......... .............. .......................... ..... I ..... I...... 147 Englishas a Foreign Language: EFL.......................................................................................................................147 ProgramDescription and Objectives...............................................................................................................147 yr Diplomaof Completion....................................................................................................................................147 ProgramOutline..............................................................................................................................................147 EFLClass Schedule...........................................................................................................................................148 CourseDescriptions.............................................................................................................................................149 EFL1A Beginning.............................................................................................................................................149 EFL113 Beginning..............................................................................................................................................149 EFL2A High Beginning.....................................................................................................................................149 EFL2BHigh Beginning......................................................................................................................................149 EFL3A Intermediate........................................................................................................................................149 EFL3B Intermediate.........................................................................................................................................149 EFL4A High Intermediate................................................................................................................................150 EFL4BHigh Intermediate.................................................................................................................................150 EFLSA Advanced.............................................................................................................................................150 EFL5B Advanced..............................................................................................................................................150 EFL6A High Advanced.....................................................................................................................................150 EFL6B High Advanced......................................................................................................................................15, GraduationRequirements...............................................................................................................................151 EFLProgram Fee..............................................................................................................................................151 TOEFLIBT.............................................................................................................................................................152 ProgramDescription and Objectives................................................................................................................152 Diplomaof Completion....................................................................................................................................152 ProgramOutline..............................................................................................................................................152 TOEFLiBT Class Schedule.................................................................................................................................152 CourseDescriptions.............................................................................................................................................153 TOEFLiBT 1......................................................................................................................................................153 TOEFLiBT 2......................................................................................................................................................153 TOEFLiBT 3......................................................................................................................................................153 TOEFLiBT 4......................................................................................................................................................153 TOEFLiBT 5...................................................................................................................................................... 153 TOEFLiBT 6......................................................................................................................................................153 GraduationRequirements...............................................................................................................................153 TOEFLiBT Program Fee....................................................................................................................................154 Staffand Faculty................................................................... ....155 StaffMembers.....................................................................................................................................................155 FacultyMembers.................................................................................................................................................155 OrganizationChart...............................................................................................................................................159 Addendum..............................................................................................................................160 Campus Map and Emergency Evacuation Plan.....................................................................................................160 Equipment(Dec 2022)............ .............................................................................................................................. 161 Tuitionand Other Fees.........................................................................................................................................162 Recruitment / Advertising / Promotional Practice Policies...................................................................................164 Statement of Assurance of Compliance with 85/15 Enrollment Ratios.................................................................164 PublicLaw 115-407, Section 103..........................................................................................................................164 Veteran's Information Bulletin.............................................................................................................................165 Statementsby Students.......................................................................................................................................166 EducationFile Procedure......................................................................................................................................167 Updates to Learnet Catalog January Is', 2023— December 3111, 2023....................................................................168 wr Learnet Academy, Inc.Overview Campus Address Learnet Academy, Inc. Main Campus and Corporate Headquarters Holmes Center *3251 West Sixth Street, Floor 2 Los Angeles, CA 90020 213.387.4242 213.387.5365(fax) www.learnet.edu Learnet Academy, Inc. may refer to this catalog as "Learnet." * All sessions and new student orientation are held at the main campus. History Established in 1993, Learnet has built a reputation as one of the leading training centers dedicated to offering specialized professional computer courses in operating systems and their applications. These offerings include Microsoft Certified Professional Programs and many other certification courses listed in the later part of this catalog. On January 1, 1998, Learnet proudly announced the establishment of an intensive English as a Foreign Language (EFL) program. This brought to fruition a goal long held by the owner to extend the scope of Learnet' programs beyond domestic students to include individuals In need of English as a Second or Other Language (ESOL). Learnet has grown up to be a Higher Education Institution accredited by the Accrediting Council for Independent Colleges and Schools In 2010. And Learnet Inc. has been granted accreditation to offer programs through the Academic Associate's, Bachelor's, and Master's Degree, and certificate/diploma level by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC ID: M073056) in 2017, and Commission on English Language Program Accreditation (CEA ID: 1087) In 2018. In 2020 Learnet expanded its academic delivery to include fully online courses in five of the twelve programs offered. Mission Statement Learnet's mission is to provide an education that prepares its students with the critical thinking ability to meet their academic and professional goal in a globalized world. Last Revision Date on April 4, Goal and Objectives Learnet is small by tradition and design. The mission statement reads, "Learnet's mission is to provide an education that prepares its students with the critical thinking ability to meet their academic and professional goals in a globalized world." We understand that we are preparing our students to study in a changing world influenced by global developments. We concern ourselves with the personal development of the individual student, and we encourage all students to care for one another and Learnet Academy, Inc. Goal and Objectives Learnet's goal is to establish an academic community that unites students, employers, communities, and nations for those wishing to pursue academic or professional positions in: • MBA, BBA, and AA in Business Administration: Operations Developer, Manager, and Business Administrator • AA in Computer Business Applications, Computer Information Infrastructure, and Computer Information Systems: Computer System Engineer, Database Administrator, Computerized Office User Administrator, Business Manager • Computer Information Technology Administrator, Computer Office User Specialist: Microcomputer Support Specialist • Real Estate and Finance / Salesperson: Business Administrator, Real Estate Salesperson • General Contractor: Contractor • English as a Foreign Language, TOEFL MT: Admissions to U.S. colleges and universities for higher or continuous education. Learnet's Supporting objectives are to: Supporting Objectives • To operate and provide educational services for the public in compliance with all state and federal laws and regulations, as well as Learnet's policies and procedures • To maintain a high retention rate In compliance with state and federal standards • To maintain a high placement rate for Learnet's academic, and professional programs to Learnet's students in compliance with all state and federal standards • To continuously improve Learnet's programs and the quality of its instructional teaching faculty and administrative staff • To provide quality academic professional and language programs for Learnet's students Students • Assist in admission for higher or continuous education and/or job placement for professional. • Provide a supportive educational environment that will maximize student learning potential. • Offer a range of quality programs routinely upgraded to reflect the current and future needs within related academic and professional fields. • Become life-long, independent learners through general education courses that provide the foundation across disciplines that underlie all intellectual pursuits; thus, enabling students to become active contributors in their efforts to achieve their academic and professional goals In a globalized world Employers Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 • Provide valuable and highly trained employees to the organization with quality skills and an excellent educational background. Communities and Nations • Learnet seeks to prepare our students its professions not only in the United States, but also in their own nations. Ownership Learnet is a California Corporation Ms, Tia J. Shin owned. The members of the Board of Directors are: Tia J. Shin — President David Y. Oh — Secretary Learnet does not have a pending petition in bankruptcy, nor has it filed a petition for bankruptcy, at the time this catalog was printed. This institution has not had a petition in bankruptcy filed against it within the preceding five years that resulted in reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United State Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.). Program Advisory Learnet has an advisory committee that consists of at least three members per each Committee program that represent the consultants and experts from several fields pertaining to the private postsecondary school industry. There is no conflict of interest between Learnet and the members of the Advisory Committee. Company / Name Field Cris I polite CBA, Information Technology Consultant Mahan Hajlanpour CBA, Information Technology Consultant Jeff Lipeles CBA, Information Technology Consultant Victor Negri CBA, Information Technology Consultant Kevin Ben Hakimian Business Administration: Real Estate Burak Gatenyo Business Administration: Real Estate Benjamin Huh Business Administration: Entrepreneur Charles W. Mason Business Administration: Real Estate Dr. Gayle Yraceburu Business Administration: Entrepreneur David Soufer Business Administration: Entrepreneur Mark Yoon Business Administration: Entrepreneur PayamAfshanan Business Administration: Entrepreneur Ashley Umer Business Administration: Entrepreneur Jack Khorsandi General Contractor Simon Ho General Contractor Seon Oh General Contractor Two regularly scheduled meeting is conducted on a regular basis with semiannual meetings per program. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 General Information Approvals and Learnet Academy, Inc. has been granted accreditation to offer programs through the Affiliations Academic Associate's, Bachelor's, and Master's Degree, and certificate/diploma level by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC ID: M073056), and Commission on English Language Program Accreditation (CEA ID: 1089). Learnet is a private institution licensed by the California Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education (School Code: 1937011). Learnet is compliant with the minimum standards contained in the California Private Postsecondary Education Act of 2009 (as amended) and Division 7.5 of Title 5 of the California Code of Regulations and has approvals from the California State Approving Agency for Veterans Education (CSAAVE), a division of California Department of Veteran Affairs (CalVet), the California Department of Real Estate (DRE). Note: Language programs and Associate Degree programs are not included In the list of approved programs for Veterans students. Learnet is a Vendor for Workforce Investment Act (WIA), Community Redevelopment Agency of Los Angeles (CRA), Employment Training Panel (ETP), and provides Rehabilitation Training Note: Language programs and Associate Degree programs are not included in the list of approved programs for students funded by WIA, CRA, ETP and Rehabilitation Training. Learnet is affiliated with the California Association of Private Postsecondary Schools (CAPPS), National Association of Foreign Student Advisors (NAFSA), and Microsoft Imagine Academy. Learnet is an Authorized Pearson Testing Center (CA109), Certiport Testing Center, Test of English as a Foreign Language Internet -Based Test (TOEFL iBT) Testing Center, Test of English for International Communication (TOEIC) Testing Center, and Transportation Security Administration (TSA) Testing Center for Federal Government Employees. As such, many official Federal and State Certification tests may be given on campus Articulations with The collaborations between Learnet and some Universities and Community Colleges allow Accredited Higher Learnet's graduates to receive college credit for coursework taken at Learnet in Los Angeles, Education California. Articulation Agreements are in place between Learnet and some Universities and Community Colleges allow Learnet's graduates to receive college credit for coursework taken at Learnet in Los Angeles, California as follows: • DeVry University • Kaplan University • Trident University International • American Business & Technology University • Fremont College • Globe University • Laurus College • Ashworth College Date on Approved Programs Learnet offers twelve programs: Eight Certificate / Diploma, Two Academic Associate Degrees, a Bachelor's Degree and a Master's Degree. All programs are taught exclusively in English. The programs offered are as follows: ACADEMIC Title, and Credential CONTACT HOURS/WEEKS CREDIT Total HOURS credits** _ Lecture/La bHours Weeks Total Clock' Hourf tenure/Lab••• Awarded (1) Computer Information Technology Administrator (CITA), _ Certificate" qgo/240 36 720 - - (2) Computer Office User Specialist (COUS), Certificate 240/120 18 360 - - (3) Computer Information Infrastructure (CII), Certificate* 480/240 36 720 - - (4) Computer Information Systems (CIS), Certificate 240/120 18 350 - - (5) Real Estate and Finance Salesperson, Certificate 360 15 360 - - (6) General Contractor, Certificate _ 360 15 360 - - (7) Academic Associate's in Computer Business Applications, Academic Associate's Degree * 800/200 96 1000 80/10 90 credits (8) Academic Associate's in Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration, Academic. Associate's Degree" 940/40 96 980 94/2 96 credits (9) Bachelor of Business Administration, BpChelar 5 Degree 1640/320 192 1960 165/15 180 credits (10) Master of Business Administration, Masters Degree* 420/120 96 540 42/6 48 credits The below two language programs are not within (earnet's scope of accredited programs with the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC): (11) English as a Foreign Language (EFL), Diploma 960 48 960 - - (12) TOEFL IBT (Test Of English as a Foreign Language iBT), Diploma 1 480 1 24 480 - - 'Programs ogered residential (on campus), hybrid, and online. CLOCK HOURS: *1 clock hour includes a minimum instructional time of 50 minutes of lecture and appropriate break(s). QUARTER CREDIT HOURS: ** 1 quarter credit is 10lecture hours. Students are required to complete 2 hours of homework for every one hour of lecture instruction. *** Lab: Hands-on Training is included in the clock hours lecture for computer courses. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 verage Class Size Program Average class size. Maximum Class size computer Information Technology Administrator(CITA) 30 40 Computer Office User Specialist (COUS) 20 40 Computer Information Infrastructure (CIO 30 40 Computer Information Systems (CIS) 20 40 Real Estate and Finance Salesperson (RE) 5 20 General Contractor (GC) 5 20 Academic Associate's in Computer Business Applications, Academic Associate's Degree (ACBA) 30 40 Academic Associate's in Business Administration, Academic Associate's Degree (ABA) 30 40 Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor's Degree (BBA) 10 30 Master of Business Administration, Master's Degree (MBA) 10 20 The below two language programs are not within LearneYs scope of accredited programs with the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC): English as a Foreign Language (EFL) 25 30 TOEFL MT (Test of English as a Foreign Language iBT) 25 30 Handicapped Facilities The Holmes Center is a modern building, fully equipped to meet ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) requirements, including handicap -accessible restrooms. The building itself and the parking structure have been designed for handicapped access. Certificates/ Diplomas/ Upon successful completion of all levels of the EFL or TOEFL iBT programs, students are Degrees awarded a Diploma of Completion. The same applies for those who complete all courses of the certificate programs, students are awarded a Certificate of Completion. Ail Academic Associate Degree graduates receive an AA Degree, all Bachelor's Degree graduates receive a Bachelor Degree, and all Master's Degree graduates receive a Master Degree upon graduation. Housing The Learnet does not maintain dormitory/housing accommodations for students; however, we are able to assist students looking for housing options In the vicinity of Learnet. Review the section "Student Service". Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Online Technology Students enrolling in online programs must have regular daily access to a computer that Requirements meets the following minimum requirements: • A functioning e-mail account • Access to Microsoft 2010 or Microsoft Office 365 • Intel 13 Processor or higher • A monitor capable of displaying 1024068 at 16bit color • Minimum 4 GB of RAM • High-speed Internet access on LAN connection (DSL or faster) • Wireless connection (802.11n or ac) • While dial -up may work, it may not be suitable for many applications • A supported web browser • Mozilla Firefox, version 37 or greater • Internet Explorer, version 10 or greater • Safari, version 6 or greater • Sound card and computer speakers to listen to audio presentations • Headset/microphone • Adobe Flash, version 17 or greater • Adobe Reader, version DC • Java, version 8 or greater Note: Best practice is to allow application software (QuickTime, Adobe Reader, etc.) to update as new versions are released. Operating Systems for PC Users: • Windows 8/10 - 32 or 64 bit • Windows Media Player Operating Systems for Mac Users: • OSX10- version 10.8xornewer • Apple QuickTime Additional requirements: • 6 GB free hard disk space Y Computer administrator rights (the ability to install software) • CD/DVD drive • Windows PC or access to Windows PC (the Optum program is not compatible with Mac computers) Additional requirements for tablet users: • Windows PC or access to Windows PC to attach and upload documents" Estimated costs for purchase of the above equipment is $1,200.00. Non -Discrimination Learnet is non-sectarian and does not discriminate with regard to race, creed, color, national Policy origin, age, sex, disability, or marital status in any of its academic program activities, employment practices, or admissions policies. Last Revision Date Online Student Identity The Learning Management System (LMS) for online students is a restricted access and Authentication and password protected electronic environment. Prior to entering the LMS, an online student's Privacy identity must be verified by way of an assigned unique login and password that is provided to each student upon enrollment and class registration. Verification of student information is provided at no extra cost to the student. Student identity will be maintained in a private format by Learnet in accord with established institutional privacy and confidentiality policies with access provided only to agents of Learnet who require immediate and necessary use of the information to fulfill the various academic activities of Learnet. It is the student's responsibility to strictly preserve the privacy of their login and password information. Students are prohibited from sharing login and password information. Any such intentional comprise of the integrity of the privacy of a student's login and/or password (i.e., sharing of this information) will result in the student being subject to immediate termination from Learnet. In the event a student believes the privacy associated with their login and password information has been comprised, they are required to contact Learnet officials for an immediate reset of their information. This is provided at no extra cost to the student. Date on April 4, 2023 Academic Calendar and Start and End Dates 2023 Start Dates by Program Month CITA/cous cil/cls RE Gc ACBA, ABA,SBA, and EFL/TOEFL IBT MBA Jan 01/03,01/28, 01/30 01/03 01/03 01/03 01/03 01/03, 01/29, 01/30 Feb 02/18 02/18 02/27 02/27 Mar 03/25 03/25 03/25 03/25 Apr 04/29 04/03 04/29 04/29 04/03 04/29 04/03 04/03 05/27 05/27 May 05/01 05/01 05/29 05/29 Jun on/'24 0G/24 06(24 06/24 07/03 07/03 Jul 07/29 07/03 07/03 07/03 07/03 07/29 07/25 07/25 Aug 08/26 08/26 08/28 08/28 09/23 09/23 09/23 10/02 10/02 30/02 10/02 10/02 10/28 Jv 10/30 11/25 12/23 12/23 12/23 Start dates are subject to change cue t0 the enrollment number. Non -degree programs' start dates may follow the course module. Term Start Dates are in black, and End Dates are in blue. CITA: Computer Information Technology Administrator COILS: Computer Office User specialist CII: Computer Information Infrastructure CIS: Computer Information Systems RE: Real Estate and Finance Salesperson GC: General Contractor ACBA: Academic Associate's in Computer Business Applications, AA Degree ABA: Academic Associate's in Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration, AA Degree BBA: Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor's Degree MBA: Master of Business Administration, Master's Degree The below two language programs are not within Learnet's scope of accredited programs with the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC). EFL: English as a Foreign Language TOEFL iBT: Test of English Foreign Language Internet -Based Test Note: Students can register for an upcoming term in any given program up until the previous Wednesday prior to the start date for that program. Legal Holidays Learnet will be closed on the following days, both for classes and administration purposes: • New Year's Day • Memorial Day (Observed) • Independence Day • Labor Day • Thanksgiving Day • Friday after Thanksgiving • Christmas Day • The school has periodic breaks at the end of each quarter: one week break at the end of the first, second, third quarter and a two week break at the end of the fourth quarter. Date on April 4, 2023 cn Physical Facilities: Class The City Sessions are Held With its cosmopolitan population, wide selection of cultural and social activities, and Ideal location, Los Angeles is one of the most popular choices for students or visitors coming to the United States. Learnet is located in the prestigious Mid -Wilshire section of the city, close to shops, restaurants, theaters, museums, and other cultural attractions. The Campus Learnet is at 3251 W. 6d, St., 2nd Floor, Los Angeles, California, 90020, in the heart of Los Angeles' Mid -Wilshire district. Learnet is 10 minutes from downtown Los Angeles and occupies the second floor of the Holmes Center. The class sessions are held at this address as well as online. Facility Size Capacity Classroom 1 530 sq 58 persons Classroom 2 150 sq 17 persons Classroom 3 250 sq 27 persons Classroom 4 310 sq 35 persons Classroom 5 350 sq 40 persons Classroom 6 500 sq 55 persons Classroom 7 350 sq 38 persons Classroom 8 300 sq 33 persons Classroom 9 500 sq Auditorlum 320 persons Classroom 10 1700 sq Classroom 11 700 sq Operations / Lobby 2500 sq 278 persons Library / Resource Center 300 sq 33 persons IT Testing Center 80 sq Spersons Student Lounge 1200 sq 133 persons Faculty Lounge 350 sq 35 persons Registrar / Student Service 300 sq 33 persons Admisslons/Placement 6005 66 persons Education Department 100 sq 30 persons Staff Lounge 200 sq 23 persons Conference Room 25C sq 28 persons Director 300 sq 33 persons Storage 1(Fireproof) 60 sq 6 persons Storage 2 60 sq 6 persons Storage 3 60sq 6 persons Restrooms 500 sq 55 persons Common Area 10005 110 persons Total 13,500 square feet 1500 persons Each classroom has equipment for research with Wi-Fi. Learnet has eleven classrooms, furnished with projectors and current hardware and software to meet the needs of today's demanding students. These classrooms are also set up to offer instruction in EFL courses. Learnet makes every effort to upgrade hardware and software on a continual basis to allow students access to the latest technologies. Date on Transportation We at Learnet feel that lack of access to transportation should not be a barrier to education. A variety of transportation options are available to students and faculty. Learnet is located one block north of Wilshire Boulevard and one block west of Vermont Boulevard. The intersection of Wilshire and Vermont is a major Los Angeles transportation hub, so Learnet, while away from the noise of major roads, is able to give students easy access to bus service to downtown Los Angeles, as well as to the beach cities and other suburban areas. Access to the new Metro Rail Red Line provides service to downtown Los Angeles and connects directly to south-central Los Angeles and Long Beach on the Blue Line. Eventually, the Red Line will extend to the San Fernando Valley and East Los Angeles. For students with cars, ample security parking is available directly behind Learnet. For MTA riders, a student discount is available by presenting their student identification card and proof of enrollment. Copyright and Software In compliance with U.S. Copyright Laws. Learnet does not reproduce any copyrighted materials for instructional use, including the reproduction of book material and/or software material. As a member of Microsoft's IT Academy Program, Learnet has a volume license, authorizing the use of Microsoft software on classroom computers. Additionally, Learnet does not permit the photocopying of book materials under any circumstances. The staff, faculty, and other personnel at Learnet honor copyright laws. We strictly adhere to and enforce this policy on our campus. The copyright law is clear. The copyright holder is given certain exclusive rights, including the right to make and distribute copies. Title 17 of the U.S. Code states that it is illegal to make or distribute copies of copyrighted material without authorization (section 106). The only exception is the user's right to make a backup copy for archival purposes (section 117). The law protects the exclusive rights of the copyright holder and does not give users the right to copy software unless a backup copy is not provided by the manufacturer. Unauthorized duplication of software is a Federal crime, Penalties include fines of as much as $100,000, and jail terms of up to five years. 1. Learnet licenses the use of computer software from a variety of outside companies. Learnet does not own this software or its related documentation and, unless authorized by the software manufacturer, does not have the right to reproduce it. 2. With regard to use on local area networks or on multiple machines, Learnet employees shall use the software only in accordance with the license agreement. 3. It is the sole responsibility of the students to acquire/purchase textbooks for their specified programs. Required software is included in textbooks and course materials as evaluation versions. 4. During the enrollment processing, the students are given verbal notice of their course material responsibilities, including copyright and software license infringement laws. Learnet strictly forbids use of illegal materials, including copied textbooks and software. 5. A memo regarding prohibited use of the copy machine for textbooks and materials is posted in the copy area. Additionally, the copy machine is monitored by administrative staff to ensure that faculty and students do not use it inappropriately. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Academic Honesty Students will be expected to adhere to standards of academic honesty and integrity, as outlined Learnet is committed to a high standard of academic integrity in the academic community. In becoming a part of the academic community, students are responsible for honesty and independent effort. Failure to uphold these standards includes, but is not limited to, the following: plagiarizing written work or projects, cheating on exams or assignments, collusion on an exam or project, and misrepresentation of credentials or prerequisites when registering for a course. Cheating includes looking at or copying from another student's exam, orally communicating or receiving answers during an exam, having another person take an exam or complete a project or assignment, using unauthorized notes, texts, or other materials for an exam, and obtaining or distributing an unauthorized copy of an exam or any part of an exam. Plagiarism means passing off as his/her own the ideas or writings of another (that is, without giving proper credit by documenting sources). Plagiarism includes submitting a paper, report or project that someone else has prepared, in whole or in part. Collusion is inappropriately collaborating on assignments designed to be completed independently. These definitions are not exhaustive. When there is clear evidence of cheating, plagiarism, collusion or misrepresentation, a faculty member will take disciplinary action including but not limited to: requiring the student to retake or resubmit an exam or assignment, assigning a grade of zero or "F" for an exam or assignment; or assigning a grade of "F" for the course. Additional sanctions including being withdrawn from the course, program or expelled from Learnet may be imposed on a student who violates the standards of academic integrity. ADA Statement Learnet is dedicated to providing the least restrictive learning environment for all students. Learnet promotes equity in academic access through the implementation of reasonable accommodations as required by THE VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION ACT of 1973, Title V, Section 504 and the AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT of 1990 (ADA) which will enable students with disabilities to participate in and benefit from all post - secondary educational programs and activities. All students enrolled are required to meet and MUST demonstrate competency in all identified critical components of courses and all program objectives. Last Revlslon Date on April 4, 2023 Enrollment and Admissions Procedures Pre -Enrollment "As a prospective student, you are encouraged to review this catalog prior to signing an enrollment agreement. You are also encouraged to review the School Performance Fact Sheet, which must be provided to you prior to signing an enrollment agreement." Students should review all tuition costs and charges, tuition discounts, and all costs incidental to training to review prior to signing the agreement. Students are also encouraged to review the School Performance Fact Sheet, which must be provided to them prior to signing an enrollment agreement. These documents contain important policies and performance data for this institution. This institution must have the student sign and date the School Performance Fact Sheet information relating to completion rates, placement rates, license examination passage rates, and salaries orwages before signing the enrollment agreement. The student must read, "I certify that I have received the catalog, School Performance Fact Sheet, and information regarding completion rates, placement rates, license examination passage rates, and salary or wage information included in the School Performance Fact sheet, and have signed, initialed, and dated the information provide in the School Performance Fact Sheet" in the enrollment agreement. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Admissions Requirements Requirements and . Be at least 18 years of age (past the age of compulsory education) Enrollment Procedure for Certificate, . Complete an application Associate, and • Submit a non-refundable registration fee of $150 Bachelor's Degree . Students must submit proof of no less than a high school credential, defined as a Programs high school diploma issued by a state approved or accredited public or private, high school or an equivalent credential in the U.S. Such equivalents include the following: 1. The Certificate of Proficiency Equivalency Report as described on page 27 in this catalog, based on completion of the High School Proficiency Examination with satisfactory scores. 2. The California High School Equivalency Certificate (GED): applicant must have a minimum score of 45 on each of the five sections and an overall score of 250 or higher. • Pass an entrance examination (except those applying for the EFL Program) • Students enrolling in a program offered online must successfully complete an Online Assessment Quiz and confirm they have or have access to equipment which meets the online technology requirements. • Satisfy additional requirements, for students enrolling in Computer/Real Estate and Finance/General Contractor programs, as specified below. f Complete all enrollment documents. Programs Specific Entrance Requirements and Examinations Certificate Programs of Computer / Real Estate and Finance / Contractor License: All applicants to Learnet must pass an Entrance Examination, the Scholastic Level Exam (SLE). Testing must be completed prior to signing the enrollment agreement. Learnet uses the Wonderlic Scholastic Level Exam (SLE), a nationally recognized standardized test that measures an applicant's potential for successfully completing the program in which they plan to enroll. If the student does not receive a passing score, the student may take the test again after seven days: there is limit to three times for retake. The test shall be given by the institution on its premises. A score of 17 or above is required: In addition to these admissions requirements, students in the Contractor License course of study must also provide proof of 2 to 4 years of practice experience in the field and a certificate of experience by an employer in the field. English as a Foreign Language (EFL) Program / TOEFL iBT Program: Each student is given a written placement test at enrollment or shortly after that, but before beginning classes. Students are placed in levels corresponding to performance on this exam. Students are allowed to request a level change during the first week of the term only. They must have the consent of the Dean. Students must make an appointment to meet directly with the Dean for this request, The Dean will decide upon the students' re -test and a meeting with the teacher of the level to which they want to change. Procedure Complete the following enrollment paperwork. Copies of paperwork from this Section, parts 1 and 2 are given to the student at the time of enrollment. Students can print out the rest of the paperwork outlined below from http://www.learnet.edu , or will be provided in hard copy upon request. 1. Enrollment Agreement, a valid form of Identification, Entrance Record (Admissions Application and Interview), Entrance Test, Promissory Note (cash only) for Student File 2, Student Disclosure Form Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 14 3. School Catalog • Students enrolling to attend one or more courses online must successfully complete an Online Assessment Quiz and confirm they have or have access to equipment which meets the online technology requirements. • The Admissions Advisor must recommend the student for enrollment and have submitted the completed enrollment paperwork to the Executive Director for approval on or before the Wednesday prior to the intended Monday start date. Additional Requirements for International Students An 1-20 cannot be processed until all items in this checklist are completed and have been received: • Completed 1-20 application form • Official bank statement, or sponsor letter and endorsement dated within the past three months, containing a minimum of $15,000 USD per year • Minimum High school diploma or official transcript translated in English for language programs or all other certificate programs. • A photocopy of the page from student's passport showing full legal name, birth date, passport expiration date, and photograph • For F-1 transfer students only: a signed transfer form from the school that student has been attending, and copies of student's most recent 1-20, 1-94, and F-1 visa. • F1 students may take a maximum of 25% credits online of the 12 credits enrolled each term. Additional Requirements for Students Applying for AA or BBA Degree • Students applying outside the United States must have a graduate certificate from all secondary or postsecondary institutions. In addition, students must submit official transcripts from all postsecondary institutions attended, certifying a grade point. Foreign transcripts, not in English, must be submitted together with certified English translations. • International students must provide the institutional copy of scores from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or equivalent record. Minimum TOEFL score requirements are 419 (Paper-based)/124 (Computer-based)/42 (iBT), taken within the past five years. Testing must be completed prior to signing the Enrollment Agreement. Exam scores such as the IELTS may be acceptable in lieu of this TOEFL requirement by the discretion of the Executive Director/Dean. Students who completed secondary and post -secondary education in a countrywhere English is the primary language are exempt from this requirement. Students who have satisfactorily graduated from Learnet's EFL and/or TOEFL iBT program or transferred from other accredited colleges in U.S. are exempt from this requirement. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 16 Admissions Requirements for Students Applying for MBA Degree Requirements and Enrollment Procedure for Master's Degree , Complete an application Program • Submit a non-refundable registration fee of $150 • Students must submit proof of no less than a bachelor's degree, defined as a college diploma issued by a state, or accredited public or private college or an equivalent degree (for domestic students only). Such equivalents include the following: • Students seeking admissions to the MBA program (proposed program) must also hold a bachelor's degree and at least 12 quarter credits of related business courses at the undergraduate level. Evidence of undergraduate coursework includes the following: 1. Official transcripts from a college or university accredited by an organization approved by the US Department of Education. 2. Students with bachelor's degrees from a foreign college or university must have their transcripts translated and evaluated for equivalency. • Students enrolling to attend one or more courses online must successfully complete an Online Assessment Quiz and confirm they have or have access to equipment which meets the online technology requirements. Procedure • Complete the following enrollment paperwork. Copies of paperwork from this Section, parts 1 and 2 are given to the student at the time of enrollment. Students can print out the rest of the paperwork outlined below from http://www.learnet.edu , or will be provided in hard copy upon request. 1. Enrollment Agreement, a valid form of identification, Entrance Record (Admissions Application and Interview), Entrance Test, Promissory Note (cash only) for Student File 2. Student Disclosure Form 3. School Catalog • Students enrollingto attend one ormore courses online must successfully complete an Online Assessment Quiz and confirm they have or have access to equipment which meets the online technology requirements. • The Admissions Advisor must recommend the student for enrollment and have submitted the completed enrollment paperwork to the Executive Director for approval on or before the Wednesday prior to the intended Monday start date. Additional Requirements for International Students An 1-20 cannot be processed until all items in this checklist are completed and have been received: • Completed 1-20 application form • Official bank statement, or sponsor letter and endorsement dated within the past three months, containing a minimum of $15,000 USD per year • Bachelor's transcript or equivalent record • A photocopy of the page from student's passport showing full legal name, birth date, passport expiration date, and photograph • For F-1 transfer students only: a signed transfer form from the school that student has been attending, and copies of student's most recent 1-20, 1-94, and F-1 visa. • F1 students may take a maximum of 25% credits online of the 9 credits enrolled each term. Last Revision Date Additional Requirements for Students Applying for MBA Degree • Students must submit official transcripts from all postsecondary institutions attended, certifying a grade point average of at least 2.5 (4,0 scale) in their bachelor's program. • International students must provide the institutional copy of scores from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or equivalent record. The minimum TOEFL score requirement is 60 (TOEFL iBT), taken within the past five years. Testing must be completed prior to signing the Enrollment Agreement. Exam scores such as the IELTS may be acceptable in lieu of this TOEFL requirement by the discretion of the Executive Director/Dean. Students who completed secondary and post -secondary education in a country where English is the primary language are exempt from this requirement. Students who have satisfactorily graduated from Learnet's AA degree program or transferred from other accredited college in U.S. are also exempt from this requirement. The admissions requirements for the MBA program are different from the other programs offered at Learnet. Students applying to the MBA program are required to hold a bachelor's degree. This requirement does not pertain to the undergraduate programs offered at Learnet. In addition, applicants are required to have a CGPA of at least 2.5 to be considered for admission. Online Technology Students must have regular daily access to a computer that meets the following minimum Requirement requirements: • A functioning e-mail account • Access to Microsoft 2010 or Microsoft Office 365 • Intell3 Processor or higher • A monitor capable of displaying 1024768 at 16bit color • Minimum 4 GB of RAM • High-speed Internet access on LAN connection (DSL or faster) • Wireless connection (802.11n or ac) • A supported web browser • Mozilla Firefox, version 37 or greater • Internet Explorer, version 10 or greater • Safari, version 6 or greater • Sound card and computer speakers to listen to audio presentations • Headset/microphone • Adobe Flash, version 17 or greater • Adobe Reader, version DC • Java, version 8 or greater Note: Best practice is to allow application software (QuickTime, Adobe Reader, etc.) to update as new versions are released. Operating Systems for PC Users: • Windows 7/8/10 - 32 or 64 bit • Windows Media Player Operating Systems for Mac Users: • OS X 10 - version 10.8x or newer • Apple QuickTime Additional requirements for tablet users: • Windows PC or access to Windows PC to attach and upload documents" Last Revision Date on April 4, 2D23 Tuition Payment, Cancellation, and Refund Policies Registration and Tuition Learnet reserves the right to change tuition and fees, make curriculum changes when Fee necessary, and make substitutions in books and supplies as required without prior notice. Any changes in tuition or fees do not affect enrolled students already in attendance. Payment Methods Learnet accepts payment for tuition, books, equipment, and other fees through cash payment, Visa, MasterCard, or personal or company check. Learnet will also assist students with setting up monthly payment plans. At Learnet's discretion, installment payments may also be arranged. All outstanding student account balances are billed directly to the student upon completion or termination. Failure to satisfy delinquent accounts within a reasonable time will result in the account being submitted to a collection agency for processing. Federal and State Learnet does not participate in federal or state financial grants( PELL/CAL Grant) and loan Grants and Loans programs( Stafford/ Sallie Mae, etc.). If you have received federal student financial aid funds, you are entitled to a refund of moneys not paid from federal student financial aid program funds. If you obtain a loan to pay for an education program, you will have the responsibility to repay the full amount of the loan plus interest, less the amount of any refund. If the student is eligible for a loan guaranteed by the federal or state government and the student defaults on the loan, both following may occur: 1. The federal or state government or a loan guarantee agency may take action against the student, including applying any income tax refund to which the person is entitled to reduce the balance owed on the loan. 2. The student may not be eligible for any other federal student financial aid at another institution or other government assistance until the loan is repaid. Financial Assistance Learnet students utilize the following financial assistance types toward their tuition Types 1. Workforce Investment Act (WIA): Students funded by this program are monitored and regulated by South Bay Workforce Investment Board and its subsidiary contractors (Worksource Centers). Learnet monitors, operates, and reports students' SAP in accordance with the laws and regulations of South Bay Workforce Investment Board and its subsidiary contractors. 2. Veterans Affairs (VA): G.I. Montgomery Bill: Students funded by this program are monitored and regulated by the Department of Veterans Affairs and Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education. Learnet monitors, operates, and reports students' Standard Academic Progress (SAP) in accordance with the laws and regulations by Veterans Affairs, Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education, and Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges. 3, Private Vocational Rehabilitation: students funded by this program are monitored and regulated by Case Manager of Rehabilitation and its subsidiary insurance company, Learnet monitors, operates, and reports students' SAP in accordance with the laws and regulations of Vocational Rehabilitation. 4. Employment Training Panel (ETP) 5. Corporation Fund / Employers: no regulatory agencies are involved, but Learnet monitors and reports students' attendance and SAP to the employers. 6. Student loans funded by private lending companies: no regulatory agencies involved, but students are required to repay the lending institution In accordance with the contracted terms and agreement, as well as stay within the boundaries of Learnet's SAP, Last Revision Date on 19 Payment Default Upon default of tuition, the student is required to pay the entire amount due within 45 days. A lender may hire or pay someone else to help collect this note if the student does not pay. This act includes subject to any limits under applicable law, lender's attorneys' fees and lender's legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys' fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post -judgment collection services. The student will also pay any court costs and all other sums provided by law. Termination Learnet has a right to terminate the students for any of the following reasons: 1. Violation of Code of Conduct 2. Failure to comply with the Academy's attendance or academic satisfactory progress policies. 3. Failure to meet scheduled financial obligations to the Academy. Students whose enrollment is terminated will be notified in writing and will be subject to the Academy's refund policy. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 rrn Cancellation Policy and STUDENTS RIGHT TO CANCEL: Procedures Under California BureauforPostsecondary PrivateEducation Low, (CEC§94911(e)(1)(2)(3)) Policy Students have the right to cancel the enrollment agreement and obtain a refund of charges paid through attendance at the first-class session or the seventh calendar day after enrollment, whichever is later. After the end of the cancellation period, students also have the right to withdrawal from school at any time, and receive a pro rata refund if they have completed 60% or less of the period of attendance (as described in the "Withdrawal from the Program" section below). Cancellation may occur when students provide a written notice of cancellation by mail or by hand delivery at the students' place of training. The written notice of cancellation, if sent by mail, is effective when deposited in the mall properly addressed with proper postage. The written notice of cancellation need not be on any particular form and, however expressed, it is effective if it shows that the student no longer wishes to be bound by the Enrollment Agreement. Students will be given two Notice of Cancellation forms on the first day of class. If the Enrollment Agreement is cancelled Learnet will refund the students any money they paid, less a registration fee of $150.00. If students are issued books or equipment and cancel their agreement, the student is required to return the books and/or equipment. Refer to Refund Policy and Procedures in the following pages. Learnet will issue all refunds within 45 days of the date of cancellation / withdrawal. For distance educational program where the instruction is not offered in real time, the enrollment agreement shall disclose that the student shall have the right to cancel the enrollment agreement and receive a full refund before the first lesson and materials are received. Cancellation is effective on the date written notice of cancellation is sent. The institution shall make the refund pursuant to section 71750 of the Regulations. If the institution sent the first lesson and materials before an effective cancellation notice was received, the institution shall make a refund within 45 days after the student's return of the materials. (5,CCR §71716(b)) For distance educational program where the Instruction Is not offered in real time, the enrollment agreement shall disclose that (1) An institution shall transmit all lessons and materials to the student if the student has fully paid for the educational program and, after having received the first lesson and initial materials, requests in writing that all of the material be sent. (2) If an institution transmits the balance of the material as the student requests, the institution shall remain obligated to provide the other educational services it agreed to provide, but shall not be obligated to pay any refund after all of the lessons and material are transmitted. (5,CCR §71716(c)(1)(2)) Procedures 1. The student has the right to cancel through attendance at the first-class session or the seventh day after enrollment, whichever is later. 2. Print out the Cancellation Form from the web site, www.learnet.edu . 3. Cancellation Policy and Procedures' shall be informed during the orientation day. This procedure is handled by Admissions. 4. Upon cancellation, there is no charge to the student and any monies paid by the student will be refunded, 5. Cancellations for future students originate only from the Admissions Department. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Admissions will advise all departments of the cancellation. 6. Any other staff member learning of the intent of a student to cancel is to first try to advise students to re -consider and reiterate of benefits of courses. 7. All departments will consider the student's file closed. 8. Should admissions be able to change the student's mind at any time, or re -schedule the student for new start -date, and notify otherstaff members to give better service to the student. 9. In the event of a seven-day cancel where the student has paid money down, the full amount paid must be refunded within 45 days. If there is a discrepancy between the amount on the contract and the amount on the receipt, the amount in the student's favor will be used. Be sure to double-check that students' contract and receipt amounts match if paid on the day of signing. After signing, the receipt is taken at face value. 10. In the event of a seven-day cancel where a post-dated check has been cut, do not hand the check back to the student or drop it in the mail. The check is to be given to the registrar officer who will make a copy of the check and return it to the student via certified mail. Withdrawal Policy and Under California Bureau for Postsecondary Private Education Law, (CEC 494911(e)(1)(2)(3)) Procedures Students may withdraw from school at any time after the cancellation period (described above). A student shall be deemed to have withdrawn from a program of instruction when any of the following occurs: 1. The student notifies Learnet of their intent to withdrawal or as of the date of the student's withdrawal, whichever is later. The student can complete a Withdrawal form obtained from the Registrar office. Once the form is completed, signed, and returned to the Registrar it will be recorded, and the withdrawal process initiated. Learnet will accept any written, dated and signed notification from a student to initiate a withdrawal. Notification by telephone will only be accepted in extenuating circumstances by Learnet Director, when it is determined the student cannot reasonably be expected to return to Learnet to sign and date a withdrawal form. 2. The institution terminates the student's enrollment for failure to maintain satisfactory progress; failure to attend classes for a two -week period; failure to abide by the rules and regulations of Learnet; and/or failure to meet financial obligations to Learnet. Students whose enrollment is terminated by Learnet will be notified in writing, and the withdrawal date will be the date the violation occurred. 3. The student fails to return from a leave of absence or scheduled vacation. The withdrawal date will be the date the student was scheduled and failed to return. 4. The institution withdraws the student's enrollment failure to purchase the textbook within a week after start date. Refer to Refund Procedures in the following below. Last Revision Date on Refund Policy and Under California Bureau for Postsecondary Private Education Law, (CEC §94911(e)(1)(2)(3)J Procedures Policy For determining the amount of the refund, a pro rata refund pursuant to section 94919(c) or 94920(d) or 94927 of the Code shall be no less than the total amount owed by the student for the portion of the educational program provided subtracted from the amount paid by the student, calculated as follows: The amount owed equals the daily charge for the program (total institutional charge, divided by the number of days or hours in the program), multiplied by the number of days student attended, or was scheduled to attend, prior to withdrawal. If the student has completed more than 60% of the period of attendance, tuition is considered fully earned and no refund will be issued. For periods of enrollment beyond the current "charge period," if the student withdraws prior to the next charge period, any charges collected for the next period will be refunded. If any portion of the tuition was paid from the proceeds of a loan or third party, the refund shall be sent to the lender, third party or, if appropriate, to the state or federal agency that guaranteed or reinsured the loan. Learnet will issue all refunds within 45 days of the date of cancellation / withdrawal. Procedures In order to cancel the enrollment agreement and receive a refund, students must do the following: 1. Cancellation shall occur when the students gives a written notice of cancellation at the address of Learnet shown on the top of the front page of the enrollment agreement. 2. The student can do this by mail or hand delivery or email to registrar@learnet.edu . 3. The written notice of cancellation, if sent by mail, is effective when deposited in the mail properly addressed with postage prepaid. 4. The written notice of cancellation need not take any particular form, and, however expressed, it is effective if it shows that the student no longer wishes to be bound by his/her enrollment agreement: This form is also available on Learnet website. 5. If Learnet has given the students anyequipment, including books or other materials, students shall return it to Learnet within 30 days following the date of the notice of cancellation. 6. If students fail to return this equipment, including books, or other materials, in good condition within the 30-day period, Learnet may deduct its documented cost for the equipment from any refund that maybe due. 7. Once the students pay for the equipment, it is the students to keep without further obligation. 8. If students cancel the agreement, Learnet will refund any money that the student paid, less any deduction for equipment not timely returned in good condition, within 45 days after the notice of cancellation is received. 9. Students review the refund calculation form and sign the cancellation/withdrawal form: Registrar Officer reports to ED and PDSO/D50 for updating SEVIS record. 10. Refund checks are issued by the Registrar's Office and bear the signature of the Executive Director. 11. Students are required to show photo identification if picking up their check or the Registrar Officer will mall out to students' address. 12. If a refund check is to be picked up by a third party, signed written authorization from the student. If you have questions about the refund policy and procedures at Learnet, reach to registrar@learnet.edu or phone213-387-4242. Revlslon Date on 23 Student Tuition STATE OF CALIFORNIA STUDENT TUITION RECOVERY FUND DISCLOSURES (STRF) 5 CCR § Recovery Fund 76215. (a) A qualifying institution shall include the following statement on both its enrollment agreement and school catalog: "The State of California established the Student Tuition Recovery Fund (STRF) to relieve or mitigate economic loss suffered by a student in an educational program at a qualifying institution, who is or was a California resident while enrolled, or was enrolled in a residency program, if the student enrolled in the institution, prepaid tuition, and suffered an economic loss. Unless relieved of the obligation to do so, you must pay the state -imposed assessment for the STRF, or it must be paid on your behalf, if you are a student in an educational program, who is a California resident, or are enrolled in a residency program, and prepay all or part of your tuition. You are not eligible for protection from the STRF and you are not required to pay the STRF assessment, if you are not a California resident, or are not enrolled in a residency program." (b) In addition to the statement required under subdivision (a) of this section, a qualifying institution shall include the following statement in its school catalog: "It is important that you keep copies of your enrollment agreement, financial aid documents, receipts, or any other information thatdocuments the amount paid to the school. Questions regarding the STRF may be directed to the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education, 1747 North Market Blvd., Suite 225, Sacramento, California, 95834, (916) 574-8900 or (888) 370-7589, Date an AprII 4, ,A To be eligible for STRF, you must be a California resident or enrolled in a residency program, prepaid tuition, paid or deemed to have paid the STRF assessment, and suffered an economic loss as a result of any of the following: 1. The institution, a location of the institution, or an educational program offered by the institution was closed or discontinued, and you did not choose to participate in a teach -out plan approved by the Bureau or did not complete a chosen teach -out plan approved by the Bureau. 2. You were enrolled at an institution or a location of the institution within the 120 day period before the closure of the institution or location of the institution, or were enrolled in an educational program within the 120 day period before the program was discontinued. 3. You were enrolled at an institution or a location of the institution more than 120 days before the closure of the institution or location of the institution, in an educational program offered by the institution as to which the Bureau determined there was a significant decline in the quality or value of the program more than 120 days before closure. 4. The institution has been ordered to pay a refund by the Bureau but has failed to do SO. 5. The institution has failed to pay or reimburse loan proceeds under a federal student loan program as required by law, or has failed to pay or reimburse proceeds received by the institution in excess of tuition and other costs. 6. You have been awarded restitution, a refund, or other monetary award by an arbitrator or court, based on a violation of this chapter by an institution or representative of an institution, but have been unable to collect the award from the institution. 7. You sought legal counsel that resulted in the cancellation of one or more of your student loans and have an invoice for services rendered and evidence of the cancellation of the student loan or loans. To qualify for STRF reimbursement, the application must be received within four (4) years from the date of the action or event that made the student eligible for recovery from STRF: A student whose loan is revived by a loan holder or debt collector after a period of noncollection may, at any time, file a written application for recovery from STRIP for the debt that would have otherwise been eligible for recovery. If it has been more than four (4) years since the action or eventthat made the student eligible, the student must have filed a written application for recovery within the original four (4) year period, unless the period has been extended by another act of law. However, no claim can be paid to any student without a social security number or a taxpayer identification number." §76120. Amount of STRF Assessment. (a) Each qualifying institution shall collect an assessment of two dollars and fifty cents ($2.50) per one thousand dollars ($1,000) of institutional charges, rounded to the nearest thousand dollars, from each student in an educational program who is a California resident or is enrolled in a residency program. For institutional charges of one thousand dollars ($1,000) or less, the assessment is zero dollars ($0). Note: Authority cited: Sections 94877, 94923 and 94924, Education Code. Reference: Sections 94843, 94911(b), 94923 and 94924, Education Code. on April 4, 2023 25 CCR Title 5, § 71750 - California Code of Regulations Title 5, § 71750 - Withdrawals and Refunds Withdrawals and Refunds (a) Every institution shall make refunds that are no less than the refunds required under the Act and this Division. (b) An institution may not enforce any refund policy that is not specified in the catalog as required pursuant to section 94909(a)(8)(B) of the Code, and must refund all institutional charges upon a student's withdrawal. Withdrawal policy procedures pursuant to section 94909(a)((8)(B) of the Code shall include, at a minimum: the acceptable methods of delivery of a notice to withdraw; whether withdrawal can be accomplished by conduct, and if so, how; the position or positions to whom the notice to withdraw must be delivered; and the date that the notice to withdraw is considered effective, which shall be no later than the date received by the institution. (c) A pro rata refund pursuant to section 94919(c) or 94920(d) or 94927 of the Code shall be no less than the total amount owed by the student for the portion of the educational program provided subtracted from the amount paid by the student, calculated as follows: (1) The amount owed equals the daily charge for the program (total institutional charge, divided by the number of days or hours in the program), multiplied by the number of days student attended, or was scheduled to attend, prior to withdrawal. (2) Except as provided for in subdivision (a)(3) of this section, all amounts paid by the student in excess of what is owed as calculated in subdivision (a)(1) shall be refunded. (3) Except as provided herein, all amounts that the student has paid shall be subject to refund unless the enrollment agreement and the refund policy outlined in the catalog specify amounts paid for an application fee or deposit not more than $250,00, books, supplies, or equipment, and specify whether and under what circumstances those amounts are non-refundable. Except when an institution provides a 100% refund pursuant to section 94919(d) or section 94920(b) of the Code, any assessment paid pursuant to section 94923 of the Code is non- refundable. (4) For purposes of determining a refund under the Act and this section, a student shall be considered to have withdrawn from an educational program when he or she withdraws or is deemed withdrawn in accordance with the withdrawal policy stated in its catalog. (d) If an institution has collected money from a student for transmittal on the student's behalf to a third partyfor a bond, library usage, or fees fora license, application, or examination and the institution has not paid the money to the third party at the time of the student's withdrawal or cancellation, the institution shall refund the money to the student within 45 days of the student's withdrawal or cancellation. (e) An institution shall refund any credit balance on the student's account within 45 days after the date of the student's completion of, or withdrawal from, the educational program in which the student was enrolled. For purposes of this subdivision and section 94919(d) of the Code, "day" means calendar day. (f) The institution shall maintain a cancellation and withdrawal log, kept current on a monthly basis, which shall include the names, addresses, telephone numbers, and dates of cancellations or withdrawal of all students who have cancelled the enrollment agreement with, or withdrawn from, the institution during the calendar year. If the student has completed more than 60% of the period of attendance, tuition is considered fully earned, and no refund will be issued. Visa Services and Fee At Learnet, we are not involved in any visa services nor vouch for student status. However, we do charge $200 of Initial 1-20 Processing Fee per student's request to issue an 1-20 form for an F-1 visa student. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 1< Schedule of Total Charges �1The Schedule of Total Charges for a Period of Attendance and "an Estimated Schedule of Total Charges for the Entire Educational Program: (CEC §94870 and §94909(a)(9)) EFL TOEFL IBT CITA CGUS CII m CIS RE GC ABA— ACBA� BBA MBA Program 960 IT,,- 480 Hrs ]20 Hrs 360 Hrs ]20 Hrs 360 Hrs 360 Hrs 350 Hrs 96 Credits 90 Lredits 180 Credits 48 Lredlts Clock Hrs/Credits CLOCK HOURS ��$10 � CREDITS _ 'STRF $vs P510 S20 516� 526 $7.5 $7.1 $35 $35 $67.5 $46 71te istratlon $150 $150 $ 150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $15C $150 $150 $15C $150 'Tuition! Quarter ill Weeks) - - - - - - - p:,]uo $1100 $F700 s2,a00 3Tuirion for Entire Program $6000 i41400 $8.000 54,060 58,000 54,000 51000 $3.200 5I WO $116m S.T/.200 $n1p00 SUM OF $6,968 $3,560 $8,170 $4,160 $8,170 $4,160 $3,058 $3,356 $13,785 $13,785 $27,418 $16,190 INSTITUTIONAL CHARGES 'Books; $260 $70 $450 $3M $400 $35C $150 $250 $750 $650 $1,200 $am Sum OF $260 $70 $450 $300 $400 $350 $150 $250 $7W $650 $1,2aa $800 NONINSTiTUTIONAL CHARGES - --.... - wr�ss'ry s; _'.o m•s •1. •- x Srrm 0 - ;n TOTAL iS CHARG1 _ S SES Nt S1 tPi FOR FULI: nFat QUARTER (17INEEKS) � _ 51 F`rs6$3,U56 5Su2,9'i5 a...»....r.�............TY.w�.n .� -...-_. ..-.. .. ...>- Nai'S ,�SI50 AeN✓.me...Sli^I,Mk, �n ,41 •AP ,iiA, ..�.m M rtSIR 'N19, i)' ,1nF 535 i6]5 sm+iunv,53J.f<r:+*�mo�sai.zw*.nwrsia, LOUCIIARGEs $],22M $3,QC 5&62C 54,460 $➢,9]0 $4,510 $3,207.5 a3,60>.5 n;�w owiaen +no.+++sLzw •eow5 FOR ENTIRE EDUCATION 1IR06MM $14,53$ 514,435 $28,6L76 516,1W To Charges: Total charge means the sum of institutional and noninstitutional charges. 'STRF: Non -Refundable Student Tuition Recovery Fee. Fee must be included to each individual course (STRF) assessment rate Is two- Dollor fifty -cents ($2.50) per one thousand dollars ($1000) of institutional charges. 2Registration: Non -Refundable Registration Fee 3Tuitlon: Subtotal for Institutional Charges -Exclusive Materials ^Books: Estimated Total Noninstitutional Charges of Books: Paperback, e-Books, and PDF Books 513egsstration +STRF + Tuition/Quarter (12 Weeks) + Books( Estimated Total Noninstitutional Charges) Program V Tuition: Reg Books Total CIS 4,000 150 300 $4 450 GC 3 200 150 250 $3,600 RE $2 900 $150 $150 3 200 CITA: Computer Information Technology Administrator COOS: Computer Office User Specialist CII: Computer Information Infrastructure CIS: Computer Information Systems RE: Real Estate and Finance Salesperson GC: General Contractor ACBA: Academic Associate's in Computer Business Applications, AA Degree ABA: Academic Associate's In Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration, AA Degree BBA: Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor's Degree MBA: Master of Business Administration, Master's Degree EFL: English as a Foreign Language TOEFL iBT: Test of English Foreign Language Internet -Based Test Last RevlSlcn Date on April 4, 2023 Academic Policy Grading System for Certificate, Associate, and Bachelor's Degree Programs Grading System for Master's Degree Programs Grading System for Certificate, Diploma, Associate, and Bachelor's Degree Programs Lea rnet maintains an academic progress report for each student. Grades are issued upon the completion of each module, level or quarter. The grading system is as follows: Rating % Score Letter Grade Grade Point Average Excellent 90-100 A 4 point Above Average 80-89 B 3 point Average 70-79 C 2 point Pass 60-69 D 1 point Fail 0-59 F 0 point All grades appear on the official transcripts and are used in calculating the grade point average. Student progress and grade reports become part of the student's permanent record and all grades received are posted on the Student Record. Additional codes represented on the academic transcript: I — Incomplete, credits/hours not earned. W — Represents course withdrawal, credits/hours not earned. RPT— Represents courses that have been repeated TO — Represents credit/hours granted for test out TC- Represents credit/hours granted for transfer ADT— Represents courses audited, credits/hours not earned. Any student receiving an "F" is required to repeat the level or course and must obtain a grade of "D" or better to complete the program. After the student has successfully repeated the level or course as required by this policy, the previously assigned grade of V' is not factored into the student's cumulative grade point average (CGPA) by adding the notation of Repeated ("RPT"). CGPA is calculated by percentage of earned points (Grade Points X Earned credits/hours) divided by total earned credits/hours. We do not give any grades for Withdrawal ("W") or Incomplete ("I'), as such "W" and "I" and the course will have to be repeated to complete the program. An "I", for incomplete, is only assigned when a student has obtained the prior approval of the Executive Director. An "I" grade assignment will revert to the course grade earned if the outstanding work has not been submitted within the agreed upon timeframe, not to exceed 30 days from the course end date. Grading System for Master's Degree Program Learnet maintains an academic progress report for each student. Grades are issued upon the completion of each quarter. The grading system is as follows: Rating % Score Letter Grade Grade Point Average Superior 93-100 A 4.0 point Outstanding 90-92 A- 3.7point Very Good 87-89 B+ 3.3 point Last Revision Date on 7R Good 83-86 B 3.0 point Better than Average 80-82 B- 2.7 point Above Average 77-79 C+ 2.3 point Average 73-76 C 2.0 point Below Average 70-72 C- 1.7 point Weak 67-69 D+ 1.3 point Poor 63-66 D 1.0 point Barely Passing 60-62 D- 0.7 point Fail 0-59 F 0.0 point All grades appear on the official transcripts and are used in calculating the grade point average. Student progress and grade reports become part of the student's permanent record and all grades received are posted on the Student Record. Please note that students in the MBA program must complete their program with a minimum GPA of 3.0 in order to be eligible to graduate. Therefore, students who earn too many grades of C or D may not have a high enough GPA to graduate and may need to repeat coursework. Additional codes represented on the academic transcript: I — Incomplete, credits/hours not earned. W — Represents course withdrawal, credits/hours not earned. RPT— Represents courses that have been repeated TO — Represents credit/hours granted for test out TC- Represents credit/hours granted for transfer ADT— Represents courses audited, credits/hours not earned. Any student receiving an "I'" is required to repeat the level or course and must obtain a grade of "D" or better to complete the program. After the student has successfully repeated the level or course as required by this policy, the previously assigned grade of"F" Is not factored into the student's cumulative grade point average (CGPA) by adding the notation of Repeated ("RPT"). CGPA is calculated by percentage of earned points (Grade Points X Earned credits/hours) divided by total earned credits/hours. We do not give any grades for Withdrawal ("W") or Incomplete ("I"), as such "W" and "I" and the course will have to be repeated to complete the program. An "I", for incomplete, is only assigned when a student has obtained the prior approval of the Executive Director. An "I" grade assignment will revert to the course grade earned if the outstanding work has not been submitted within the agreed upon timeframe, not to exceed 30 days from the course end date. Student's Right to Once a grade has been recorded in the student record, the grade may not be changed Appeal a Grade without approval of the faculty. Students who feel that they have received an erroneous grade may appeal the grade to the Director no later than 30 days from the date the grade is posted. A decision regarding the appeal will be rendered within 1 week and will be final. Academic Appeal Procedures 1. Students request an appointment with Dean (ED): Email DEC@learnet.edu or sign in the appointment schedule on the Dean's room door for an advisement meeting. 2. Initial appeal request should be no later than 30 days from the date the grade is posted on the first start date of each term: If you can't find your name, ask registrar officer. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 3. Challenging the record for purposes of changing any of its contents must be requested in writing, stating fully the reason for the challenge to ED during the advisement meeting. 4. ED in consultation with the instructor will review all requests, and a determination will be made to either maintain or change the extant record: e.g., Test out evaluation, special assignment, .—etc. 5. The student may meet with the ED and anyone else he or she may designate to review the conclusions. 6. Should further review be requested by the student, a disinterested third party with competence in the program will be asked to review the student's records and findings and make a recommendation to the ED for final action. 7. A decision regarding the appeal will be rendered within 1 week and will be final. 8. This final notice is informed via email or mail to students. A student placed on academic probation or deemed as failing to make SAP may review the determination and may appeal the determination through the Executive Director whose judgment in this matter shall be final, conclusive, and binding. Last Revision Date on Satisfactory Academic Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is defined as maintaining a minimum Cumulative Grade Progress Policy (SAP) for Point Average (CGPA) of 2.0 or cumulative grade average (CGA) of 70% (qualitative progress) Certificate, Associate, and earning 67% of the credits or hours attempted (quantitative progress). For a clock hour and Bachelor's Degree program, the maximum time frame shall not exceed 1.5 times* the normal duration of the Programs program. For a credit hour program, the credit hours attempted cannot exceed 1.5 times the credit hours required to complete the program. *This pollcy does not apply to Veterans; Refer to Veterans Information Bulletin. SatisfactoryAcademic Progress Evaluation Satisfactory progress is evaluated at the end of each quarter once all grades have been posted and is evaluated by the Education and Registrar departments. Probation and Dismissal Policies: Refer to Education File Procedure on page 166 for a detailed procedure. Satisfactory Academic Progress Warning Status* Astudent who does not achieve the minimum required qualitative and quantitative progress at the end of a quarter will be notified in writing and placed on Warning for the next quarter. At the end of the next quarter, either: 1. if the student has achieved the minimum required qualitative and quantitative progress, the student will be notified in writing and removed from Warning, or 2. If the student has not achieved the minimum required qualitative and/or quantitative progress, the student will be notified in writing that they are to be dismissed unless the student files an appeal, and the appeal is approved. Appeal Process and Probation* The student may submit a written appeal of his/her dismissal within five calendar days of his/her receipt of the dismissal notice. The appeal should be addressed to the Executive/Dean. The appeal must be accompanied by documentation of the mitigating circumstances that have prevented the student from attaining satisfactory academic progress. Only extraordinary circumstances will be considered, such as death or severe Illness in the immediate family. *This policy does not apply to Veterans; Refer to Veterans Information Bulletin, The Dean will assess all appeals and determine whether the student may be permitted to continue on a probationary status, despite not meeting satisfactory progress requirements. The student will be sent the written decision within 10 days of Learnet's receipt of the appeal. The decision of the Executive/Dean is final. Students reinstated upon appeal are on probationary status for the next quarter during which time they must meet the terms and conditions set out in the Executive/Dean's Academic Plan included with the letter granting the appeal. At the end of the probationary quarter, and every quarter thereafter, the student's satisfactory academic progress will be reviewed. The student may continue on probation as long as he or she meets the terms of the Academic Plan. Once the student has re-established satisfactory academic progress, the student will be notified in writing and removed from probation within 90 days (lquarter), or within 30 days for short term program. If the student fails to meet the terms of the Academic Plan within 90 days (lquarter), or within 30 days for short term program, the student will be notified in writing by certified mail and dismissed from the program. The effect on SAP for all Grade Assignments are as follows Last Revislon Date on 31 Included in Included in Grade/Assignment Definition qualitative quantitative progress progress A, B, C, D, F Assigned Grade Yes Yes I Incomplete No Yes W Withdrew No Yes TC Transfer Credit No Yes TO Test Out No Yes ADT Audit No No RPT Repeated Course No Yes The Effect on SAP for Repeated Courses The higher of the two grades earned for a repeated course will be used in calculating the CGPA/CGA. The credits/hours for both courses are included as attempted. The Effect on SAP for Non -Punitive Grades and Non -Credit or Remedial Courses The Academy does not offer remedial courses. The grade assignment of ADT is a non - punitive grade that does not impact CGPA/CGA or attempted credits/hours. The Effect on SAP When a Student Seeks to Earn an Additional Credential If a student seeks an additional credential, the credits/hours and grades attempted in the original credential that apply to the new credential are included in the determination of a student's satisfactory academic progress, both in CGPA/CGA and attempted credits/hours. The Effect of SAP on Extended Enrollment Status If a student is not making satisfactory academic progress, student may be required to be in an extended enrollment status at the discretion of the Dean/Executive Director. However, all credits/hours attempted count toward 150% of the normal program length even if the student is on extended enrollment. The Effect on SAP When Student Changes Programs or is Re -admitted to the Same Program. If a student is re -admitted into the Academy or changes program of study, the credits/hours and grades that are applicable to the student's current program of study will be included in the CGPA/CGA and in credits/hours attempted for determining the student's satisfactory academic progress. The Effect on SAP for Transfer Credits Transfer credits/hours are included as attempted but do not affect the CGPA/CGA. Re-entry for Students Dismissed Due to Failure to Meet SAP Students who have been dismissed for lack of satisfactory progress may apply to be readmitted into the same curriculum, as the class schedule permits, after 6 months. Such a student will be enrolled for a probationary period upon reentry. This procedure applies only to dismissals caused by lack of satisfactory progress and when the student is reentering the same curriculum. It does not apply to voluntary withdrawals. Maximum Timeframe All program requirements must be completed within a maximum timeframe of 1.5 times the normal program length as measured in clock/credit hours Last Revlslon Date on Aprll 4, 2023 Clock Hours: A program of 720 hours in length must be completed within 1080 attempted hours of study. An explanation of the ratio of satisfactory credits earned to credits attempted for each program is detailed in the table below. Credit Hours: If a student drops a course or receives a final grade of "D" or "F", that student may repeat the course one time only. Courses may be repeated only within the maximum time allowed to complete a program of study (the number of scheduled hours + 1/2 the number of scheduled hours). The grades of each course will then be averaged to obtain a final grade and may not be higher than "C". Program Hours/ credits Maximum Attempted Computer Information Technology Administrator 720 hrs 1080 hrs Computer Office User Specialist 360 hrs 540 hrs Computer Information Infrastructure 720 hrs 1080 hrs Computer Information Systems 360 hrs 540 hrs Real Estate and Finance Salesperson 360 hrs 540 hrs General Contractor 360 hrs 540 hrs Academic Associate in Computer Business Applications, AA Degree 90 credits 135 credits Academic Associate in Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration, AA Degree 96 credits 144 credits Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor's Degree 180 credits 270 credits The below two language programs are not within Learnet's scope of accredited programs with the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSQ 0 1440hsEfL iBT s In order to meet the quantitative standard, students must complete 67% of all credit/clock hours attempted Satisfactory Academic satisfactory Academic Progress Progress Policy (SAP) for The student's academic average is reviewed to determine qualitative progress. After each Master's Degree evaluation period, the minimum required grade average is 80% (G.P.A. of 3,0). Students with Program less than an 80% grade average will be placed on probation, notified by email and post mail, and required to complete a probation meeting with the Dean. Incomplete grades are not given, and students may repeat classes earning less than an 80% average. Coursework repeated may adversely affect a student's academic progress in terms of the maximum timeframe. Whether students change programs or seek additional programs, their cumulative GPAS will reflect all units taken; however, the transfer credits do not impact students' cumulative GPAS at Learnet. In conclusion, students must complete all required courses while maintaining an average grade of 80% (GPA of 3.0) or better. Transfer of credits based on previous coursework is not applicable to students in the EFL, TOEFL iBT, General Contractor, and MBA programs. Last Revision Date on Warnings for Course Students with less than an average of 70%grade average during a given course will be placed Failures in a two -week warning period, notified by email, until probation period is initiated through a probation meeting with the Dean. Course Withdrawals Students who withdraw from a course will receive a grade of 0% in each class interrupted by the withdrawal. All interrupted classes must be repeated upon readmission to the institution. Attendance Attendance is Key to Academic Success. Full participation in the total program can obtain Requirement maximum achievement of a student's potential. Poor attendance has severe implications for later outcomes as well. Students with more than 10 consecutive days of unexpected absences will be placed in a two -week warning period, notified by email, until probation period is initiated through a probation meeting with the Dean. If the student does notfollow the proper procedure within the given timellne, the student will be withdrawn. • Students with less than an overall attendance rate of 78% will be placed on a two - week warning period, notified by emall, until probation period is initiated through a probation meeting with the Dean. • Students with less than an average of 70% grade average during a given course will be placed in a two -week warning period, notified by email, until probation period is initiated through a probation meeting with the Dean. -This policy does not apply to Veterans; Refer to Veterans Information Bulletin, Teaching Methods The IAIA committee set forth specific guidelines and decided to approve partial online teaching delivery methods for the programs under the exceptional conditions (2) and (3) as follows: (1) 100% In -person class is for a normal student and situation. (2) Live -streaming Zoom class is for a student following the CDC's COVID- 19 quarantine instruction until the PCR test result. (3) Recorded Zoom class is for a student Infected with COVID-19 to take a makeup class after recovery, from the onset of symptoms, or the first positive test if a student does not have symptoms for up to two weeks. (4) 100% Online class through NED Learning Management System Platform (LMS) is for five non -language programs. Since the pandemic started in 2020, the Education Department has adopted and continues the instructional and teaching methods above to deliver the program content through Zoom. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 34 Online Attendance Students attending online are required to participate weekly in each course in which they are Requirement enrolled. Minimally, a student must submit a gradable item at least twice each week in order . to be marked present for that week. A gradable item is defined as a threaded discussion, submission of an assignment or completion of a test or quiz. Students are welcome to complete their online coursework on -campus or off -campus. Computer labs are available for student use. Students who are studying in the US on an 1-20 are required to participate in their online course from the campus to receive attendance credit. See the schedule of classes to determine when proctors are available for the courses in which you are enrolled. Students will utilize the computer labs to upload their coursework and may also complete group projects or presentations in person as well. Online Completion Policy and Faculty Response Expectations Students with less than an overall attendance rate of 78% will be placed on a two - week warning period, notified by email, until probation period Is initiated through a probation meeting with the Dean. Students with less than an average of 709/ grade average during a given course will be placed in a two -week warning period, notified by email, until probation period is initiated through a probation meeting with the Dean. After two consecutive weeks (Monday - Sunday) of absence in all the classes a student is in enrolled in, the student will be withdrawn from Learnet. If a student is enrolled in multiple courses and meets attendance in one course but fails to attend the other, they will be withdrawn from the course for which excessive absences are noted (i.e., after two consecutive weeks) in accord with the Learnet's procedures for course withdrawal. A student who does not complete at least 75% of the gradable assignments in a course will be awarded a grade of an "F". The faculty response time to student submissions Is as follows: Submission Response # Days Questions 1 Academic Postings 3 Course projects 7 Final Course Exams 7 Capstone Projects 30 Last Revision Date on 35 Incoming Transfer of Instruction Credit: Previous Accreditor and California law requires that a record of all students' previous education be Education Evaluation kept and evaluated if the student Is to receive credit for any course completed at another institution. It is critical thatthe official transcript be obtained and evaluated course -by -course. If the student requests consideration for previous training or experience, the transfer of credit process cannot be completed until the request has been evaluated by the Dean. The school does not accept credits for experiential learning. A copy of the evaluation form and the student evaluation letter must be maintained in the student file. Previous Education Evaluation Transfer of credit from other institutions is encouraged and available In all programs except EFL. Applicants may request an informal transfer of credit evaluation prior to admission. Official notification of credits that have been accepted for transfer to a program normally occurs at the time an offer of admission is made or during the student's first module of enrollment. Evaluation of credits fortransferto a program will require a copyofthe transcript that reflects the course being evaluated. Minimum Requirements for the Evaluation of Transfer of Credit Credits evaluated for transfer from other educational institutions must have been: • Earned and recorded on an official transcript at a school that was accredited by an agency recognized by either the U.S. Department of Education or the Council for Higher Education Accreditation; • Earned within 5 years prior to or after matriculation to Learnet; • For education received more than 5 years prior to the start of class, the student must demonstrate proficiency in that subject matter by earning a score of 70% or higher on an exam, administered by the Dean, in that subject matter; • Earned in courses posting a "B" (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) or higher; • Earned in a course in which the content is equivalent in both content and credit value to the corresponding Learnet course; • Approved prior to registering for the course. Learnet also considers credits for transfer from educational accomplishments attained in extra -institutional settings that are recognized by the American Council on Education's (ACE) Center for Adult Learning and Educational Credentials. Foreign Coursework Coursework from non-U.S. institutions will normally require transcripts to be evaluated and certified by a National Association of Credential Evaluation Services (NACES) member agency. Transfer of credit documentation, when requested, should be submitted to the Office of Admission. Students who have satisfactorily completed courses from a foreign nation's appropriately accredited university may be able to apply the courses credits toward an Academic Associate Degree at Learnet. Students should consult admissions BEFORE requesting to have credits evaluated because the time it takes to evaluate a large number of units can delay enrollment. Courses must first be evaluated by an approved credential evaluation agency, then finally reviewed and approved by Dean. Once courses are approved, their credit(s) may then be transferred to Learnet. To have foreign coursework credits evaluated, students should contact one of the approved credential evaluation agencies listed below and request a detailed equivalency report that indicates -for each course -whether it is an upper -or -lower -division course, its US quarter equivalency, and the grade the student earned: Please visit http://www.naces.ora/ and select one of institutions listed: AERC, American Education Research Corporation, 626-339-4404, www.aerc-eval.com Last Revision Date on IERF-, International Education Research Foundation, 310-258-9451 www.lerf.org APIE, Academic and Professional International Evaluations, Inc., 562-594-6498, www.ai)ie.org Maximum Number of Credits Permitted for Transfer The maximum number of credits accepted for transfer to a Learnet program is 10 % of the credits required for the Academic Associate's Degree Programs of lower -division course, and if applicants have an associate's (or higher -level) degree, Learnet may be able to approve a block transfer of 90 quarter credits (50% of the program's 180 credits) into the Bachelors program; Only complete credentials, meaning graduation/diploma of the associate's (or higher -level) degree qualify for block transfer. Students in the computer programs may submit proof of passing a Microsoft exam or its equivalent, within one year prior to the start of the program, for that given course topic to receive credit. In cases where it falls within the past three years, students may take an exam at Learnet and must receive a grade of at least 70% to test out from that course. Students in the Real Estate Salesperson/Finance program may submit an official transcript from an accredited educational institution, taken within one year prior to the start of the program, with a grade of "C" or higher to receive credit for a course. Transfer of credits based on previous coursework is not applicable to students in the EFL, TOEFL MT, General Contractor, and MBA programs. Reconsideration of a Transfer of Credit Evaluation Students may request review of a transfer of credit evaluation by submitting a written request to the Office of Admission prior to the start of the quarter. Because transfer of credit evaluations are based on a number of important factors, written requests for review should explain, in detail, the issues or circumstances that led the student to believe the evaluation was flawed or that an error was made during the evaluation process. The outcome of this review is final. "NOTICE CONCERNING TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDITS AND CREDENTIALS EARNED AT OUR INSTITUTION" The transferability of credits you earn at Learnet Academy, Inc. is at the complete discretion of an institution to which you may seek to transfer. Acceptance of the degree, diploma, or certificate you earn in the educational program is also at the complete discretion of the institution to which you may seek to transfer. If the credits or degree, diploma, or certificate that you earn at this institution are not accepted at the institution to which you seek to transfer, you may be required to repeat some or all of your course work at the institution. For this reason, you should make certain that your attendance at this institution will meet your educational goals. This may include contacting an institution to which you may seek to transfer after attending Learnet Academy to determine if your credits or degree, diploma or certificate will transfer. Refer to Articulations with Accredited Higher Education on page 4 of this catalog. Credit for Prior Experiential Learning Learnet does not award credit for prior experiential learning. 5 CCR §71810(b)(7); SCCR §71770(c) Date on Test Out Evaluation Any student may request the opportunity to test out of a course, based on the student's previous experience. The student must take the final exam for the course not more than 30 days prior to the start of class. To receive course credit, the student must earn a score of at least 70%. No letter grade will be given for any transfer or test out course. Course Numbering Course Numbering System System Courses numbered 1-199 are introductory courses; Certificate programs, courses numbered 200 and higher are more specialized courses regarding the topic within that department. 100-299 are associate degree level, 300-499 are baccalaureate degree level, and 500-699 are graduate level courses at the master's degree level in that given department. Courses that are to be taken consecutively are generally numerically consecutive (ex., CIT101, and CIT102) unless Indicated otherwise. Courses with a prerequisite are listed in the course description and syllabus. For Examples, • Computers use a letter followed by three numbers. Example: C101 or D203. The designations are C for general computer courses, N for network related courses, D for data or database related courses, V is for visual, G is for graphics courses, and R is for router related courses. • Real Estate program use the letter B followed by three numbers such as B401 • The General Contractor courses are designated by the license number for a particular trade. For instance, C6 Cabinet, Millwork and Finish Carpentry Contractor. These designations are determined by the California Contractors Licensing Board. • EFL programs are designated by the level of the course. Example: EFL for Intermediate Students which has modules 3A Intermediate, 3B High Intermediate. These are common designation for ESL and EFL programs. Course Letter Descriptor • CIT: Computer Information Technology • N : Networking • R:Router Technology • D : Database • B : Real Estate • GC : General Contractor • C-: Contractor • CG:Computer Graphics • BUS : Business • ENG, MAT, PHIS, SOC, BIO, COM, PSY, ANTH : General Education • -C : Certificate • FIN : Finance • MGT: Management • HRM : Human Resource Management • ORG : Organizational Behavior • QNT: Quantitative Analysis • CAP: Capstone • LAW: Law • MKT: Marketing • EFL : English as a Foreign Language • TOEFL iBT: Test of English as a Foreign Language Internet Based Test Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 38 Tardiness Learnet encourages students to be on time for all activities, appointments, and classes. Students who arrive more than 20 minutes late for class or who miss 20 minutes of class time during any given class hour are recorded as incomplete and are considered absent for that class hour. Make -Up Classes Learnet does not require a student to make up missed classes. Make-up classes are not specifically scheduled and are never guaranteed. However, missed classes can be made up on a drop -in or space -available basis within two weeks from the date the original class was missed. In no event will make-up classes be provided for students after the scheduled end of the module or level. If Learnet cancels classes or if there is holiday during the term, Learnet will schedule make-up classes or assignments. Make -Up Work Students will be given an opportunity, at the discretion of the Executive Director and subject to the availability of space, to repeat, remediate, or make up lost work. This work shall be given full standing and credit with respect to the student's satisfactory academic progress. Leave of Absence A Leave of Absence (LOA) may be granted under special circumstances. Procedures 1. LOA requests must be submitted to the dean through the registrar's office. 2. Email registrar@learnet.edu or sign in the appointment schedule on the Dean's room door for an advisement meeting. 3. "Leave of Absence" form is given to student by Dean. 4, This form must include an anticipated return date and be signed by the student and all medical LOAs, whether requested in advance or based on emergency situations, must be documented by a doctor's statement. 5. Students are entitled to take up to two LOAs, not exceeding 60 days total, during any academic year: For example, a student may take one 60-day LOA or two LOAs that, together, add up to a maximum of 60 days. 6. The student may not request a second LOA if he or she has already taken one 60- day LOA; furthermore, he or she may not request a third LOA, no matter how many days the student was absent during the first two LOAs. 7. Failure to return to school as scheduled without prior written notification to and approval from the Executive/ Dean will result in immediate dismissal. 8. Any refund due will be made within 30 calendar days from the end of an approved Leave of Absence: Refer to "Refund Policy and Procedures" in this catalog. The Executive/Dean may grant LOAs for circumstances of poor health, family crisis, or other significant occurrences outside the control of the student. Time for an approved LOA will not be included in the calculation of a student's maximum program length. There are two categories of LOA: • General LOA for emergency or personal purposes, up to 60 days • Medical LOA for medical situations Only the Dean is authorized to grant a Leave of Absence. All medical LOAs, whether requested in advance or based on emergency situations, must be documented by a doctor's statement. The Dean completes the request for Leave of Absence and should work with Registrar Officer for Updating the Campus Accountability Report, SEVIS, File Maker DB and ensures their proper disbursement of the refund. Last Revislon Date on W Restarts The Restarts procedure is as follows: 1. By definition, a restart is any student who has previously attended Learnet. 2. Any student who has dropped out or been terminated by Learnet for attendance or academic probation. 3. Any student who has dropped or has been terminated by Learnet shall be eligible to restart. 4. Student required to (e) mail or hand deliver a letter addressing why they withdrew and why they feel they are in a position to continue with their education at this time. Letter must include the program, shift, date and time the student would like to return. 5. All restarts must have written permission from the Executive/Dean. The Executive/Dean will also complete the Education portion of the Restart Application, Email to admissionsCa)learnet.edu and Admissions Director will request the student information to the Registrar Officer and Dean. 6. A new Enrollment Agreement cannot be signed or submitted until the following: a. The Dean has submitted a Restart Authorization Form; b. All termination paperwork has been completed and the student has completed the three-week waiting period; c. If there are no objections to the Petition to Return Process, the Admissions Director calls the student to come in for re-entry or advises the student to make an appointment with admissions. J. The student may start the enrollment procedure with a Restart Authorization form. e. The $150.00 restart fee has been paid to cover the processing of the student's new paperwork. 7. Restarts are to be treated as new students but shall receive credit for all hours successfully completed and shall be charged only for hours yet to be completed. In the event that the student has paid for the course in full, the student will only be charged at the standard rate for any hours over the regularly scheduled hours, as indicated in the Enrollment Agreement. 8. The maximum number of times a student may restart at Learnet is two. Learnet understands that unforeseen circumstances can prohibit the student from completing studies but feels that the student should be able to successfully complete the schooling within three attempts. If a student wishes to be exempted from this policy, he or she must submit their request in writing to the Dean, detailing the reasons for the exemption. The decision to exempt the student must be approved by the Executive Director. Language of All instruction and instructional materials will be provided only in English. Learnet offers EFL Instsruction: and TOEFL iBT instructions; all instructions are in English. (5, CCR §71810(b)(5)) Graduation Students must complete all required prerequisite courses and completion of all courses while Requirements maintaining an average grade of 70% (GPA of 2.0) or better. The student must also meet the attendance policy, maintaining an overall attendance rate of 78%, and have satisfied all financial obligations, or made satisfactory financial arrangements, with the Academy for Certificate, AA, and BBA programs. Students must complete all required courses while maintaining an average grade of 80% (G.P.A of 3.0) or better for MBA program. Last Revision Date on 40 student Conduct Students are expected to dress and act properly while attending classes. At the discretion of Requirements Learnet administration, a student may be terminated without the grace period from school for a serious incident or repeated incidents of an intoxicated or drugged state of behavior; possession of drugs or alcohol upon school premises; possession of weapons; disrespectful behavior to other students, an administrator, or faculty member; or any other stated or determined infractions of conduct. Substance Abuse Learnet recognizes that individuals sometimes use substances such as alcohol and drugs to an extent that impairs abilities. This policy is implemented because Learnet believes that any student's impairment due to the use of substances is likely to place that student, other students, employees, and other personnel at risk of injury. Our policy on substance abuse remains consistent, whether alcohol, marijuana, legal or illegal prescription, and/or controlled substances are at issue. For the purposes of this policy, "substance" refers to any of the above. "Impairment" or "being impaired" refers to a state in which normal physical or mental faculties in use at school have been detrimentally affected by a substance. A "substance abuser" is anyone who uses drugs for non -medical purposes, detrimentally affecting academic performance or interfering with normal social adjustment at school. Any student attending school while impaired or who becomes impaired while at school will be found in violation of school policy and will be subject to severe disciplinary action. Such action can include suspension, dismissal, or other penalty appropriate to the circumstances. Likewise, the use, possession, transfer, or sale of any substance on school premises or in any Learnet parking space, storage area, or job site is prohibited and subject to severe disciplinary action. Students using prescription drugs have a duty to report this to their instructors and school officials in case an adverse reaction to the medication occurs while at school, and in case the student is falsely accused of using an illegal substance. When a student is involved in the use, possession, transfer, or sale of a substance in violation of this policy, Learnet may notify the appropriate authorities. Such notice will be given only after the incident is investigated and reviewed by the Executive Director. Substance abuse is both a school and a medical problem. Learnet is aware that substance abuse is a complex public health issue that has both physical and emotional consequences for students, their families, and other social relationships. Any psychological or physical problem affecting academic performance is the concern of Learnet. Any instructor suspecting a substance abuse case should discuss the matter with the Executive Director immediately. Because each case is different, the handling and referral of the case must be coordinated between the instructor and the Executive Director. Learnet maintains a referral service for students with substance problems. Counseling and referrals are provided on a confidential basis. Voluntary, successful participation In a recovery or rehabilitation program may be a mitigating factor in disciplinary action, depending on the particulars of each case. While Learnet does not require students to get help, he or she may ask the school for it. In some cases, disciplinary action may be suspended, or the student may be placed on probation, pending the successful completion of a recovery program. Students who enter a rehabilitation program due to performance or behavior problems resulting from substance abuse are subject to dismissal for failing to successfully complete the program. Date on April 4, 2023 41 Learnet is concerned with students' privacy, especially when matters of a medical or personal nature are concerned. As long as such information is not required for police or security purposes, Learnet shall maintain student information in confidence, but the information is subject to release to authorized school personnel on a need -to -know basis. An exception to this rule exists when the student signs a release for the transfer of such information to designated persons or agencies. Academic Freedom and For Learnet, academic freedom Is of paramount importance. Within the guidelines Faculty Governance established by the directors, faculty and students are able to explore the many avenues of inquiry necessary to seek answers to questions in their field of study. It is the policy of the Academy that instructors and students are entitled to full freedom in exploring the many facets of the program they are involved with, subject to the adequate performance of their other academic duties. Instructors and students are entitled to freedom in the classroom to discuss course subjects, but they should be careful not to introduce controversial matter that has no relation to the course. Learnet's instructors are citizens and members of a learned profession. When they speak or write as citizens, they should be free from institutional censorship or discipline, but their special position in the community imposes special obligations. As scholars they should remember that the public may judge their profession and their institution by their utterances. Hence, they should at all times be accurate, exercise appropriate restraint, show respect for the opinions of others, and make every effort to indicate that they are not speaking on behalf of Learnet. Academic freedom faces its greatest threat in expressions of dissent, in settings of sharp controversy, and in connection with attempts to produce social change. It should be made clear, however, that controversy as such must not be stilled. It can have beneficial as well as adverse effects, and it can produce these effects both on society and on educational Institutions. The democratic process itself thrives on the resolution of conflicting viewpoints in the interest of the general welfare. Controversy characterizes every healthy, free society. Its absence makes for totalitarian attitudes and political controls. Postsecondary education also flourishes in settings where conflicting points of view can be expressed. Intellectual competency emerges out of such circumstances. Thus, controversy becomes a major educational tool. It need not be eliminated or avoided. Since controversy is educationally useful, a means for keeping inquiry open and free must remain. The faculty should not avoid controversy by insisting on single points of view. Faculty governance applies to the following: • The development of the educational program of the institution • The selection of course materials, instructional equipment and other educational resources • Systematic evaluation and revision of the curriculum • Assessment of student learning outcomes • Planning for institutional effectiveness Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 47 Student Grievance and Most problems or complaints that students may have with Learnet or its administrators can Complaint Procedure be resolved through a personal meeting with the student's instructor. If, however, this action does not bring the situation to a close to the satisfaction of students, they may submit a written complaint to: Learnet Academy, Inc. Holmes Center 3251 West 6t" Street 2nd Floor Los Angeles, CA 90020 Students can expect to receive a written response within 10 business days. "Any questions a student may have regarding this catalog that have not been satisfactorily answered by the institution may be directed to the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education at 1747 North Market Blvd., Suite 225, Sacramento, CA 95834 P.O. Box 980818, West Sacramento, CA 95798-0818, www.bppe.co.qo , (888) 370-7589 or by fax (916) 263- 1897, (916) 574-8900 or byfax (916)263-1897." "A student or any member of the public may file a complaint about this institution with the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education by calling (888) 370-7589 or by completing a complaint form, which can be obtained on the bureau's internet Web site www.bppe.co.aov." Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education 1747 North Market Blvd., Suite 225, Sacramento, CA 95834 P.O. Box 980818, West Sacramento, CA 95798-0818, www.bope.ca.oav (888) 370-7589, (916) 574-8900 (telephone), (916) 263-1897(facsimile) STUDENT COMPLAINT PROCEDURE Schools accredited by the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges must have a procedure and operational plan for handling student complaints. If a student does not feel that the school has adequately addressed a complaint or concern, the student may consider contacting the Accrediting Commission. All complaints reviewed by the Commission must be in written form and should grant permission for the Commission to forward a copy of the complaint to the school for a response. This can be accomplished by filing the ACCSC Complaint Form. The complainant(s) will be kept informed as to the status of the complaint as well as the final resolution by the Commission. Please direct all inquiries to: Accrediting Commission of Career Schools & Colleges 2101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 302 Arlington, VA 22201 (703)247-4212 www.accsc.org A copy of the ACCSC Complaint Form is available at the school and may be obtained by contacting (name/position) or online at www.accsc.org . If a student does not feel that the school has adequately addressed a complaint or concern, complaints must contain the name, address, and telephone number of the complainant on a separate page and should be mailed to the address below. If you have questions, please contact CEA: Commission on English Language Program Accreditation 1001 North Fairfax Street, Suite 630 Alexandria, VA 22314 (703)665-3400 www.cea-accredit.org Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Retention of Student Student records are confidential and are kept by the Registrar Department for five years in Files compliance with standards set by the California Private Postsecondary Education Act (CPPEA) of 2009 (sections 94900, 94900.5, 94900.7). Contents of the student files are kept according to the Student File Checklist Form. Thus, the institution complies with California state law requiring maintenance of student records for five years, except transcripts, which must and are maintained in perpetuity. Family Education Rights Learnet complies with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) as follows. The and Privacy Act Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) afford eligible students certain rights with respect to their education records. (An "eligible student" under FERPA is a student who is 18 years of age or older or who attends a postsecondary institution.) These rights include: 1. The right to inspect and review the student's education records within 45 days after the day the Learnet receives a request for access. A student should submit to the Registrar, Executive Director, Dean, or other appropriate official, a written request that identifies the record(s) the student wishes to inspect. The school official will make arrangements for access and notify the student of the time and place where the records may be inspected. If the records are not maintained by the school official to whom the request was submitted, that official shall advise the student of the correct official to whom the request should be addressed. 2. The right to request the amendment of the student's education records that the student believes is inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the student's privacy rights under FERPA. A student who wishes to ask the school to amend a record should write the school official responsible for the record, clearly identifythe part of the record the student wants changed, and specify why it should be changed. If the school decides not to amend the record as requested, the school will notify the student in writing of the decision and the student's right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment. Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the student when notified of the right to a hearing. 3. The right to provide written consent before the university discloses personally identifiable information (PII) from the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent. The school discloses education records without a student's prior written consent under the FERPA exception for disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a person employed by Learnet in an administrative, supervisory, academic, research, or support staff position (including law enforcement unit personnel and health staff); a person serving on the board of trustees; or a student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee. A school official also may include a volunteer or contractor outside of Learnet who performs an institutional service of function for which the school would otherwise use its own employees and who is under the direct control of the school with respect to the use and maintenance of PHI from education records, such as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent or a student volunteering to assist another school official in performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibilities for Learnet. 4. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by Learnet to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the Office that administers FERPA is: Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Ad Family Policy Compliance Office U.S. Department of Education 400 Maryland Avenue, SW Washington, DC 20202 Learnet may disclose directory information without the consent of the student unless the student has restricted the release of this information. Learnet has designated the following categories of personal student Information as directory information: • Name • Photograph • Program of study • Dates of attendance • Diploma/Certificate • Honors and awards received • Participation in officially recognized activities This information may be provided to third parties by the college. Students may block the disclosure of directory information (all or in part) by notifying the Registrar's office in writing. Although the initial request may be filed at any time, requests for non -disclosure will be honored by Learnet until removed, in writing, by the student. Learnet may disclose, without consent, "directory" information such as a student's name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, honors and awards, and dates of. attendance. However, eligible students must be notified of directory information and allowed a reasonable amount of time to request that Learnet not disclose directory information about them. For more information regarding FERPA, visit the Student Services Department on campus. FERPA permits the disclosure of PII from students' education records, without consent of the student, If the disclosure meets certain conditions found in §99.31 of the FERPA regulations. Except for disclosures to school officials, disclosures related to some judicial orders or lawfully issued subpoenas, disclosures of directory information, and disclosures to the student, §99.32 of FERPA regulations requires the institution to record the disclosure. Eligible students have a right to inspect and review the record of disclosures. A postsecondary institution may disclose PH from the education records without obtaining prior written consent of the student — • To other school officials, including teachers, within the [School] whom Learnet has determined to have legitimate educational interests. This includes contractors, consultants, volunteers, or other parties to whom Learnet has outsourced Institutional services or functions, provided that the conditions listed in §9931(a)(1)(i)(B)(2) - (a)(1)(i)(13)(1) are met. (§99.31(a)(1)) • To officials of another school where the student seeks or intends to enroll, orwhere the student is already enrolled if the disclosure is for purposes related to the student's enrollment or transfer, subject to the requirements of §99.34. (§99.31(a)(2)) • To authorized representatives of the U. S. Comptroller General, the U. S. Attorney General, the U.S. Secretary of Education, or State and local educational authorities, such as a State postsecondary authority that is responsible for supervising Learnet's State -supported education programs. Disclosures under this provision may be made, subject to the requirements of §99.35, in connection with an audit or evaluation of Federal- or State -supported education programs, or for the enforcement of or compliance with Federal legal requirements that relate to those programs. These entities may make further disclosures of PII to outside entities that are designated by them as their authorized representatives to conduct any audit, Last RevlSlon Date on April 4, 2023 45 evaluation, or enforcement or compliance activity on their behalf. (§§99.31(a)(3) and 99.35) • In connection with financial aid for which the student has applied or which the student has received, if the information is necessary to determine eligibility for the aid, determine the amount of the aid, determine the conditions of the aid, or enforce the terms and conditions of the aid. (§99.31(a)(4)) • To organizations conducting studies for, or on behalf of, Learnet, in order to: (a) develop, validate, or administer predictive tests; (b) administer student aid programs; or (c) improve instruction. (§99.31(a)(6)) • To accrediting organizations to carry out their accrediting functions. ((§99.31(a)(7)) • To parents of an eligible student if the student Is a dependent for IRS tax purposes. (§99.31(a)(8)) • To comply with a judicial order or lawfully Issued subpoena. (§99.31(a)(9)) • To appropriate officials in connection with a health or safety emergency, subject to §99.36, (§99.31(a)(10)) • Information Learnet has designated as "directory information" under §99.37. (§99.31(a)(11)) • To a victim of an alleged perpetrator of a crime of violence or a non -forcible sex offense, subject to the requirements of §99.39. The disclosure may only include the final results of the disciplinary proceeding with respect to that alleged crime or offense, regardless of the finding. (§99.31(a)(13)) • To the general public, the final results of a disciplinary proceeding, subject to the requirements of §99.39, if Learnet determines the student is an alleged perpetrator of a crime of violence or non -forcible sex offense and the student has committed a violation of Learnet's rules or policies with respect to the allegation made against him or her. (§99.31(a)(14)) • To parents of a student regarding the student's violation of any Federal, State, or local law, or of any rule or policy of Learnet, governing the use or possession of alcohol or a controlled substance if Learnet determines the student committed a disciplinary violation and the student is under the age of 21. (§99.31(a)(15)) Revision Date on Student Services General Services Learnet provides the following general student services: 1. Recommendation Letter for lob Placement 2. Housing Information' 3. Field Trip and Event 4. StudentlD 5. Health Insurance Information** 6. Airport Pick-up / Personal Transportation 7. Academic Advising and Tutoring 8, Transcript Form* `* 9. F-1 and 1098 form Student Advising *Learnet does not offer on -campus or off -campus housing: To assist you in securing a place to stay while studying in Los Angeles, we have provided a few housing options and contact information for each option. Some housings are within walking distance of the campus; others are within an easy public metro and bus ride of Learnet. For the detailed information, please review the webslte as follows: Home Stay / Home Share: Refer to http://www,sarahomestay.com Private Apartment Living: Refer to Rent com Apartment com Los Angeles Craigslist Since choosing a housing is such a personal decision, with so many options and possibilities to choose from, Learnet has no responsibility, it is the students' responsibility to make their own living arrangements. Housing prices within a 5-mile radius of our campus range on average from $500 (Shared Room), $700(Studio), up to $2000 (Single Room). Price estimates are obtained from LA Rentals (www cprnusa.com ), a business specializing in apartment rentals in central Los Angeles. You may pick up the LA Rentals' housing application form at the Student Service Office. ** Learnet does not offer health insurance but information: The Student is responsible for his/her own health coverage. Medical care expenses can jeopardize a student's ability to meet financial obligations and consequently the student's ability to maintain full-time status, which is required to remain in good standing as defined by DHS regulations in the United States. The healthcare system in the U.S. is quite different than in most other countries. Please watch these useful videos for more information about your healthcare plan. International Student Health Insurance USA - Click VIDEO 1 VIDEO 2 Using your insurance - Click VIDEO Deductibles, Coinsurance, and Copays: Click VIDEO Most health insurance offers excellent international student health insurance benefits and extra options to help students get the right solution for their health insurance needs. The health plan offers flexibility and freedom, covering expensive overseas medical care such as hospital accommodation, surgery, and other in -patient treatments. It includes benefits like rehabilitation treatment, outpatient surgery, and medical evacuation, just in case. The disadvantage of health insurance can be the cost. This is especially true if you are in poor health and do not have access to group coverage of any kind. Contact Options Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 • Toll -Free (877)926-0042 • International +1 (904) 478-0002 • Email groups@ Intern ationa1Stu dent Ins Li ran ce cc Lin '"Transcript Request Procedures Official transcripts are issued by the Registrar's Office and bear the Learnet's seal and signature of the Dean or Registrar Officer. Order a Transcript 1. If you have taken courses at Learnet and you want to request the Transcript, email to studentservice@learnet.edu to order an official transcript. 2. The site walks you through placing your order, including delivery options and fees by appointment. 3. You will be required to verify your identity before the transcript is released. Online students may contact student services via Zoom so your identity can be verified. 4. Fill out the Transcript Request form with your signature provided from Student service office. 5. Requests will be honored as quickly as possible, usually within five working days from receipt. 6. You are strongly encouraged to order transcripts well in advance of a significant break such as quarter/ winter breaks. 7. You may be charged additional fees for a rush transcript in order to guarantee that the transcript is issued before office closes. Pick Up Transcripts Students and alumni are required to show photo identification if picking up their transcript. If a transcript is to be picked up by a third party, signed written authorization from the student or the alumni is required. Transcripts for online students will be mailed once the student's identity has been verified through a Zoom call and review of their government issued picture ID. If you have questions about the transcript or other documents ordering service at Learnet, reach to studentservice@learnet.edu or phone 213-387-4242. Last Revision Date on And 4, 2023 48 Academic Services Learnet is responsible for maintaining student files of all current students enrolled at Learnet, as well as ongoing status records and monitoring of student progress throughout the program. Learnet has an on -campus and online library offering current and up to date materials and texts related to our courses offered. Specific information about the online holdings is contained in the Learning Resources section of this catalog. Learnet performs academic advisement. Academic advisors assist students in creating individualized educational plans. Advisement includes planning an appropriate program of study and helping the student schedule classes. Advisors provide guidance with specific program requirements as well as general Learnet requirements and procedures. Advisors also can assist students in developing career goals and making both short and long-term plans to reach those goals. Advisors are available on -campus by appointment or will meet with online students through Zoom. Parking Parking is available in the parking lot behind the building and can be entered from New Hampshire Street. Any damage to, or loss of vehicles or possessions, is the responsibility of the student and not of Learnet. Local Rehabilitation and If students feel that another student or someone they know has an alcohol or other Treatment Centers substance abuse problem, or if students Just want to learn more about these diseases, there are a number of local centers and agencies that can provide help, information, and support. Some of the local rehabilitation and treatment centers are listed below: Plaza Community Center 648 South Indiana Street Los Angeles, CA 90023 213.268.1107 National Council on Alcoholism & Drug Dependency 600 South New Hampshire Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90005 213.384.0403 Date on April 4, Job Plocemerlt Job Placement The Placement Director is responsible for maintaining all job referral activities and for Assistance locating jobs within the local business community. The school will attempt to set up interviews with local businesses and industries for as many graduates as possible. It is the Placement Director's job to develop and maintain a job network in the area; assist in job search and placement; provide readiness discussions and training in accordance with school policies and contract requirements; search for and develop employment opportunities through personal and media contact with employers; and seek out and develop potential business/industry training contracts that could be serviced by the school. Additionally, students can benefit from assistance in the following areas 1. Preparing resumes 2. Developing job interviewing skills 3. Identifying job position openings 4. Following up with employers after interviews The Student Placement Assistance Department is committed to assisting graduates find suitable employment. Learnet or its Student Placement Assistance Department cannot, however, guarantee employment to any student, recent graduate, or alumni of the school. Staff Interaction Instructional staff is always aware of the fact that they are to do more than "impart facts." Every part of their classroom function needs to be pointed toward a future job. In reality, sitting in the classroom or Training is a student's firstjob. It Is "pre -on -the -job -training." C604: From Concept to C604'From Concept to Interview' is a free 72-hourjob placement preparation workshop that Interview is available for students who have successfully completed any program at Learnet. Any students may take this workshop if they require job assistance. This workshop is optional, a non-credit workshop, and is not necessary to complete a program. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Learning Resource System Overview Library and The library and all its contents are the Learnet's Learning Resources System (LRS). The Resources information technology in the LRS is available 24 hours/7 days a week to the students and faculty by utilizing a digital LRS, that are three major components to this academic library: 1) Library World Online Public Access Catalog (OPAL), 2) Library Information Resource Network (LIRN) and LexisNexis®, and 3) Our collection of e-books. Also the students and faculty can use the web -based research and information literacy resources to access 4) Safari Books, Microsoft Learning, Microsoft MSDN Library, and Imagine Academy The Online Public Access Catalog (OPAL), is called Learnet's Library of Library World, the title of the vendor we use to have and use this OPAC so that students and faculty can view the contents of our physical cataloged collection online, place books on hold and check out books. The second component of our library is the Library Information Resource Network JLIRN) and LexlsNexise. LIRN and LexisNexis are the collection of databases housing magazine and newspaper, and journal articles, many of which are peer -reviewed from accredited sources in full -text form. Every monthly and quarterly statistics respectively within GALE are pulled to view the database summary report, and a written analysis of these statistics; such as searches, session numbers, full -text retrievals, even dates and times the articles were read, is prepared by the librarian from Learnet' database network database all over GALE in LIRN. The third component of our library is our e-books. The e-books that our own 'here through Learnet' website, we house are in pdf file format and can be emailed to patrons upon request. Our LIRN also has a collection of a -books called ebrary. The library is preparing to promote the use of the new Library World application among the students that they can download In their smartphones to provide 24 hours / 7 days a week assistance for the students. Hours and Location Online LRS open 1417, Physical Library Hours: 9:00 AM — 7:00 PM — Monday through Friday The library closes on the following holidays and weekends: e New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving and the day following, and Christmas Eve and Christmas. Besides, the library will be closed during school break time: one week after the end of each quarter. Note that at the end of the 4` quarter, there is a two -week break due to holidays. Location: The library is conveniently located on campus between Room 5 and Faculty Lounge. Library's Procedures The library's procedures regarding student borrowing and return of materials are that each item must be checked out of both; 1) catalog systems, one for records and, 2) one online system. Students must have either a current student ID or a current driver's license In or to have a library account to borrow materials. If any borrowed items are lost or missing, a fee for the total cost of the lost item will be incurred. Damaged materials may be negotiated with the Librarian, the Dean, or the Executive Director. Most items have a loan period of two weeks; however, depending on the item and the borrower (student or faculty), this is subject to change. The due date of each item is informed to the borrower at the time when the item is checked out and the borrower is also given a library receipt detailing the item and when it is due. When an item is not returned on time, the borrower is notified via email. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2C23 51 Online Students The Library/Learning Resource Center's electronic resources may be accessed online. Instructions and passwords for access to these resources are changed regularly, with students being updated accordingly. These resources are available and required for completing research assignments online. The librarian is available to assist online students with research. Click on the library link in the LMS for contact information, hours, and additional information about the library. Technical Assistance Technical assistance for online students is available 7 days a week, 24 hours a day through the learning management system at camousonline@learnet.edu, or by calling during Learnet's office hours (213) 713-6168. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 52 Disclosure Notices Campus Security General Information The program is administered in accordance with the law. The physical facility goes through periodic inspection as required by the State of California and the city and county agencies that are responsible to the users of the building. • Students are provided with safety instructions at the time of enrollment • Fire department visits on a regular basis • CALOSHA requirements are followed • Fire escape routes are posted • Earthquake procedures are routinely reviewed with staff and students Health, safety, earthquake, and security are handled by the Director of Fire, Life and Safety. Security Policies Learnet has adopted and implemented Section 668.48 of Public Law 101-542, "The Student Right -to -Know and Campus Security Act," effective November 8, 1990. Furthermore, each college shall have a written set of procedures to Implement the Crime Awareness and Campus Security Act beginning September 1, 1992. The following policy is implemented to ensure to the fullest extent possible that students, faculty, and staff are informed in all areas in the event they become victims of criminal actions or other emergencies occurring on campus. Each individual will receive immediate treatment off -campus and be provided with information regarding resource facilities for follow-up treatment and information regarding legal action. Criminal offenses are defined as unlawful attempts or threats to do physical Injuryto another or to do damage to another's personal property. These offenses include murder, aggravated assault, rape, burglary, robbery, and motor vehicle theft. The following procedure will be followed to ensure campus security 1. The staff will be trained to be aware of any unusual occurrences or behaviors on or around the campus grounds. Also, they will be trained in notifying proper authorities. 2. Certified instructors who are in the classroom at all times monitor all classrooms. 3. The Executive Director, or his/her designee, secures the building each evening and ensures that all students, faculty, and staff have properly exited the building. Campus training/awareness is provided to each new student and to newly hired employees during their orientation session. During this orientation session, the following information regarding crime prevention is provided and discussed: 1. Each student and employee of Learnet is responsible for his or her personal belongings. 2. Proper security of all personal belongings is the responsibility of each student and employee. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 53 3. Any infraction of the regulation relating to Public Law 101-542 must be reported to the proper Learnet personnel immediately. 4. All students and employees of Learnet are responsible for conducting themselves as professionals at all times while on campus and/or while attending Learnet functions. 5. Students are provided with Learnet rules and regulations during orientation; employees receive an employee handbook. 6. Any student or employee who is found in possession of, using, or selling alcoholic beverages and/or illegal drugs on campus will be suspended or terminated from Learnet. 7. All students and employees are provided with information during orientation regarding the drug -free status of the campus. Students and employees sign a statement that they are aware of this policy and will abide by it, This documentation is found in the student's file and the employee's personnel file and is included in Learnet catalog. The following steps will be taken in the event of a criminal action or other emergencies: 1. The Executive/Dean, or designated individual in his/her absence, is the first person to be notified in the event that criminal action or other types of emergencies occur on campus. The second contact person would be the designated department manager. The third contact person would be the next designated department manager. 2. Learnet will immediately notify the proper law authorities. A written statement from the victim will be obtained. 3. Learnet will abide by all legal requirements set forth by law enforcement. 4. Medical and follow-up treatment services will be made available to the victim if required. 5. The management of Learnet will be in contact with the victim regarding the status of medical treatment and law enforcement and/or necessary action taken regarding disciplinary proceedings and/or results of disciplinary action orappeai. 6. Confidentiality will be guaranteed. 7. Appropriate services that are available to the victim will be provided to each individual immediately. 2022 Annual Campus Security Report Aggravated Motor Murder Assault Rape Burglary Robbery Vehicle Theft 0 0 0 0 0 0 Last Revision Date 54 Campus Performance Achievement Information Computer Information Technology Administrator (direct, hybrid and online), Certificate Program-720 Clock Hours On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) ,.. r..a,.....-.f�.... T-16.,. 1-11 AAminictratnr rartifirata Program Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for Number of On -time On -Time Year Began the Program Graduation Graduates Completion Rate 2020 15 6 5 83 2021 11 10 9 90 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length C uter Information Technology Administrator Certificate Program omp Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for 150% Graduates 150% Completion Year Began the Program Graduation Rate 2020 15 6 6 100 2021 11 10 10 100 Job Placement Rates r....... ,+. i..aa. nflnn Tarhnnlna%r Administratnr. Certificate Program wu,pa ��. .............................a, .._.......... Number of _... , __. _-.____ .. Graduates Graduates Placement Rate % Calendar Students Who Number of Available for Employed in the Employed in the Year Began the Program Graduates Employment Field Field 2020 15 6 1 1 100 2021 11 10 5 5 100 Students may obtain from the institution a list of the employment positions determined to be in the field for which the student received education and training. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. Gainful Employment Categories Computer Information Technology Administrator, Certificate Program Part Time vs. Full Time Emplovment Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed In the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 1 1 2021 0 5 5 cinain oncitinn vc rnnrurrant Aggregated Positions Calendar Graduates Employed in the Graduates Employed in the field in Total Graduates Year field in a single position concurrent aggregated positions Employed In the Field 2020 1 0 1 2021 5 0 5 Self-Employed/Freelance Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 1 2021 0 5 Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 M1 Institutional Emplovment Calendar Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the institution, an employer owned by the institution, or an employer Total Graduates Employed Year who shares ownership with the institution in the Field 2020 0 -1- 2021 1 5 License Examination Passage Rates Calendar Number of Graduates Number of Graduatesr Number Who Passed Number Who Failed Passage Year Calendar Year a Taking Exam First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate 2020 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2021 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A "This program does not lead to state licensure exam. Salary and Wage Information Computer Information Technology Administrator, Certificate Program Annual Salary and Wanes Reported for Graduates Emoloved in the Field Calendar Graduates Available Graduates $15,001.00- $20,001.00• No Salary Year for Employment Employed in the $20,000.00 $25,000.00 Information Field Reported 2020 1 1 0 1 0 2021 5 5 0 5 0 A list of sources used to substantiate salary disclosures Is available from the school. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. Computer Office User.Spectolist, Certificate Program-360 Clock Hours On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) Computer Office User Specialist, Certificate Program Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation Number of On -time Graduates On -Time Completion Rate 2020 3 2 1 50 2021 3 3 2 67 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length Computer Office User Specialist. Certificate Program Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for 150% Completion Year Began the Program Graduation 150% Graduates Rate 2020 3 2 2 100 2021 3 3 3 100 Job Placement Rates Computer Office User Specialist, Certificate Program Calendar Number of Number of Graduates Graduates Placement Rate % Year Students Who Graduates Available for Employed In the Employed in the Began the Program Employment Field Field 2020 3 2 1 1 1 inn 2021 3 2 2 F 2 1 100 Students may obtain from the institution a list of the employment positions determined to be in the field for which the student received education and training. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. Date on April 4, Gainful Employment Categories Computer Office User Specialist, Certificate Program Parr Time vc. Full Time Fmninvment Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed In the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 1 1 2021 0 2 2 clnnla P,.�nlno .,c rnnrurrenf Deereaated Positions Calendar Graduates Employed in the Graduates Employed in the field in Total Graduates Year field in a single position concurrent aggregated positions Employed In the Field 2020 1 0 1 2021 2 0 2 Snlf-Fmninved/Freelance Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed In the Field 2020 0 1 2021 0 2 Incritutinnai Fmninvment Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the Total Graduates Employed Calendar institution, an employer owned by the institution, or an employer in the Field Year who shares ownership with the institution 2020 0 1 2021 0 2 License Examination Passage Rates Calendar Number of Number of Number Who Passed Number Who Falled Passage Year Graduates in Graduates First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate Calendar Year Taking Exam 2020 NA NA NA NA NA 2021 NA NA NA NA NA *This program does not lead to state Iicensure exam. Salary and Wage Information Computer Office User Specialist, Certificate Program ._, o.d..... ....a In,..,...- Pe.,.,rrad for GrnAunroc Fmnlnved in thB Field Graduates No Salary Calendar Graduates Available Employed In the $15,001.00- $20,001.00- Information Year for Employment Field $20,000.00 $25,000.00 Reported 2020 1 1 0 1 0 2021 2 2 0 2 0 A list of sources used to substantiate salary disclosures is available from the school. Please visit the riacement uept. Tor this information. Computer Information infrastructure (direct, hybrid and online), Certificate Program-720 Clock Hours Revision Date on On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) Computer Information Infrastructure, Certificate Program Calendar Year Number ofStudentsWho Began the Program Students Available for Graduation Number of On -time Graduates On -Time Completion Rate 2020 5 2 2 100 2021 6 4 3 75 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length Computer Information Infrastructure, Certificate Program Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for 150% Completion Year Began the Program Graduation 150% Graduates Rate 2020 5 2 2 100 2021 6 4 4 100 Job Placement Rates Computer Information Infrastructure, Certificate Proeram Calendar Number of Number of Graduates Graduates Placement Rate % Year Students Who Graduates Available for Employed in the Employed In the Began the Program Employment Field Field 2020 5 2 1 1 100 2021 6 4 2 2 100 Students may obtain from the institution a list of the employment positions determined to be in the field for which the student received education and training. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. Gainful Employment Categories Computer Information Infrastructure, Certificate Program Part Time vs. Full Time Emolovment Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed in the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 1 1 2021 0 2 2 Single Position vs. Concurrent Aeereeated Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field in a single position Graduates Employed in the field In concurrent aggregated positions Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 1 0 1 2021 2 0 2 Self-Employed/Freelance Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 1 2021 0 2 Institutional Emolovment Calendar Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the Total Graduates Employed Year institution, an employer owned by the Institution, or an employer who shares ownership with the Institution in the Field 2020 0 1 Date on April 4, 2021 1 2 License Examination Passage Rates Calendar Number of Number of Number Who Passed Number Who Failed Passage Year Graduates In Graduates First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate Calendar Year Taking Exam 2020 NA NA NA NA NA 2021 NA NA NA NA NA *This program does not lead to state licensure exam. Salary and Wage Information Computer Information Infrastructure, Certificate Program n.......d a.d... -..d ur...,pe Ppnnrrpd fnr Grnrluntoc Finaldved in the Field Graduates No Salary Calendar Graduates Available Employed in the $20,001.00- $25,001.00- Information Year for Employment Field $25,000.00 $30,000.00 Reported 2020 1 1 0 1 0 2021 2 2 0 2 0 A list of sources used to substantiate salary disclosures is available from the school. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. Computer Information Systems, Certificate Program-360 Clock Hours On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) r.........t... i..farrantinn ct,ctamc rartifiratp Program Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for Number of On -time On -Time Year Began the Program Graduation Graduates Completion Rate 2020 2 1 0 0 2021 2 2 2 100 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length r...«....a . i.,r,....,.a�..., e..�mme rprtifiratp Prnaram Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for 150% Graduates 150%Completion Year Began the Program Graduation Rato 2020 2 1 1 100 2021 2 2 2 100 Job Placement Rates r.........te. rprtifiratp Program Number of Graduates Graduates Placement Rate % Calendar Students Who Number of Available for Employed In the Employed in the Year Began the Program Graduates Employment Field Field 2020 2 1 0 0 0 2021 2 2 2 2 100 Students may obtain from the institution a list of the employment positions determined to be in the field for which the student received education and training. Please visit the Placement Dept, for this information. Gainful Employment Categories Last Revision Date 59 Computer Information Systems, Certificate Program Part Time vs. Full Time Emolovment Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed in the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 0 2021 0 2 2 Single Position vs. Concurrent Aeereeated Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field in a single position Graduates Employed in the field In concurrent aggregated positions Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 0 2021 2 0 2 Self-Employed/Freelance Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 2021 0 2 Institutional Emolovment Calendar Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the institution, an employer owned by the Institution, or an employer Total Graduates Employed Year who shares ownership with the institution in the Field 2020 0 0 2021 1 2 License Examination Passage Rates Number of Number of Calendar Graduates in Graduates Number Who Passed Number Who Failed Passage Year Calendar Year Taking Exam First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate 2020 NA NA NA NA NA 2021 NA NA NA NA NA *This program does not lead to state licensure exam. Salary and Wage Information Computer Information Systems, Certificate Program Annual Salary and Wages Reportedfor Graduates Emploved in the Field Calendar Graduates Available Graduates $20,001.00- $25,001.00- No Salary Year for Employment Employed in the $25,000.00 $30,000.00 Information Field Reported 2020 0 0 0 0 0 2021 2 2 1 1 0 A list of sources used to substantiate salary disclosures is available from the school. Please visit the Placement Dept, for this information. Real Estate & Finance Salesperson, Certificate Program-360 Clock Hours On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) Real Estate & Finance Salesperson, Certificate Program Last Revislon Date on April 4, 2023 Moll Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation Number of On -time Graduates On -Time Completion Rate 2020 7 5 5 100 2021 5 4 4 100 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length Real Estate & Finance Salesperson Certificate Program Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for 150% Graduates 150% Completion Year Began the Program Graduation Rate 2020 7 5 5 100 2021 5 4 4 100 Job Placement Rates u...J e_t�a.. Q. [in. n.0 Coloenarenn rartifirata Prngrnm new uwac an ............ ....._..��.__••__.. Number of �_ _... Graduates Graduates Placement Rate % Calendar Students Who Number of Available for Employed in the Employed in the Year Began the Program Graduates Employment Field Field 2020 7 5 5 3 60 2021 5 4 4 1 25 Students may obtain from the institution a list of the employment positions determined to be in the ❑em rut Mimi uie student received education and training. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. Gainful Employment Categories Real Estate & Finance Salesperson, Certificate Program Part Tima vs. Full Time Emnlovment Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed in the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 3 3 2021 0 1 1 Cinala Pncitinn us. Cnnrnrrent Aggregated Positions Calendar Graduates Employed in the Graduates Employed in the field in Total Graduates Year field in a single position concurrent aggregated positions Employed in the Field 2020 3 0 3 2021 1 0 1 Self-Employed/Freelance Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 3 2021 0 1 Instirutinnal Emnlovment Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the Total Graduates Employed Calendar institution, an employer owned by the Institution, or an employer In the Field Year who shares ownership with the Institution 2020 0 3 2021 0 1 License Examination Passage Rates Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 61 Real Estate & Finance Salesperson, Certificate Program Calendar Number of Number of Number Who Passed Number Who Failed Passage Graduates in Graduates Year Calendar Year Taking Exam First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate 2020 5 2 2 0 100 2021 4 0 0 0 0 Licensure examination passage data is not available from the state agency administering the examination. We are unable to collect data from 4 graduates. Salary and Wage Information Real Estate & Finance Salesperson, Certificate Program Annual Salary and Wages Reported for Graduates Employed in the Field Calendar Graduates Available Graduates $35, 00. 0- $35,000- No Salary Year for Employment Employed in the $300000 $45,000.0.00 Information Field Reported 2020 5 3 3 0 0 2021 4 1 0 1 0 A list of sources used to substantiate salary disclosures is available from the school. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. General Contractor, Certificate Program-360 Clock Hours On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) General Contractor, Certificate Program Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation Number of On -time Graduates On -Time Completion Rate. 2020 2 2 1 50 2021 1 0 0 0 Students Completing Within 150%of the Published Program Length General Contractor, Certificate Program Calendar Number of Students Who StudentsAvailablefor 150%Completion Year Began the Program Graduation 150% Graduates Rate 2020 2 2 1 50 2021 1 0 0 0 Job Placement Rates General Contractor, Certificate Program Calendar Number of Number of Graduates Graduates Placement Rate % Year Students Who Graduates Available for Employed In the Employed in the Began the Program Employment Field Field 2020 2 1 1 1 100 2021 1 0 0 0 0 Students may obtain from the institution a list of the employment positions determined to be in the field for which the student received education and training. Please visit the Placement Dept, for this information. Gainful Employment Categories General Contractor, Certificate Program Part Time vs. Full Time Employment Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed in the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 1 1 2021 0 0 0 Cl-1. Dneifinn ,c r..,wrPnt APPYPonted Positions Calendar Graduates Employed in the Graduates Employed In the field in Total Graduates Year field in a single position concurrent aggregated positions Employed in the Field 2020 1 0 1 2021 0 0 0 Self-Employed/Freelance Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 1 2021 0 0 Incfitutinnal Emnlovment Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the Total Graduates Employed Calendar institution, an employer owned by the institution, or an employer in the Field Year who shares ownership with the institution 2020 1 1 2021 0 0 License Examination Passage Rates r,..a•aL.aa. o.. u V Calendar Number of Number of Number Who Passed Number Who Failed Passage Year Graduates in Graduates First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate Calendar Year Taking Exam 2020 1 0 0 0 0 2021 0 0 0 0 0 Licensure examination passage data is not available from the state agency administering the examination. We are unable to collect data from 0 graduate. Salary and Wage Information General Contractor, Certificate Program .../ f..L..., --. IA/ --- e D.—I-4 fnr Arnd/mf.c FmnlnvPd in the Field Graduates No Salary Calendar Graduates Available Employed in the $50,001.00- $55,001.00- Information Year for Employment Field $55 ,000.00 $60,000.00 Reported 2020 1 1 0 1 0 2021 0 0 0 0 0 A list of sources used to substantiate salary disclosures is available trom the school. Please visit me Placement DupL. for this Information, Academic Associate's in Computer Business Applications (direct hybrid and online), degree Program-90 Units On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) Computer Business Applications, Academic Associate's Degree Date on Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation Number of On -time Graduates On -Time Completion Rate 2020 3 3 3 100 2021 9 9 6 67 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length Computer Business Applications, Academic Associate's Degree Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation 150% Graduates 150% Completion Rate 2018 41 41 36 88 2019 18 18 14 78 2020 3 3 3 100 2021 9 9 8 89 Job Placement Rates Computer Business Applications, Academic Associate's Degree Calendar Number of Number of Graduates Graduates Placement Rate % Year Students Who Graduates Available for Employed in the Employed in the Began the Program Employment Field Field 2020 3 3 1 1 100 2021 9 8 6 6 100 5tuaents may obtain trom the institution a list of the employment positions determined to be in the field for which the student received education and training. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. Gainful Employment Categories Computer Business Applications, Academic Associate's Degree Part Time vs. Full Time Emolovment Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed in the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 1 1 2021 0 6 6 Single Position vs. Concurrent Aggregated Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed In the field in a single position Graduates Employed in the field in concurrent aggregated positions Total Graduates Employed in the Field' 2020 1 0 1 2021 6 0 6 Self-Emoloved/Freelance Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed In the Field 2020 0 1 2021 0 6 Institutional Employment Calendar Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the Institution, an employer owned by the institution, or an employer Total Graduates Employed Year who shares ownership with the institution in the Field 2020 0 1 2021 0 - -6 Date on April 4, License Examination Passage Rates Calendar Number of Number of Number Who Passed Number Who Failed Passage Year Graduates in Graduates First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate Calendar Year Taking Exam 2020 NA NA NA NA NA 2021 NA NA NA NA NA *This program does not lead to state Iicensure exam. Salary and Wage Information Computer Business Applications, Academic Associate's Degree n.......d a.d.,r.. —A :m,.nor aunnrrad Mr Grndrrntas Fmnloved in the Field no11uu11...... r ... 1.. ....y..., ...q.... .....,_. Graduates No Salary Calendar Graduates Available Employed in the $20,001.00- $25,001.00- information Year for Employment Field $25,000.00 $30,000.00 Reported 2020 1 1 0 1 0 2021 6 6 0 6 0 A list of sources used to substantiate salary disclosures Is avail ante rrom the scnom. riease wsn Line ndLemen: UCPL. I V1 this information. AcademicAssociate's in Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration (direct hybrid and online), Degree Program-96 Units On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) u...:........ nAw.i..:rtraHnn Arndnmir Accnriate'c Degree Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for Number of On -time On -Time Year Began the Program Graduation Graduates Completion Rate 2020 1 1 0 0 2021 6 6 5 83 Students Completing Within 150%of the Published Program Length .. , M nA...:..:n,..Mlnn Al Aemir AcenrinYP'C nagran ,umo vua.,,.o...+a....I.......+_...._..____..._____,,. __ Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for 150%Graduates 150%Completion Year Began the Program Graduation Rate 2018 20 20 16 80 2019 9 9 8 89 2020 1 1 0 0 2021 6 6 5 83 Job Placement Rates R ..n:nnne Ad ministrotinn Arndnmir Accnriata's Degree Job Placement Rates R ..n:nnne Ad ministrotinn Arndnmir Accnriata's Degree Number of Graduates Graduates Placement Rate % Calendar Students Who Number of Available for Employed in the Employed In the Year Began the Program Graduates Employment Field Field 2020 1 0 0 0 0 2021 6 5 3 3 100 Gainful Employment Categories Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 65 Business Administration, Academic Associate's Degree Part Time vs. Full Time Emolovment Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed in the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 0 2021 0 3 3 Single Position vs. Concurrent Aggregated Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field in a single position Graduates Employed in the field in concurrent aggregated positions Total Graduates Employed In the Field 2020 0 0 0 2021 3 0 3 Self-Emoloved/Freelance Positions Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 2021 0 3 Institutional Employment Calendar Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the Institution, an employer owned by the institution, or an employer Total Graduates Employed Year who shares ownership with the institution In the Field 2020 0 0 2021 0 3 License Examination Passage Rates Calendar Number of Graduates In Number of Graduates Number Who Passed Number Who Failed Passage Year Calendar Year Taking Exam First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate 2020 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2021 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A *This program does not lead to state licensure exam. Salary and Wage Information Business Administration, Academic Associate's Degree Annuaf Salary and Wages Reported for Graduates Employed in the Field Calendar Graduates Available Graduates $20,001.00- $25,001.00- No Salary Year for Employment Employed in the $25,000.00 $30,000.00 Information Field Reported 2020 0 0 0 0 0 2021 3 3 0 3 0 A list of sources used to substantiate salary disclosures is available from the school. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor's Degree-.180 Units On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) Bachelor of Business Administration Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation Number of On -time Graduates On -Time Completion Rate 2020 3 0 0 0 2021 3 0 0 0 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length h I f B i Administration Bac a or o us Calendar Year Hess Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation 150%Graduates 150%Completion Rate 2018 0 0 0 0 2019 0 0 0 0 2020 3 0 0 0 2021 3 0 0 0 Job Placement Rates l _I _.. ..1. ..ni..�nn AA Dd611e1 V1 o. dual ucaa Nu. uu Number of Graduates Graduates Placement Rate % Calendar Students Who Number of Available for Employed in the Employed in the Year Began the Program Graduates Employment Field Field 2020 3 0 0 0 0 2021 3 0 0 0 0 Students may obtain from the institution a list of the employment positions oetermineo to oe in the field for wfilal L11U student received education and training. Please visit the Placement Dept, for this information. Gainful Employment Categories Bachelor of Business Administration Parr Timc vc Full Time Emnlovment Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed in the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 0 2021 0 0 0 ci_in oncitinn vc rnnrurront Atrereeated Positions Calendar Graduates Employed in the Graduates Employed in the field in Total Graduates Year field in a single position concurrent aggregated positions Employed In the Field 2020 0 0 0 2021 0 0 0 co6_Fmnlnvud/rruolanre Pncitinns Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 2021 0 0 Inetitutinnal Fmnlovment Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the Total Graduates Employed Calendar institution, an employer owned by the Institution, or an employer in the Field Year who shares ownership with the institution 2020 0 0 2021 0 0 Revision Date on WA License Examination Passage Rates Calendar Number of Graduates In Number of Graduates Number Who Passed Number Who Failed Passage Year Calendar Year Taking Exam First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate 2020 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2021 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A l his program does not lead to state licensure exam. Salary and Wage Information Bachelor of Business Administration Annual Salary and Waaes Reported for Graduates Emploved in the Field Calendar Graduates Available Graduates $20,001,00- $25,001.00- No Salary Year for Employment Y Employed in the $25,000.00 $30,000.00 Information Field Reported 2020 0 0 0 0 0 2021 0 0 0 0 0 A list or sources used to substantiate salary disclosures is available from the school. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. Master of Business Administration (direct hybrid and online), Master's Degree-48 Units On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) Master of Business Administration Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation Number of On -time Graduates On -Time Completion Rate 2020 4 0 0 0 2021 8 0 0 0 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length Master of Business Administration Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation 150% Gradt uaes 150%Completion .Rate 2018 0 0 0 0 2019 0 0 0 0 2020 4 0 0 0 2021 8 0 0 0 Job Placement Rates Master of Business Administration Calendar Number of Number of Graduates Graduates Placement Rate% Year Students Who Graduates Available for Employed in the Employed in the Began the Program Employment Field Field 2020 4 0 0 0 0 2021 8 0 0 0 0 btudents may obtain trom the Institution a list of the employment positions determined to be in the field for which the student received education and training. Please visit the Placement Dept, for this information. Gainful Employment Categories Last Revision Date on rRi Master of Business Administration Part Time vs. Full Time Emolovment Calendar Year Graduates Employed in the field 20 to 29 hours per week Graduates Employed in the field at least 30 hours per week Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 0 2021 0 0 0 cincic Pncitinn vc_ rnnrurrent Aggregated Positions Calendar Graduates Employed in the Graduates Employed In the field in Total Graduates Year field in a single position concurrent aggregated positions Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 0 2021 0 0 0 Golf-Fmnlm,ad /Fraglance Pnsitinns Calendar Year Graduates Employed who are self-employed or working freelance Total Graduates Employed in the Field 2020 0 0 2021 0 0 Institutional Emolovment Graduates Employed in the field who are employed by the Total Graduates Employed Calendar institution, an employer owned by the institution, or an employer In the Field Year who shares ownership with the Institution 2020 0 0 2021 0 0 License Examination Passage Rates Calendar Number of Number of Number Who Passed Number Who Failed Passage Year Graduates in Graduates First Available Exam First Available Exam Rate Calendar Year Taking Exam 2020 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2021 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A *This program does not lead to state licensure exam. Salary and Wage Information Master of Business Administration n ...,.,-1 CM- -A ur.., Pnnnrfnd for h-rnriuntnc Fmnlnved in the Field Calendar Graduates Available Graduates Employed in the $20,001,00- $25,001.00- �No Salary Information Year for Employment Field $25,000.00 $30,000.00 Reported 2020 - 0- 0 - - 0 - 0 - 0 2021 0 0 0 0 0 A list of sources used to substantiate salary disclosures is available from the school. Please visit the Placement Dept. for this information. English as a Foreign Language, Diploma Program-960 Clock Hours On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 wa English as a Foreign Language, Diploma Program Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation Number of On -time Graduates On -Time Completion Rate 2020 31 20 17 85 2021 24 21 17 81 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length English as a foreign Language, Diploma Program Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for 150% Completion Year Began the Program Graduation 150% Graduates Rate 2020 31 20 19 95 2021 24 21 20 95 TOEFL iBT, Diploma Program-480 Clock Hours On -time Completion Rates (Graduation Rates) Test of English as a Foreign Language iBT, Diploma Program Calendar Year Number of Students Who Began the Program Students Available for Graduation Number of On -time Graduates On -Time Completion Rate 2020 5 3 3 100 2021 16 9 7 78 Students Completing Within 150% of the Published Program Length Test of English as a Foreign Language iBT, Diploma Program Calendar Number of Students Who Students Available for 150% Completion Year Began the Program Graduation 150% Graduates Rate 2020 5 3 3 100 2021 16 9 9 100 (1) "This fact sheet is filed with the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education. Regardless of any information you may have relating to completion rates, placement rates, starting salaries, or license exam passage rates, this fact sheet contains the information as calculated pursuant to state law." (2) "Any questions a student may have regarding this fact sheet that have not been satisfactorily answered by the institution may be directed to the Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education at 1747 N. Market Blvd., Suite 225, Sacramento, CA 95834, www.bppe.ca.gov, toll -free telephone number (888) 370-7589 or by fax (916) 263-1897." Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 rai Definitions • "Number of Students Who Began the Program" means the number of students who began a program who were scheduled to complete the program within 100%of the published program length within the reporting calendar year and excludes all students who cancelled during the cancellation period. • "Students Available for Graduation" is the number of students who began the program minus the number of students who have died, been incarcerated, or been called to active military duty, • "Number of On -time Graduates" is the number of students who completed the program within 100% of the published program length within the reporting calendar year. • "On -time Completion Rate" is the number of on -time graduates divided by the number of students available for graduation. • "150% Graduates" is the number of students who completed the program within 150% of the program length (includes on -time graduates). • "150% Completion Rate" is the number of students who completed the program in the reported calendar year within 150% of the published program length, including on -time graduates, divided by the number of students available for graduation. "Graduates Available for Employment" means the number of graduates minus the number of graduates unavailable for employment. • "Graduates Unavailable for Employment" means the graduates who, after graduation, die, become incarcerated, are called to active military duty, are international students that leave the United States or do not have a visa allowing employment in the United States, or are continuing their education in an accredited or bureau -approved postsecondary institution. • "Graduates Employed in the Field" means graduates who beginning within six months after a student completes the applicable educational program are gainfully employed, whose employment has been reported, and for whom the institution has documented verification of employment. For occupations for which the state requires passing an examination, the six months period begins after the announcement of the examination results for the first examination available after a student completes an applicable educational program, • "Placement Rate Employed in the Field" is calculated by dividing the number of graduates gainfully employed in the field by the number of graduates available for employment. • "Number of Graduates Taking Exam" is the number of graduates who took the first available exam in the reported calendar year, • "First Available Exam Date" is the date for the first available exam after a student completed a program. • "Passage Rate" is calculated by dividing the number of graduates who passed the exam by the number of graduates who took the reported licensing exam. • "Number Who Passed First Available Exam" is the number of graduates who took and passed the first available licensing exam after completing the program. • "Salary" is as reported by graduate or graduate's employer. • "No Salary Information Reported" is the number of graduates for whom, after making reasonable attempts, Learnet was not able to obtain salary information. Last Revision Date on 71 Occupational Dictionary of Occupational Titles (DOT) codes to the new Standard Occupational Code (SOC) Information or Classification of Instructional Program (CIP) Codes and titles cited from the U.S. Department of Education's National Center for Education Statistics: https://www.bls.aov/oes/current/oes stru htm Computer Occupations to which this program Is represented to lead are: • 033.162.010 Computer Security Coordinator • 033.167.010 Computer System Engineer • 033.362.010 Computer Security Specialist • 039.264,010 Computer Processing Scheduler • 039,264.010 Microcomputer Support Specialist • 039.264,010 Database Administrator • 201.362.030 Administrative Secretary • 203.382.030 Word Processor • 203,582.054 Data Entry Operations • 213.362.010 Computer Operator • 213.382.010 Computer Peripheral Operator • 216.482.010 Office Assistant • 313.551,080 General Secretarial • 317.553,070 Typist Real Estate and Finance Occupations to which this program is represented to lead are: • 219.362.046 Real -Estate Clerk • 250.357.014 Rental Agent • 250.357,018 Real -Estate Agent General Contractor Occupations to which this program is represented to lead are: • 182.167.010 Contractor, General Building • 869.664.014 Construction Worker I • 869.687.026 Construction Worker II AA Computer Business Applications Occupations to which this program Is represented to lead are: • 030.162.010 Computer Programmer • 030,162.014 Programmer Analyst • 039.264.010 Database Administrator • 169.167.010 Administrative Assistant • 169.167.034 Office Manager • 201.362.030 Administrative Secretary • 203,582.054 Data Entry Operations • 203.382.030 Word Processor • 213.362.010 Computer Operator • 216.482.010 Office Assistant • 279,357.014 Sales Representative • 313.551.080 General Secretarial AA Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration Occupations to which this program is represented to lead are: • 169.167.010 Administrative Assistant • 169.167.034 Office Manager • 219,362.046 Real -Estate Clerk • 250.357.018 Real -Estate Agent • 250.357.018 Real -Estate Broker Date on April 4, • 250.357.014 Rental Agent • 279.357.014 Sales Representative Bachelor of Business Administration Occupations to which this program Is represented to lead are: • 161.167-010 Management Analyst • 162,167-022 Manager, Procurement Services • 169,167-010 Administrative Assistant • 169,167-014 Administrative Secretary • 184.117-070 Operations Manager • 187.167-082 Manager, Customer Services • 241.137-014 Supervisor, Customer -Complaint Service • 241.367-014 General and Operations Manager Master of Business Administration Occupations to which this program is represented to lead are: • 162.117-014 Contract Administrator • 169,167-034 Manager, Office • 188.117-014 Business -Enterprise Officer • 191.117-018 Business Manager • 189.117-038 User Representative, International Accounting • 375.167-050 Commander, Internal Affairs • 376.137-010 Manager, Internal Security Learnet adopts the National Center for Education Statistics for employment data collection based on Classification of Instructional Programs (CIP) and Mapped to Standard Occupational Classification (SOC). The below Table explains the outlines of the relation between 1) Program Title, 2) CIP Code and Title, and 3) SOC Code and Title. National Center for Education Statistics __I frint end Ngo..nnd to gImndard Orruoational Classification (SO[) V IP a.at n,,, v, Program Title ........ .. CIP Code , -- CIP TIlIe SOC SOC TitleCode (1) computer Information Technology Computer Technology/Computer 17-3023 Electrical and Electronics Engineering Administrator(CITA), Certificate 15.1202 Systems Technology. Technicians (2) Computer Office User Specialist(COOS), Computer Technology/Computer 17-3023 Electrical and Electronics Engineering Certificate 15.1202 Systems Technology, Technicians (3) Computer Information Infrastructure tot), Computer and Information Systems 15.1731 Computer Network Support Specialists Cmtificote 11.3003 Security/Information Assurance. Information Systems (CIS), Certificate 11.1003 Computer and Information Systems 15.1231 Computer Network Support Specialists (4) Computer Security/Informatlon Assurance. (5) Real Estate and Finance Salesperson, Certificate 52.1501 Real Estate 41,9022 Real Estate Sales Agents (6) General Contractor, Certificate 52.2001 Construction Management 11,9021 Construction Managers (7) Computer Business Applications, AA Degree 52.0407 Business/Office Automation/Technology/Data Entry. g3.9021 Data Entry Keyers (8) Business Administration: Real Estate 520201 Business Administration and 11.9199 Managers, All Other Concentration, AA Degree Management, General. (9) Bachelor fBusiness Administration,68A 52.0201 Business Administration and 11,9199 Managers, All Other Degree Management, General. (10) Master of Business Administration, MBA Degree 52.0201 Business Administration and Management, General. 11.9199 Managers, All Other (11) English as a Foreign Language 16.1701 English as a second Language — — NO MATCH (12)TOEFL IBT 16.1701 English asa Second Language — —NO MATCH Online Transmission An institution offering a distance educational program where the Instruction Is not offered in real time shall transmit the first lesson and any materials to any student within seven days after the institution accepts the student for admission. Last Revision Date on 73 Business Administration Department Master of Business Administration Program Description and The MBA program is designed to teach business leaders how to operate in a globalized Objectives world. The program utilizes contemporary case studies and evaluates challenges facing business professionals in an evolving landscape. Students will gain experience reading and interpreting financial statements, evaluating international trade regulations, marketing internationally, and making rational decisions. To graduate from this program, students will complete a capstone business project that addresses a unique business challenge. Courses are offered on campus and online. Program Objectives Graduates of the Master of Business Administration program should have the knowledge and skills necessary to: • Analyze and evaluate accounting and financial information to facilitate strategic planning. • Demonstrate effective decision -making. • Identify conceptual and theoretical constructs and relate them to issues and concerns in international business. • Apply ethical frameworks to corporate social responsibility, human resources, and problem -solving. • Apply business best practices to international business opportunities. • Execute a capstone business project using an integrative and multidisciplinary approach Master of Business Upon successful completion of the program, a Master of Business Administration Degree Administration Degree will be issued to the student. Methods of Instruction The on -campus method of instruction include classroom instruction, and homework. Online courses utilize an LMS and include instruction, threaded group discussions, exams and homework. Instruction will consist of lectures and/or activities that both disseminate information and pose problems; group and panel discussions; discussion which emphasize the ability to think critically; guest lecturers; and instruction media: films/video/slides/graphic displays. Students may also be assigned reading, writing, and other outside assignments equivalent to two hours per one hour lecture. Class instruction will be based on the assumption that the student has done the reading assignments before class. Classwork will include the use of computers to do several projects related to various software programs. Homework will include reading and writing assignments, problem sets, projects, and presentations. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Program Outline 48 quarter credits, 540 contact hours Master of Business Administration $24,300, or $450 /unit Course # Titles Clock Hours Lecture/Lab/ Practicum Total Clock Hours Credits Lecture/Lab/ Practicum -Total Credits FINS10 Managerial Accounting and Finance 40/20/0 60 4/1/0 5 MGT510 Strategic Management 60/0/0 60 6/0/0 6 HRM520 Human Resource Management 60/0/0 60 6/0/0 6 ORG520 Leadership and Organizational Behavior 60/0/0 60 6/0/0 6 MKT530 International Marketing Management 60/0/0 60 6/0/0 6 QNT530 Research Methods 40/20/0 60 4/1/0 5 LAW540 International Business Law and Ethics 60/0/0 60 6/0/0 6 CAP600 MBA Capstone Course 40/80/0 120 4/4/0 8 Total 420/120/0 540 42/6/0 48 The Master of Business Administration Degree will be awarded upon completion of the requirements for the diploma, plus completion of the graduation requirements as described in the catalog, QUARTER CREDIT HOURS: * 1 quarter credit is 10lecture hours. Students are required to complete 2 hours of homework for every one hour of lecture instruction. Note: Courses with a prerequisite are listed in the course description and on the syllabus. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 75 Course Descri tions FIN510: Managerial This course reviews the basic concepts of accounting and financial reporting from the Accounting and Finance viewpoint of readers and users of financial and managerial reports rather than the accountants who prepare them. Students will understand the concepts and techniques and use problem -solving methodology to illustrate the theories and tools in investing and financing decision -making. Prerequisite: None 5.0 Quarter Credits MGT510: Strategic This course focuses on how firms formulate, implement, and evaluate strategies. Strategic - Management management concepts and techniques are studied. Students use all the knowledge acquired from prior business courses, coupled with new strategic -management techniques learned, to chart the future direction of different organizations. Prerequisite: None 6.0 Quarter Credits HRM520: Human This course offers a human resource management (HRM) function and related elements Resource Management and activities to examine the role of the human resource professional as a strategic partner in managing today's organizations. Key functions such as recruitment, selection, development, performance management, appraisal, retention, compensation, and labor relations are examined. Implications of the legal and global environments areexamined and current issues such as employee engagement and employee health and safety are analyzed. Emphasis is placed on the modern day importance of HRM at the corporate level as well as the importance of HRM in small businesses and entrepreneurial firms. Prerequisite: None 6.0 Quarter Credits ORG520: Leadership and This course addresses human behavior within organizations. Topics include motivation, Organizational Behavior learning and development, group dynamics, leadership, communication, power and influence, change, diversity, organizational design, and culture. Students will acquire skills necessary to improve organizational relationships and effectiveness. Prerequisite: None 6.0 Quarter Credits MKT530:International This course evaluates the challenges associated with marketing in an international Marketing Management environment. Students learn how diverse cultural, social and economic contexts impact consumption practices. Students will utilize that knowledge to develop actionable marketing strategies and practices. Prerequisite: None 6.0 Quarter Credits Date on April 4, V11 QNT530: Research The course provides an analysis of the types, sources, methods, philosophy of business Methods research for the completion of a research project. Emphasis is placed on research for decision making purposes. Prerequisite: None 5.0 Quarter Credits LAW540: International This course provides students to the legal issues affecting international businesses. Topics Business Law and Ethics include risks in international trade, documentary sales, bills of exchange, and letters of credit. The course also reviews the competence of courts, international arbitration, and enforcement of foreign money judgments. Finally, the impact of treaties and laws that address the international trading systems, such as GATT, the U. S. Trade Act, free -trade agreements, the EEC, and the IMF are evaluated. Prerequisite: None 6.0 Quarter Credits CAP600:MBACapstone In this capstone course, students integrate an overall management viewpoint and Course specialized functions including Marketing, Finance, Accounting, Leadership, and Human Resource Management to solve a business challenge. Students will conduct a literature review and select a research method to address the international challenge they identify. A final presentation of their research is required to pass the course. Prerequisite: All other MBA Coursework 8.0 Quarter Credits Last Revlslon Date on 77 Bachelor of Business Administration Program Description and Learnet meets the educational and professional needs of our diverse student body in a Objectives supportive, caring environment that provides the technical skills and knowledge necessary for employment advancement in today'sjob market. This Business Administration Program incorporates various learning disciplines, such as: management, operations, information systems, accounting, economics, taxation, finance, business law, and marketing skills. This includes instruction to produce managers of all kinds, from financial to operations, and even self-employed managers in their own companies. Furthermore, this program also provides students with the knowledge of business communications concepts, understanding the law related to business, and learning the principles of management skills. The curriculum also equips students with advanced knowledge and expanded understanding of the inner workings of the Management professional. The Bachelor of Business Administration Degree will be awarded upon completion of the graduation requirements as described in the catalog. Program learning Outcomes In addition to outcomes for the Bachelor of Businesses Administration Degree Diploma, the student should be able to do the following: • Demonstrate knowledge in Management, Operations, Information Systems, Accounting, Finance, Marketing, and Economics • Produce a business plan, which integrates the functional knowledge acquired in the different disciplines of business • Cooperate and work effectively in a culturally diverse team • Find, interpret, and evaluate data • Present information in a well -organized manner both orally and in writing • Analyze the global socio-economic and legal -political environments in business problem -solving • Identify regional business issues and potential solutions • Evaluate ethical implications involved in business decision -making • Solve problems from a multidisciplinary and global viewpoint • Develop essential managerial skills, especially critical thinking, quantitative and qualitative analysis, and effective communication skills Date on April 4, 2023 78 Bachelor of Business The Bachelor of Business Administration Degree will be awarded to the student upon Administration Degree completing the graduation requirements as described in the catalog. Methods of Instruction The methods of instruction include classroom instruction and homework. Classroom instruction will consist of lectures that both disseminate information and pose problems; group and panel discussions; discussion which emphasize the ability to think critically; guest lecturers; and instructional media: film/video/slides/audio/graphic displays. Students may also be assigned reading, writing, and other outside assignments equivalent to two hours per one hour lecture. Class instruction will be based on the assumption that the student has done the reading assignments before class. Classwork will include use of computers to do a number of projects related to various software programs. Homework will include reading and writing assignments, problem sets, projects and presentations. Program Outline 180 quarter credits, 1960 contact hours Bachelor of Business Administration Lower Division Coursework (This coursework may be satisfied through tronsfer credits awarded for the completion of an Associate degree obtained at an accredited college or university) 23 000 or $250 unit Quarter Designation Course# Titles Clock Hours Lecture Clock Hours Lab Total Clock Hours Credits -Lecture Credits "Lab Total Credits BUS101 Introduction to Business 40 0 40 4 0 4 BUS201 Business Mathematics 40 0 40 4 0 4 BUS202 Management Communications 40 0 40 4 0 4 CIT101 windows 1 20 20 40 2 1 3 CIT102 Windows It 20 20 40 2 1 3 Lower Division CIT103 Word Processing l 60 20 80 6 1 7 Technical and CIT104 Word Processing II 60 20 80 6 1 7 Other Courses CIT105 Electronic Spreadsheets l 60 20 80 6 1 7 66 Credits CIT106 Electronic Spreadsheets II 60 20 80 6 1 7 CIT201 Computerized Accounting l 40 20 60 4 1 5 CIT202 Computerized Accounting ll 40 20 60 4 1 5 CIT203 Database Applications 40 20 60 4 1 5 CIT207 Presentation Software 40 20 60 4 1 5 ENG 101 English Composition and Reading 1 40 0 40 4 0 4 Lower Division ENG 201 English Compositlon and Reading It 50 0 50 5 0 5 General MAT 101 College Algebra 50 0 50 5 0 5 Education PHS 101 Introduction to Physical Science 50 0 50 5 0 5 24 Credits SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology 50 0 50 5 0 5 Total Undergraduate 800 zoo 1000 80 10 90 Bachelor of Business Administration Upper Division Coursework Upper 8U5330 Introduction to Management Information systems 40 0 40 4 0 4 Division BU5320 Foundations of Marketing 40 0 40 4 0 4 Technical BU5330 Accounting Information Systems 40 20 60 4 1 5 Courses BLIS340 Managerial Business Finance 40 0 40 4 0 4 69 Credits BUS350 Principles of Accounting 40 0 40 4 0 4 Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 BU5400 Economics for Managers 50 0 50 5 0 5 BUS410 Individual Taxation 40 0 4D 4 0 4 BUS420 Advanced Business Law 50 0 50 5 0 5 MGT310 Principles of Management 40 0 40 4 0 4 MGT320 Operations Management 40 0 40 4 0 4 MGT330 Management Ethics and Responsibilities 40 0 40 4 0 4 MGT340 Human Resource Management 40 0 40 4 0 4 MGT410 Customer Service Management 40 0 40 4 0 4 MGT420 Strategic Management 40 0 40 4 0 4 MGT430 International Management 40 0 40 4 0 4 CAP499 Bachelor Capstone Course 20 80 100 2 4 6 BIO 301 Life Science 50 0 50 5 0 5 General Education COM 301 Speech Communications 50 0 50 5 0 5 21 Credits ANTH 401 Human Variation 50 20 70 5 1 6 PSY 401 Organizational Behavior 50 0 50 5 0 5 Total Upper Graduate 840 120 960 85 5 90 PROGRAM TOTAL 1640 320 1960 164 16 180. i ne Bachelor of Business Administration uegree wil neawarded upon completion of the requirements as described In the catalog. QUARTER CREDIT HOURS: * 1 quarter credit is 10 lecture hours. Students are required to complete 2 hours of homework for everyone hour of lecture instruction. ** Lab: Hands-on Training is included in the clock hours lecture. Note: Courses with a prerequisite are listed In the course description and on the syllabus. Last Revision Date on April 4, 80 Course Descriptions Lower Division Occupational, Technical and Other Courses BUS101:Introduction This course is an introduction to business administration and management, marketing, to Business finance, human resources, and economics in the American marketplace. Aspects of business, including the relationship of business to the social, economic, and political worlds will be covered. The history of the American economy, and a comparison of the free enterprise system to other economic systems, will be discussed. Considers scope, function and organization of business, including principles and practices, with an integrated global perspective. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits BUS201: Business This course is designed for all business students and provides students with basic skills and Mathematics understanding of mathematics including practices and the use of common formulas. Also, this course will assist students in reaching a level of increased competence in mathematics and expanded understanding of the applications of mathematical concepts in business activities. Emphasis is placed upon learning mathematical concepts through practical application to common business problems. A review of basic math functions is provided with emphasis on practical mathematical problems. The course will familiarize students with basic math theory emphasizing those components making up a business accounting formula. Basic equations and techniques will be covered while Proficiency is developed in performing business mathematical operations using computer. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits BUS202: Management This course presents the principles of communication within an organization, both verbal and Communications written. Topics include the skills and procedures for conducting research and the writing of a well -organized and well -developed report as well as how to effectively communicate across all levels of an organization. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Date 81 CIT101: Windows I This course surveys the field of computing and serves as an orientation to computer concepts and terminology. It includes the history of the field and the social implications of widespread use of computers. The development of computers, as well as their current design, Is described. The concepts of data acquisition, storage, internal representation, and processing into useful information are shown. Designed for new computer users, this course will teach students how to organize files and applications, customize their desktop, and create shortcuts to theirfavorite websites. Special exercises cover everything from Office Basics to using online help and troubleshooting wizards. Students will learn to create and organize folders, locate documents and programs, create special shortcuts with Windows Explorer, and find utilities. Prerequisite: None 20 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 3.0 Quarter Credits CIT102: Windows II Students will learn to create and organize folders; locate documents and programs; create special shortcuts with Windows Explorer and find utilities. This course introduces you to Windows advanced features and tools. Learn to use backup and recovery, use cloud storage, use file defragmentation tools. The class concludes with a demonstration of Windows installation, upgrade, and configuration techniques. Prerequisite: C101 must be taken before C102 20 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 3.0 Quarter Credits CIT103: Word This course provides a thorough introduction to Word and builds basic skills needed to create, Processing I modify and print letters and document, reports, production of boilerplates and integration of mailing lists and form letters. This course provides an in-depth look at Microsoft Word for Windows. Prerequisite: None 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits CIT104: Word This course builds upon the skills learned in C202. In this course, students successfully create Processing II and work with templates; open, navigate, and modify a document; create documents that incorporate columns of varying sizes and styles; organize document content using tables; and create a mail merge project and review documents using the Review Ribbon. This course provides further in-depth look at Microsoft Word for Windows. Prerequisite: C201 must be taken before C202 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 82 CIT105: Electronic In this course, students learn the fundamental skills required to create and use Excel Spreadsheets I spreadsheets. This course teaches students how to start Excel, create and print worksheets, get on-line help, and create simple charts. Prerequisite: None 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits CIT106: Electronic This course builds upon the skills learned in C301. In this course, students will apply, create, Spreadsheets II and modify various types of charts. Students will create PivotTables and work with formulas. Finally, students will format tables to enhance the appearance of data. Prerequisite: C301 must be taken before C302 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits CIT201: Computerized This course starts with an introduction to basic accounting terms and concepts and walks Accounting I students through the QuickOooks set-up process. Use the leading small business accounting package to organize records, prepare financial reports, handle payroll, and automatically figure federal and state taxes, as well as withholding and employer contributions. Throughout, attention is devoted to creating easy -to -read statements, including profit and loss, balance sheets, accounts receivable, accounts payable, budget, payroll, and project reports, as well as graphs that give students a quick snapshot of overall business. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 5.0 Quarter Credits CIT202: Computerized Use the leading small business accounting package to organize records, prepare financial Accounting II reports, handle payroll and automatically calculate federal and state taxes as well as withholding and employer contributions. Throughout, attention is devoted to creating easy - to -read statements including profit and loss, balance sheets, accounts receivable, accounts payable, budget, payroll and project reports as well as graphs which give the students a quick snapshot of overall business. Prerequisite: CIT201 must be taken before CIT202. 40 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 CIT203: Database Students will learn the basic skills necessary to begin creating and working with databases. Applications I This structured course will enable students to create tables, queries, forms, reports and databases. A database is a tool for collecting and organizing information. For example, as a database, a phone book organizes a large amount of data —names, addresses, and phone numbers —so you can access it by name in alphabetic order. Even a grocery list is a simple type of database. A computerized database management system (DBMS), such as Microsoft Office Access, enables you to easily collect large volumes of data organized into categories of related information. This type of database allows you to store, organize, and manage your data, no matter how complex It is, and then retrieve and present it in various formats and reports. Organizing data by using a DBMS gives you the power to manipulate, view and report the data in ways that other applications like spreadsheets and word processing documents cannot, For example, a spreadsheet application like Microsoft Excel has its own unique purpose to store, analyze and report data using tools unique to it; however, Access is the better choice to perform various management functions on data such as asking it complex questions and creating structures to input and report it using standardized business structures which you'll learn throughout this course. 40 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 5.0 Quarter Credits CIT207: Presentation Learn how to create eye-catching graphs, charts, and illustrations for both printed documents Software and slideshows. As the graphics module of the award -winning Microsoft Office Suite, PowerPoint has rapidly gained recognition for its ease of use and ease of integration with other Office applications. PowerPoint is a package for creating presentations for meetings, seminars, sales, and classrooms. It encompasses charts, text, graphics, and animation to achieve slides for the screen, paper handouts, transparencies, or presenting pictures. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Lower Division General Education ENG 101: English This course emphasizes and develops skills in critical reading and academic writing. Reading and Composition and writing assignments include exposition, argumentation, and academic research on topics that Reading I are both diverse and relevant to students today. Readings, discussions, and writing assignments will encourage critical thinking and an in-depth analysis of texts. Through the completion of this course, students will write a minimum of 10,000 words. Classroom instruction integrates one- on-one writing conference between teacher and student for individualized attention, needs assessment, and monitored progress. overall, this course aims to impart college -level critical reading, academic writing, and research skills to its students. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits ENG 201: English Building on rhetorical skills developed in ENG 101, students will analyze, interpret, and Composition and synthesize diverse texts in order to construct well -supported academic arguments and literary Readingll analyses. Emphasizing critical thinking, this course uses literature to develop reading and writing skills beyond the level achieved in ENG 101. This course presents the principles of expository writing and rhetorical style through coordinated reading and writing assignments. As such, students will practice how to synthesize multiple texts from a variety of sources to present and support a written argument and/or report. Various expository writing techniques, such as argumentation, description, and narration are further discussed. Topics include the skills and procedures for conducting research and the writing of a well -organized and well -developed report. Classroom instruction integrates one-on-one writing conference between teacher and student for individualized attention, needs assessment, and monitored progress. Prerequisite: GE ENG 101 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits MAT 101: College The course will familiarize students with basic math theory and basic equations. This in-depth Algebra overview of algebra and its uses includes integers, equations, polynomials, the decimal system of numeration, four basic mathematical operations as they apply to whole numbers, fractions, mixed numbers, and decimals without the use of any calculating device, factoring, geometric figures, and measurements. In addition to the basic operations, logarithms, exponential equations, systems of linear and nonlinear equations, Cramer's Rule, the Binomial Theorem, the complex number system, and sequences and series are included. Emphasis is placed on applications to real world problems. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 PHS 101: This program is designed for the student who is interested in a more conceptual and less Introduction to mathematical approach to physics. It is a survey course introducing the topics of mechanics, Physical Science heat, sound, electricity & magnetism, light and modern physics. The emphasis will be on developing conceptual understanding of the laws of nature through lectures, demonstrations, and class discussions. Covered are the fundamental concepts of earth, space and environmental science (geology, oceanography, meteorology, and astronomy) and principles of physics and chemistry especially as they relate to these fields. Emphasis is placed on the application of science In the understanding and solution of environmental problems. Describe the basic concepts of electromagnetic and radioactive radiation. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits SOC 101: An introduction to the basic concepts relating to the study of society. The course includes Introduction to investigation into the foundations of sociology including Its overall perspective, theoretical Sociology orientations, and research methodology; the foundations of social life including the components of culture, social interaction and the process of socialization, groups, organizations, and deviance; economic social inequality based upon class, race, sex, and age; social institutions; and dimensions of social change. The purpose of this course is to provide students with a broad understanding of sociology's basic concepts, theories, and methods of inquiry. The routine course of instruction employs varied pedagogical strategies to accomplish the foregoing, e.g., written assignments, oral presentations, group activities, lecture, discussion, and outside research. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 I'm Upper Division Occupational and Technical Courses BUS310: In this course, students learn how to use information technology to help ensure the success of Introduction to their organization. Students become informed users; that is, persons knowledgeable about Management information systems and information technology. The focus is not merely placed on learning the information Systems concepts of information technology, but rather on applying those concepts to facilitate business processes. The course concentrates on placing information systems in the context of business, so that students will more -readily grasp the concepts while on the job. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits BUS320: This course focuses on various marketing strategies for small and large businesses. Students Foundations of will learn principles and theories behind and common marketing practices. Topics also include Marketing identifying consumers, ethical marketing practices, and branding. Students will create and present a marketing plan at the end of the course. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits BUS330: Accounting This course employs a conceptual framework to emphasize the professional and legal Information Systems responsibilities of accountants, auditors, and managers for the design, operation, and control of AIS applications. The conceptual framework differentiates AIS applications that are legally subject to specific internal control standards from those that are not. The modern accountant is likely to encounter multiple generations of accounting systems at various points on the technology continuum. These include small business systems, which employ low-level technology and manual procedures, at one and of the continuum and advanced technology systems, which automate most or all of their processes, at the other end. This course takes an evolutionary approach in dealing with this technology diversity. It begins with a conceptual model of a system and focuses on system objectives, key tasks, and inherent risks. It then presents physical examples of the same system under different technology assumptions. This approach provides students with insight Into the impact of technology on the physical operations of a particular system as well the changes in risks and control required to reduce the risks. Topics include the set up and posting of accounts, double entry accounting techniques, applying debits and credits to journals, posting from journals to ledgers and preparing a trial balance. In addition, student will learn to make adjusting entries, correct typical errors, close the accounts of a business and prepare preliminary financial statements. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on 87 BUS340: Managerial This course presents information that is essential for the financial administration of a business. Business Finance Topics include capital budgeting, cost of capital, cash budgeting, working capital management, and long-term sources of funds. Students will also be challenged with case -studies that require critical evaluation of issues involved in financial decision making. The elements incorporated in Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) are also highlighted in this course. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits BUS350: Principles This course is designed to introduce the fundamentals of accounting theory and practice to non - of Accounting accounting majors. This course includes topics such as journalizing transactions, adjusting entries, closing entries, and completion of financial statements. The course also highlights the importance of ethics, integrity, and objectivity when calculating and presenting the financial information of a company. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits BUS400: Economics This course teaches how to use the applications of basic economic principles to situations in for Managers business, microeconomic principles for managers as well as in various professions. The last 25 years have witnessed an unprecedented increase in competition in both national and world markets. In this competitive environment, managers must make increasingly complex business decisions that will determine whether the firm will prosper or even survive. Today, economic analysis is more important than ever as a tool for decision making. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits BUS410:Individual This course provides an overview of the concepts related to federal income taxation and Taxation fundamentals of federal income taxation pertaining to individuals. Topics include income, deductions, credits, property transactions, and the impact of taxes on business and investment decisions. Students will learn the history and objectives of taxation, along with the treatment of various types of entities, types of income, types of deductions and types of credits. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits BUS420: Advanced This course studies function of the law including the legal environment of business. It includes Business Law an advanced review of the legal and regulatory environment of business emphasizing the American legal system, dispute resolution, contracts, sales, torts, white-collar crimes, and related legal/ethical issues. By the conclusion of this course, students will have the vocabulary and legal acumen necessary for interact with businesspeople, their customers, employees, suppliers, government officials and to their own lawyers, on legal topics. Finally, this course reviews topics of interest to business executives and entrepreneurs, including contracts, agency, partnerships, corporations, and other principles that relate to business transactions. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Date on April 4, 88 MGT310: Principles This course provides an overview and understanding of traditional management and its of Management philosophy and role in society. Students will learn about models for analysis and control of the management function in a company or other organization. The course covers basic concepts, often illustrated by examples from established, large companies. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits MGT320: Operations The Operations Management course is designed as an introduction to the field of operations Management management. Students develop critical skills and master material relating to the fundamental role played by operations in the competitive performance of an organization. Among the critical skills and areas of mastery, students develop are process analysis, process design, process improvement, supply chain management, capacity planning & control, inventory management, quality planning, quality control, strategic improvement techniques and risk management. The topics covered include both strategic issues and practical applications. Among the topics are forecasting, product and service design, capacity planning, management of quality and quality control, inventory management, scheduling, supply chain management, and project management. This course includes a clear presentation of the concepts, tools, and applications of the field of operations management. Operations management is evolving and growing. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits MGT330: This course examines principles of social responsibility, ethics, law, and stakeholder theory as Management Ethics they apply to organizations domestically and abroad. Coverage includes business ethics; and Responsibilities individual versus societal interests; labor and employment issues; consumer protection; discrimination and diversity; the natural environment; politics, public policy, and government regulation of business. Upon course completion student are equipped to make ethic decisions in the context of business and society. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4,0 Quarter Credits MGT340: Human This course focuses on helping students develop human resources management skills used by Resources business managers in day-to-day operations. Students will learn prevailing regulations that Management govern human resource management. Strategies for effective on -boarding, performance evaluation, management, and developing staff are also addressed. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits MGT410: Customer In this course, students learn how to meet and exceed their customer's expectations. Students Service will review customer service philosophy and techniques. Services marketing, quality issues, Management service design and delivery, customer interaction systems, complaint handling and service recovery, customer relationships, loyalty management, and operations are all addressed. Students will also develop a crisis communication plan. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Date on 89 MGT420: Strategic The course presents the strategy frameworks and concepts through the analysis of concrete Management business situations in recent cases, practical exercises, and readings from academic journals and business press. The objective of this course is to push students to think strategically in different situations. It will provide an opportunity to develop critical skills for strategic analysis and thinking, teamwork, and cross -functional integration abilities. It will discuss theories and concepts that will help students to identify weaknesses and threats firms will face, appreciate the strengths of the firm, and anticipate opportunities in the external environment. Students will be able to develop corporate and business plans, and the implementation of organizational change through appropriate structures, systems and people management techniques. Topics include industry analysis, global competitiveness, international management, strategies for adjusting to the social, political, and economic environment, approaches for developing and implementing strategic plans in organizations, managerial values and ethics, and social issues in business. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits MGT430: This course explains what international business is, and outlines the foundations of international International business (actions, actors, and systems) and the international business environment. Also, Management students will learn the distinction between a global and regional strategy, present core global strategy frameworks, and explain key perspectives and layers of global strategy. This course covers the Impact of different cultures and political/economic systems on assumptions, expectations, and organizational practices relevant to conducting business In different national settings. Understanding of the challenges of cross -national management and resources, students will learn how to work and conduct business outside the United States. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits CAP499: Bachelor In this capstone course, students integrate an overall management viewpoint and specialized Capstone Course functions including Marketing, Finance, Accounting, Leadership, and Operations Management to solve a business challenge. The Bachelor Capstone will provide students with the opportunity to apply their degree program knowledge to test the feasibility of a new career, product, service, or venture. In this course, students will develop a comprehensive plan, a start-up non-profit or for -profit business plan, or a company proposal. Students will choose the individual track they want to pursue and will be guided through the steps to produce a plan that will open doors in their future career. The purpose of this class is to reflect upon learning experiences, demonstrate ability to organize thoughts, ideas and materials for written proposals, receive and offer support to fellow students, accept and handle criticism and gain greater self-awareness of one's preparation and readiness for work using a project management skill set. Prerequisite: All other BBA coursework 20 Hours Lecture SO Hours Lab 6.0 Quarter Credits Upper Division General Education Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 BIO 301: Life Science In this course, students will gain a foundation and understanding of the scientific method and how it is used to solve problems. Topics including elements, molecular bonds, cell biology, metabolism, molecular genetics, evolution, biological diversity, and Mendelian genetics are discussed. By the end of the course, students will have an appreciation for the symbiotic interactions that impact living organisms including humans. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits COM 301: Speech In this course, students will learn and practice the fundamentals of speaking in front of a group Communications of people in an organized, deliberate manner in a variety of speaking forums. Students will review the theories and principles of human communication and public discourse. Students will research, compose, present and evaluate various types of speeches including using informative and persuasive communication. Through class discussions, written assignments, communication exercises, and oral presentations, students learn the essential elements of public speaking and how public speaking is essential in personal and professional contexts. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits ANTH 401 Human Evaluation of cultural and environmental influences upon composition and distribution of Variation human populations; consideration of the genetic basis for human variation and biological validity of race concept are the topics contained in this course. Students will explore issues of diversity and justice through examination of popularized accounts of scientific research into human difference. During the lab portion of the course, students will partake in social exercises related to the course topics. Activities such as I.Q. testing and identifying groupthink and biases are included. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 6.0 Quarter Credits PSY401: In this course, students are exposed to behavior theories and applications in management. Organizational Topics include workplace motivation, attitudes, organizational culture, leadership, decision Behavior making, and management of change. Students will learn to detect and solve organizational challenges. In addition, students will become familiar with models used to classify individual behavior so they can use this information to help employees succeed in their positions. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Revision Date on April 4, 2023 91 Computer information Department Academic Associate's in Computer Business Applications Program Description and Learnet meets the educational and professional needs of our diverse student body in a Objectives supportive, caring environment that provides the technical skills and knowledge necessary for employment advancement in today's job market. The Academic Associate's in Computer Business Applications program covers a broad spectrum of computer p applications such as computer concepts with business applications, Word, Excel, Computerized Accounting, Database Applications, PowerPoint, Internet and Outlook. Students will learn to handle accounting functions and to create documents, reports, spreadsheets, presentations and handle accounting functions. The program also includes courses in business to provide students with an introduction into the field of business, business mathematics, and management communications. The program is designed to develop the student into a versatile and proficient entry-level computerized office operator. This major is filled with a variety of applications and experiences that will lay the foundation for a fulfilling academic and professional career. The Academic Associate's in Computer Business Applications will be awarded upon completion of the requirements for the diploma, plus completion of the graduation requirements as described in the catalog. Courses are offered both on campus and online. Program Learning Outcomes Upon successful completion of the Computer Business Applications program, the student should be able to do the following: • Describe the concepts and operations of the main components of Microsoft Office: Word, Excel, Access, PowerPoint, etc. • Choose the appropriate application package and apply these Office applications to a range of business and personal problems both standalone and integrated with each other • Demonstrate written and oral communication skills to logically and persuasively support points of view or findings and express solutions to business needs • Apply critical thinking skills for computer -based access, analysis, and presentation of information • Demonstrate ability to work as part of a team in designing and implementing a computerized solution to a problem Academic Associate Upon successful completion of the program, an Academic Associate Degree will be issued Degree to the student. Date on April 4, 2023 92 Methods of Instruction The on campus method of instruction include classroom instruction, and homework. Online courses utilize an LMS and include instruction, threaded group discussions, exams and homework. Instruction will consist of lectures and/or activities that both disseminate information and pose problems; group and panel discussions; discussion which emphasize the ability to think critically; guest lecturers; and instruction media: films/video/slides/graphic displays. Students may also be assigned reading, writing, and other outside assignments equivalent to two hours per one hour lecture. Class instruction will be based on the assumption that the student has done the reading assignments before class. Classwork will include use of computers to do a number of projects related to various software programs. Homework will include reading and writing assignments, problem sets, projects and presentations. Program Outline Academic Associate's in Computer Business Applications $13,600 Topic Course N Titles Clack Flours Lecture/Labk° Total Clock Hours Credits Lecture/Lab `Total Credits BU5101 Introduction to Business 40 40 4 4 Business BU5201 Business Mathematics 40 40 4 4 BUS202 Management Communications 40 40 4 4 Computer Concepts with CIT101 Windows 20/20 40 2/1 3 Business Applications CIT102 Windows ll 20/20 40 2/1 3 Word CIT103 Word Processing 60/20 80 6/1 7 Processing CIT104 Word Processing ll 60/20 80 6/1 7 Electronic CIT105 Electronic Spreadsheets l 60/20 80 6/1 7 Spreadsheets CIT106 Electronic Spreadsheets h 60/20 80 6/1 7 CIT201 computerized Accounting 1 40/20 60 4/1 5 Accounting CIT202 Computerized Accounting 11 40/20 60 4/1 5 Database Management CIT203 Database Applications l 40/20 60 4/1 5 Communications CIT207 Presentation Software 40/20 60 4/1 5 ENG 101 English Composition and Reading 1 40 40 4 4 ENG 201 English Composition and Reading II 50 50 5 5 General Education MAT 101 College Algebra 50 50 5 5 pHs 101 Introduction to Physical Science 50 50 5 5 soc 101 Introduction to Sociology 50 50 5 5 Totals 800/200 1000 80/10 90 Last Revision Date on April 4, 2C23 The Academic Associate Degree in Computer Business Applications will be awarded upon completion ofthe requirements for the diploma, plus completion of the graduation requirements as described in the catalog. QUARTER CREDIT HOURS: * 1 quarter credit is 10lecture hours. Students are required to complete 2 hours of homework for every one hour of lecture instruction. ** Hands-on Training is included in the clock hours lecture for computer courses. Note: Courses with a prerequisite are listed in the course description and on the syllabus. General Education Every student who graduates from Learnet with an A.A. is unique —almost no two take Requirements exactly the same courses. But to be educated is to possess some values in common, some shared competencies and modes of thought. Thus, all graduates meet a 24 quarter units of general education requirement that gives them broad exposure to ideas and skills outside their own areas of special interest. All students entering an Academic Associate Degree program must complete 24 quarter units of college general education subjects including: 1. English Composition, 9 quarter units 2. Mathematics, 5 quarter units (either Algebra or Geometry) 3. Science, 5 quarter units (life science or physical science) 4. Social Studies, 5 quarter units Major Requirements Quarter q Course p Title Quarter Credit BUS101 Introduction to Business 4 BUS201 Business Mathematics 4 BUS202 Management Communications 4 CIT101 Windows I 3 CIT102 Windows II 3 Technical CIT103 Word Processing I 7 Courses CIT104 Word Processing II 7 66 Credits CIT105 Electronic Spreadsheets 1 7 CIT106 Electronic Spreadsheets11 7 CIT201 Computerized Accounting 1 5 CIT202 Computerized Accounting II 5 CIT203 Database Applications 1 5 CIT207 Presentation Software 5 ENG 101 English Composition and Reading 1 4 General ENG 201 English Composition and Reading II 5 Education MAT 101 College Algebra 5 24 Credits PHS 101 Introduction to Physical Science 5 SOC 101 1 Introduction to Sociology 5 TOTAL 90 Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Course Descriptions BUS101: Introduction to This course is an introduction to business administration and management, marketing, Business finance, human resources, and economics in the American marketplace. Aspects of business, including the relationship of business to the social, economic, and political worlds will be covered. The history of the American economy, and a comparison of the free enterprise system to other economic systems, will be discussed. Considers scope, function and organization of business, including principles and practices, with an integrated global perspective. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Identify various challenges in the business environment (socially, legally, economically) • Compare the legal forms of business ownership and organizational structures in business and explain the impact of ethical practices in business • Identify the various functions of management and human resources in business • Discuss the state of American business and its relationship with international trade • Evaluate the importance of computer knowledge in business success • Discuss the characteristics of the franchising industry and describe the principles of short range and long range financial planning • Compare the importance of purchasing and production and the impact it has on the success of an organization Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits BUS201: Business This course is designed for all business students and provides students with basic skills and Mathematics understanding of mathematics including practices and the use of common formulas. Also, this course will assist students in reaching a level of Increased competence in mathematics and expanded understanding of the applications of mathematical concepts in business activities. Emphasis is placed upon learning mathematical concepts through practical application to common business problems. A review of basic math functions is provided with emphasis on practical mathematical problems. The course will familiarize students with basic math theory emphasizing those components making up a business accounting formula. Basic equations and techniques will be covered while Proficiency is developed in performing business mathematical operations using computer. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Practice mathematical problems associated with small and large businesses • Formulate and calculate payroll • Compare buying and selling discounts for a bigger profit • Demonstrate ability to work with whole numbers, decimals, fractions, and percentages • Apply mathematic functions with various bank services i Practice simple interest and compound interest formulas in business calculations Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 BUS202: Management This course presents the principles of communication within an organization, both verbal Communications and written. Topics include the skills and procedures for conducting research and the writing of a well -organized and well -developed report as well as how to effectively communicate across all levels of an organization. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Discuss the importance of various management communication strategies in the business environment and its effects • Evaluate and provide feedback using verbal and written skills • Produce argumentative, descriptive, and narrative texts relevant to business • Recognize the effects of non-verbal communication • Develop skills to communicate strategically in an organization • Adapt visual aids in presentations for effective communication • Write and edit texts understanding basic use of citations in written texts Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits CIT101: Windows This course surveys the field of computing and serves as an orientation to computer concepts and terminology. It includes the history of the field and the social implications of widespread use of computers. The development of computers, as well as their current design, is described. The concepts of data acquisition, storage, internal representation, and processing into useful information are shown. Designed for new computer users, this course will teach students how to organize files and applications, customize their desktop, and create shortcuts to their favorite websites. Special exercises cover everything from Office Basics to using online help and troubleshooting wizards. Students will learn to create and organize folders, locate documents and programs, create special shortcuts with Windows Explorer, and find utilities. Topics include: • Windows Desktop, Taskbar, Control Panel and Windows Explorer • Start and Programs Favorite menus • Improving speed and efficiency, shortcuts and file management • Windows Help and Troubleshooter and help and find features • Special device and hardware capabilities • File and disk management techniques and Recycle Bin • Find and Quick View utilities Prerequisite: None 20 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 3.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 96 CIT102: Windows 11 Students will learn to create and organize folders; locate documents and programs; create special shortcuts with Windows Explorer and find utilities. This course introduces you to Windows advanced features and tools. Learn to use backup and recovery, format a disk, use Disk Scan and file defragmentation tools. The class concludes with a demonstration of Windows installation, upgrade, and configuration techniques. Topics include: • Improving speed and efficiency • Shortcuts and file management • Windows Help and Troubleshooter and help and find features • Special device and hardware capabilities • File and disk management techniques and Recycle Bin • Find and Quick View utilities • Windows installation and upgrade Prerequisite: CIT101 must be taken before CIT102 20 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 3.0 Quarter Credits CIT103: Word Processing I This course provides a thorough introduction to Word and builds basic skills needed to create, modify and print letters and document, reports, production of boilerplates and integration of mailing lists and form letters. This course provides an in-depth look at Microsoft Word for Windows. Topics include: • Creating and Saving documents • Moving and Copying text • Changing the appearance of text (formatting) • Headers and Footers • Printing Documents • Creating and Using Templates • Sorting paragraphs and Tabular information Prerequisite: None 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits CIT104: Word Processing This course teaches you how successfully create and work with templates; open, navigate, 11 and modify a document; create documents that incorporate columns of varying sizes and styles; organize document content using tables; and create a mail merge project and review documents using the Review Ribbon. This course provides further in-depth look at Microsoft Word for Windows. Topics include: • Inserting graphics, charts and special characters • Creating and Editing columns • Merging documents • Connecting with other Office 2000 programs • Using master documents for a group project Creating on-line documents Prerequisite: CIT103 must be taken before CIT104 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits Last Revislon Date on April 4, 2023 CIT10S: Electronic Learn the fundamental skills required to create and use Excel spreadsheets. This course Spreadsheets I teaches you how to start Excel, create and print worksheets, get on-line help, and create simple charts. Topics include: • Basic concepts and terminology • Excel menus and dialog boxes • Creating and modifying worksheets • Copying, deleting, and moving cells • Defining and replicating formulas • Formatting worksheets • Printing worksheets Prerequisite: None 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits CIT106: Electronic Learn the fundamental skills required to create and use Excel spreadsheets and successfully Spreadsheets II use tables and table tools in a worksheet. This course teaches you how to apply, create, and modify various types of charts, and learned to create a table and format the table as well as work with PivotTable and PivotChart to enhance the appearance of data. Topics include: • Creating simple chart • Creating a custom toolbar • Styles • Using the IF and VLOOKUP functions • Creating and working with pivot tables • Outlining and consolidating works • Using the Goal Seek, Solver and Scenario • Displaying and protecting worksheets Prerequisite: CIT105 must be taken before CIT106 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits Date on Apr114, 2023 CIT201: Computerized This course starts with an introduction to basic accounting terms and concepts and walks Accounting students through the QuickBooks set-up process. Use the leading small business accounting package to organize records, prepare financial reports, handle payroll, and automatically figure federal and state taxes, as well as withholding and employer contributions. Throughout, attention is devoted to creating easy -to -read statements, including profit and loss, balance sheets, accounts receivable, accounts payable, budget, payroll, and project reports, as well as graphs that give students a quick snapshot of overall business. Topics include: • Principles of Accounting • Account Types, Asset, Liability, Owner's Equity • Accounting Records • Invoices and Purchase Orders • Bills and Estimates • Financial Statements • Cash Flow Statements Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 5.0 Quarter Credits CIT202: Computerized Use the leading small business accounting package to organize records, prepare financial Accounting Ii reports, handle payroll and automatically calculate federal and state taxes as well as withholding and employer contributions. Throughout, attention is devoted to creating easy -to -read statements including profit and loss, balance sheets, accounts receivable, accounts payable, budget, payroll and project reports as well as graphs which give the students a quick snapshot of overall business. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Demonstrate how to prepare sales tax • Demonstrate how to prepare payroll tax reports • Formulate and estimate quarterly income tax payments • Demonstrate how to prepare employee (W-2), non -employee (W-3) 1099, and 940tax forms • Discuss the various calculations involved in utilizing the computer in calculations needed in business Prerequisite: CIT201 must be taken before CIT2O2 40 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 CIT203: Database Students will learn the basic skills necessary to begin creating and working with databases. Applications I This structured course will enable students to create tables, queries, forms, reports and databases. A database is a tool for collecting and organizing information, For example, as a database, a phone book organizes a large amount of data —names, addresses, and phone numbers —so you can access it by name in alphabetic order. Even a grocery list is a simple type of database. A computerized database management system (DBMS), such as Microsoft Office Access, enables you to easily collect large volumes of data organized into categories of related information. This type of database allows you to store, organize, and manage your data, no matter how complex It is, and then retrieve and present it in various formats and reports. Organizing data by using a DBMS gives you the power to manipulate, view and report the data in ways that other applications like spreadsheets and word processing documents cannot. For example, a spreadsheet application like Microsoft Excel has its own unique purpose to store, analyze and report data using tools unique to it; however, Access is the better choice to perform various management functions on data such as asking it complex questions and creating structures to input and report it using standardized business structures which you'll learn throughout this course. Topics include: • Explain database concepts and terminology • Create and design data tables • Demonstrate how to modify data tables • Create calculated fields • Describe how to view data from more than one field 40 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 5.0 Quarter Credits CIT207: Presentation Learn how to create eye-catching graphs, charts, and illustrations for both printed Software documents and sideshows. As the graphics module of the award -winning Microsoft Office Suite, PowerPoint has rapidly gained recognition for its ease of use and ease of integration with other Office applications. PowerPoint is a package for creating presentations for meetings, seminars, sales, and classrooms. It encompasses charts, text, graphics, and animation to achieve slides for the screen, paper handouts, transparencies, or presenting pictures. Topics include: • PowerPoint Presentations and Multimedia Presentations • Presentation Outlines and Slides • Headers, Footers, and Speaker Notes • Inserting and Formatting Pictures and ClipArt • Alignment and Slide Transitions • Styles, Artistic Effects, WordArt, Smart Art, Tables and Charts • Theme, Background, and Animations Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 100 ENG 101: English The English Composition course emphasizes and develops skills in critical reading and Composition and Reading academic writing. Reading and writing assignments include exposition, argumentation, and i academic research on topics that are both diverse and relevant to students today. Readings, discussions, and writing assignments will encourage critical thinking and an in-depth analysis of texts. Through the completion of this course, students will write a minimum of 10,000 words. Classroom instruction integrates one-on-one writing conference between teacher and student for individualized attention, needs assessment, and monitored progress. Overall, this course aims to impart college -level critical reading, academic writing, and research skills to its students. Topics include: • Critical reading and thinking skills, including analysis of non-fiction texts, generation and synthesis of ideas, and basic elements of argumentation (claims, evidence, reasoning); • Advanced essay writing, to include instruction/practice in effective strategies for introductions, conclusions, transitions, and topic sentences • Logically sound thesis statements and the development of supporting ideas that consistently pursue the line of reasoning suggested by the thesis • Effective use of textual evidence to support ideas, including methods of integrating textual evidence, e.g. quoting and paraphrasing effectively and correctly; sophisticated use of transitional and organizational patterns; and effective strategies for enhancing stylistic fluency; • Research writing, to include instruction/practice in topic generation; location and evaluation of sources, including electronic resources • Fair and appropriate use of sources (avoiding plagiarism); synthesis and integration of sources; MLA documentation including parenthetical citations and works cited. • Writing Conferences: 18 hours of individualized writing assignments/practice in the class with one-on-one conferences with the instructor. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Date on April 4, 2023 ENG 201: English Building on rhetorical skills developed in ENG 101, students will analyze, interpret, and Composition and Reading synthesize diverse texts in order to construct well -supported academic arguments and ll literary analyses, Emphasizing critical thinking, this course uses literature to develop reading and writing skills beyond the level achieved in ENG 101. This course presents the principles of expository writing and rhetorical style through coordinated reading and writing assignments, As such, students will practice how to synthesize multiple texts from a variety of sources to present and support a written argument and/or report. Various expository writing techniques, such as argumentation, description, and narration are further discussed. Topics include the skills and procedures for conducting research and the writing of a well -organized and well -developed report. Classroom instruction integrates one-on-one writing conference between teacher and student for individualized attention, needs assessment, and monitored progress. Topics include: • Evaluation of the validity of premises and conclusions; terms, structure, and components of formal argument and reasoning (such as inductive/deductive) • Formal and informal fallacies of thought, identification of premises and the conclusions drawn from these premises, identification of various types of evidence, and the evaluation of the validity of the use of evidence in a piece of writing or other persuasive rhetoric. • Basic concepts for and terminology of literary analysis and distinctive features and differences between individual literary genres, which must include 1. Poetry 2. Prose fiction 3. Drama Non-fiction prose (sophisticated texts, commonly associated with great works of literature and/or great ideas and often included in many literary anthologies) can also be included. • How to employ patterns of thought that develop and substantiate an argument about or an interpretation of literary works (e,g., use comparison/ contrast to persuade, not simply to observe, inductive/deductive patterns of reasoning in forming judgments) • How to clearly define crucial terms in order to clarify the issues at stake in an interpretation of or an argument about literary works; how to select, to effectively integrate, and to cite textual evidence from literary and outside sources to support premises • How to discuss such evidence by providing a warrant for a premise—e.g., the quotation alone does not constitute evidence; the reasoning that follows is what makes it evidence; how to incorporate and to respond to arguments in literary analysis and interpretation in presenting one's own Interpretations • How to test alternative hypotheses or explanations and to consider alternative sources of evidence or points of view in presenting interpretations of or arguments about literary works • Writing Conferences: 18 hours of individualized writing assignments/practice in the class with one-on-one conferences with the instructor. Prerequisite: GE ENG 101 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 MAT 101: College Algebra The course will familiarize students with basic math theory and basic equations with a particular emphasis on the components that make up business accounting formulas. This in-depth overview of algebra and its uses includes integers, equations, polynomials, the decimal system of numeration, four basic mathematical operations as they apply to whole numbers, fractions, mixed numbers, and decimals without the use of any calculating device, factoring, geometric figures, and measurements. In addition to the basic operations, logarithms, exponential equations, systems of linear and nonlinear equations, Cramer's Rule, the Binomial Theorem, the complex number system, and sequences and series are included. Emphasis is placed on applications to real world problems. Topics include: • Arithmetic and Pre -algebra Refresher • Properties of Exponents and Scientific Notation • Formulas, Applications and Problem Solving • Linear Equations and Inequalities • Arithmetic Operations with Polynomial and Rational Expressions and Factoring Polynomials • Radical Numbers, Radical Equations and Quadratic Equations Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits PHS 101: Introduction to This program is designed for the student who is interested in a more conceptual and less Physical Science mathematical approach to physics. It is a survey course introducing the topics of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity & magnetism, light and modern physics. The emphasis will be on developing conceptual understanding of the laws of nature through lectures, demonstrations, and class discussions. Covered are the fundamental concepts of earth, space and environmental science (geology, oceanography, meteorology, and astronomy) and principles of physics and chemistry especially as they relate to these fields. Emphasis is placed on the application of science in the understanding and solution of environmental problems. Upon successful completion of the course, student should be able to: • Apply the scientific method of inquiry, including analysis based on scientific concepts and observation. • Use and convert physical quantities and measurements in the SI (Systeme Internationale) and USCS (U. S. Customary System) unit systems. • Describe the history and origins of scientific concepts and principles. • Solve elementary problems involving motion, force, friction, gravitation, energy, heat, work, power, simple machines, vibrations, waves, sound, electricity, electromagnetism, mechanical and electromagnetic forces and torques, fluid statics, dynamics, buoyancy, mechanical, electrical, thermal, fluid resistances, fluid potential and kinetic energy, power, and fluidal work • Illustrate basic scientific concepts in areas such as chemistry and select topics in earth science and astronomy. • Compute results using scalar variables and resolve vectors into components and combine vectors into resultants. • Describe the basic concepts of electromagnetic and radioactive radiation. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 SOC 101: Introduction to An introduction to the basic concepts relating to the study of society. The course Includes Sociology investigation into the foundations of sociology including its overall perspective, theoretical orientations, and research methodology; the foundations of social life including the components of culture, social interaction and the process of socialization, groups, organizations, and deviance; economic social inequality based upon class, race, sex, and age; social institutions; and dimensions of social change. The purpose of this course is to provide students with a broad understanding of sociology's basic concepts, theories, and methods of Inquiry. The routine course of instruction employsvaried pedagogical strategies to accomplish the foregoing, e.g., written assignments, oral presentations, group activities, lecture, discussion, and outside research. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Identify the basic elements of society and some of the most significant themes in sociology • Demonstrate a sociological understanding of the economy, politics, religion, education, population growth, urbanization, social movements, and social change • Identify and describe the various methods of social research used by sociologists • Identify the causes, character, and consequences of social inequality with special reference to aging, class, gender, race and ethnicity • Act as an articulate observer of social life and demonstrate a better understanding of social issues in their community and beyond Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Computer Information Technology Administrator Program Description and The Computer Information Technology Administrator (CITA) program develops the student Objectives into a versatile and proficient advanced -level computer office operator. The CITA program is filled with various applications and experiences that will lay the foundation for the rest of the student's academic and professional career with the readiness and confidence to continue and succeed in advanced technology studies in almost every field of study. Completing the CITA program enables students to confidently enter the workforce with proven technical skills in a computer office environment. Students will learn to create documents, reports, spreadsheets, presentations, graphics, and databases: CITA provides up to advanced levels of coursework in computer office applications. Courses are offered on campus and online. Leading occupations are Word Processor, Data Entry Operations, and General Secretarial. Methods of instruction The on campus method of instruction include classroom instruction, and homework. *Online courses utilize an LMS and include instruction, threaded group discussions, exams and homework. Instruction will consist of lectures and/or activities that both disseminate information and pose problems; group and panel discussions; discussion which emphasize the ability to think critically; guest lecturers; and instruction media: films/video/slides/graphic displays. Students may also be assigned reading, writing, and other outside assignments equivalent to two hours per one hour lecture. Class instruction will be based on the assumption that the student has done the reading assignments before class. Classwork will include use of computers to do a number of projects related to various software programs. Homework will include reading and writing assignments, problem sets, projects and presentations. *Online course does not apply to Veterans; Refer to Veterans Information Bulletin. Certificates of Students who complete their curriculum objectives within the maximum timeframe are Completion eligible to graduate. A Certificate of Completion will only be issued for a completed program. Prnaram Outline Computer information Technology Administrator $6 800 Module Course No,** Title LectureFaculty Hours Supervi d Weeks **Total HOIAr$ Hands-on Lab CIT100 CIT101 Windows 20 20 2 40 Office Basics CIT102 Windows II 20 20 2 40 CIT100 CIT103 Word Processing 1 60 20 4 80 Word Processing CIT104 Word Processing II 60 20 4 80 CIT100 CIT105 Electronic Spreadsheets 1 60 20 4 80 Electronic CIT106 Electronic Spreadsheets 11 60 20 4 80 Spreadsheets CIT200 CIT203 Database Applications 40 20 3 60 Database CIT204 Database Applications11 40 20 3 60 Mana ement CIT107 Internet 20 20 2 40 CIT100-200 CIT108 outlook 20 20 2 40 Communications CIT207 Presentation Software 40 20 3 60 CGS00 CG101 Computer Graphics 40 20 3 60 Graphics Total Program 36 720 **Students taking the same course for the Computer Business Applications, AA Program, may have a clock -hour credit. Revision Date on CLOCK HOURS: * 1 clock hour includes a minimum instructional time of 50 minutes of lecture and appropriate break(s). For Veterans There is a registration fee of $10.00 and a processing fee of $140.00. **Specified hours include break and lunchtime. Reimbursement to Veterans and Eligible Persons For information or resolution of specific payment problems, the veteran should call the DVA nationwide toll -free number at 1-800-827-1000. Oate on April 4, Computer Office User Specialist Program Description and The Computer Office User Specialist program covers a broad spectrum of computer Objectives applications. The program is designed to develop the student into a versatile and proficient basic -level computer office operator. The COUS (Computer Office User Specialist) program is filled with various applications and experiences to lay the foundation for the rest of the student's academic and professional career. Students will learn to create documents, reports, spreadsheets, and presentations and handle accounting functions: COUS provides up to introductory computer coursework in computer office applications. Leading occupations are Office Assistant, Computer Operations, and General Secretarial. Certificates of Students who complete their curriculum objectives within the maximum timeframe are Completion eligible to graduate. A Certificate of Completion will only be issued for a completed program. Program Outline Computer office User Specialist $3,400 module Course No. Title Lecture HonrS Faculty Supervised Weeks Total Hours* Hands-on Lab CIT100 CIT103 Word Processing 1 60 20 4 80 Word Processing— - CIT100 Electronic CIT105 Electronic Spreadsheets 1 60 20 4 80 Spreadsheets CIT200 CIT201 Computerized Accounting I 40 20 3 60 Computerize C11202 Computerized Accounting 11 n Accountid CIT107 Internet 20 20 2 40 CIT100-200 CIT108 Outlook 20 20 2 40 Communications CIT207 Presentation Software 40 20 3 60 Total Program 18 360 **Students taking the same course for the Computer Business Appilcations, AA Program, may have a clock- hour credit. CLOCK HOURS: * 1 clock hour includes a minimum instructional time of 50 minutes of lecture and appropriate break(s). Review the following schedule. Date Course Descriptions CIT101: Windows I This course surveys the field of computing and serves as an orientation to computer concepts and terminology. It includes the history of the field and the social implications of widespread use of computers. The development of computers, as well as their current design, is described. The concepts of data acquisition, storage, internal representation, and processing into useful information are shown. Designed for new computer users, this course will teach students how to organize files and applications, customize their desktop, and create shortcuts to their favorite websites. Special exercises cover everything from Office Basics to using online help and troubleshooting wizards. Students will learn to create and organize folders, locate documents and programs, create special shortcuts with Windows Explorer, and find utilities. Topics include: • Windows Desktop, Taskbar, Control Panel and Windows Explorer • Start and Programs Favorite menus • Improving speed and efficiency, shortcuts and file management • Windows Help and Troubleshooter and help and find features • Special device and hardware capabilities • File and disk management techniques and Recycle Bin • Find and Quick View utilities Prerequisite: None CIT102: Windows II Students will learn to create and organize folders; locate documents and programs; create special shortcuts with Windows Explorer and find utilities. This course introduces you to Windows advanced features and tools. Learn to use backup and recovery, format a disk, use Disk Scan and file defragmentation tools. The class concludes with a demonstration of Windows installation, upgrade, and configuration techniques. Topics include: • Improving speed and efficiency • Shortcuts and file management • Windows Help and Troubleshooter and help and find features • Special device and hardware capabilities • File and disk management techniques and Recycle Bin • Find and Quick View utilities • Windows installation and upgrade Prerequisite: CIT101 must be taken before CIT102 Date on Apr114, CIT103: Word Processing I This course provides a thorough introduction to Word and builds basic skills needed to create, modify and print letters and document, reports, production of boilerplates and integration of mailing lists and form letters. This course provides an in-depth look at Microsoft Word for Windows. Topics include: • Creating and Saving documents • Moving and Copying text • Changing the appearance of text (formatting) • Headers and Footers • Printing Documents • Creating and Using Templates • Sorting paragraphs and Tabular information Prerequisite: None CIT104: Word Processing This course teaches you how to successfully create and work with templates; open, II navigate, and modify a document; create documents that incorporate columns of varying sizes and styles; organize document content using tables; and create a mail merge project and review documents using the Review Ribbon. This course provides further in-depth look at Microsoft Word for Windows. Topics include: • Inserting graphics, charts and special characters • Creating and Editing columns • Merging documents • Connecting with other Office programs • Using master documents for a group project Creating on-line documents Prerequisite: CIT103 must be taken before CIT104 CIT10S: Electronic Learn the fundamental skills required to create and use Excel spreadsheets. This course Spreadsheets I teaches you how to start Excel, create and print worksheets, get on-line help, and create simple charts. Topics include: • Basic concepts and terminology • Excel menus and dialog boxes • Creating and modifying worksheets • Copying, deleting, and moving cells • Defining and replicating formulas • Formatting worksheets • Printing worksheets Prerequisite: None Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 109 CIT106: Electronic Learn the fundamental skills required to create and use Excel spreadsheets and successfully Spreadsheets II use tables and table tools in a worksheet. This course teaches you how to apply, create, and modify various types of charts, and learned to create a table and format the table as well as work with PivotTable and PivotChart to enhance the appearance of data. Topics include: • Creating simple chart • Creating a custom toolbar and styles • Using the IF and VLOOKUP functions • Creating and working with pivot tables • Outlining and consolidating works • Using the Goal Seek, Solver and Scenario • Displaying and protecting worksheets Prerequisite: CIT105 must be taken before CIT106 CIT201: Computerized This course starts with an introduction to basic accounting terms and concepts and walks Accounting I you through the QuickBooks set-up process. Use the leading small business accounting package to organize records, prepare financial reports, handle payroll, and automatically figure federal and state taxes, as well as withholding and employer contributions. Throughout, attention is devoted to creating easy -to -read statements, including profit and loss, balance sheets, accounts receivable, accounts payable, budget, payroll, and project reports, as well as graphs that give students a quick snapshot of overall business. Topics include: • Principles of Accounting • Account Types, Asset, Liability, Owner's Equity • Accounting Records • Invoices and Purchase Orders • Bills and Estimates • Financial Statements • Cash Flow Statements Prerequisite: None Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 110 CIT203: Database Students will learn the basic skills necessary to begin creating and working with databases. Applications I This structured course will enable students to create tables, queries, forms, reports and databases. A database is a tool for collecting and organizing information. For example, as a database, a phone book organizes a large amount of data —names, addresses, and phone numbers —so you can access it by name in alphabetic order. Even a grocery list is a simple type of database. A computerized database management system (DBMS), such as Microsoft Office Access, enables you to easily collect large volumes of data organized into categories of related information. This type of database allows you to store, organize, and manage your data, no matter how complex it is, and then retrieve and present it in various formats and reports. Organizing data by using a DBMS gives you the power to manipulate, view and report the data in ways that other applications like spreadsheets and word processing documents cannot. For example, a spreadsheet application like Microsoft Excel has its own unique purpose to store, analyze and report data using tools unique to it; however, Access is the better choice to perform various management functions on data such as asking it complex questions and creating structures to input and report it using standardized business structures which you'll learn throughout this course. Topics include: • Explain database concepts and terminology • Create and design data tables • Demonstrate how to modify data tables • Create calculated fields • Describe how to view data from more than one field Prerequisite: None Last Revision Date on 111 CIT204: Database Students will learn the skills necessary to effectively begin creating and working with Applications II databases. This structured course will enable students to create tables, queries, forms, reports and databases. A database is a tool for collecting and organizing information, For example, as a database, a phone bookorganizes a large amountofdata—names, addresses, and phone numbers —so you can access it by name in alphabetic order. Even a grocery list is a simple type of database. A computerized database management system (DBMS), such as Microsoft Office Access, enables you to easily collect large volumes of data organized into categories of related information. This type of database allows you to store, organize, and manage your data, no matter how complex it is, and then retrieve and present it in various formats and reports. Organizing data by using a DBMS gives you the power to manipulate, view and report the data in ways that other applications like spreadsheets and word processing documents cannot. For example, a spreadsheet application like Microsoft Excel has its own unique purpose to store, analyze and report data using tools unique to it; however, Access is the better choice to perform various management functions on data such as asking it complex questions and creating structures to input and report it using standardized business structures which you'll learn throughout this course. Upon completion, students will be able to: • Display Information with Reports • Effectively use Access queries, generate data forms and summarize group information • Perform database maintenance procedures including copying from one database to another and compacting a database. • Find Information in a Database • Report Layout Types • Create a Report with the Report Wizard • Add a Calculated Field to a Report Prerequisite: CIT203 must be taken before CIT204 Date on April 4, 2023 CIT107: Internet The Internet is the fastest growing information, communication, and business source in the world. This course will give students an overview of the Internet, including the history and future of the World Wide Web. The history and future of the World Wide Web. Adding and managing Bookmarks. File Compression. Finding Shareware and Freeware on the Internet. Configuring Internet Explorer Mail, News and messenger services. Using various search engines to collect and extract information. Diagnose and resolve connectivity problems. Develop the appropriate security strategies for using Internet Explorer for various sites. Create and assign various levels of security for security zones. Develop strategies for replacing other Internet browsers. The Internet can connect you to people, information, and resources around the world. This course shows you how to connect to the Internet, browse web pages, navigate web sites, use search engines, and exchange email with others. Students will learn to: • Add and manage bookmarks • Compress files • Find shareware and freeware on the Internet • Configure Internet Explorer Mail, News, and various messenger services • Use various search engines to collect and extract information • Diagnose and resolve connectivity problems. • Develop appropriate security strategies for using Internet Explorer with various sites • Create and assign various levels of security for security zones Develop strategies for replacing other Internet browsers Prerequisite: None Date on April 4, 113 CIT108: Outlook This course provides information on how to use Microsoft Outlook to manage information, create and process electronic mail, schedule personal and group activities, participate in group projects, and share information. Gain the skills needed to efficiently communicate, manage tasks, coordinate activities, track business contacts, and organize files with Microsoft Outlook. Communicate via e-mail by creating and receiving messages and effectively using the Address Book, adding attachments and managing indexes. Search for and display contact information quickly creates distribution -lists and use vCard technology to send and receive contact information via the internet. Manage appointments and calendars, plan and manage meeting and events and take charge of tasks. Manage and protect information by archiving, importing and exporting files. Students will learn to: • Decide which custom settings to configure for Microsoft Outlook Express and Microsoft NetMeeting • Plan appropriate methods for deploying multiple -language versions of Internet Explorer • Communicate via e-mail by creating and receiving messages, effectively using the Address Book, adding attachments, and managing the index • Search for and display contact information quickly • Create distribution lists and use vCard technology to send and receive contact information via the Internet • Manage appointments and calendar, take charge of tasks, and plan and manage meetings and events • Manage and protect information by archiving, importing, and exporting files Prerequisite: None CIT207: Presentation Learn how to create eye-catching graphs, charts, and illustrations for both printed Software documents and slideshows. As the graphics module of the award -winning Microsoft Office Suite, PowerPoint has rapidly gained recognition for its ease of use and ease of integration with the other Office applications. PowerPoint is a package for creating presentations for meetings, seminars, sales, and the classrooms. It encompasses charts, text, graphics, and animation to achieve slides for the screen, paper handouts, transparencies, or for presenting pictures. Topics include: • PowerPoint Presentations and Multimedia Presentations • Presentation Outlines and Slides • Headers, Footers, and Speaker Notes • Inserting and Formatting Pictures and ClipArt • Alignment and Slide Transitions • Styles, Artistic Effects, WordArt, Smart Art, Tables and Charts • Theme, Background, and Animations Prerequisite: None Date on 114 CG101: Computer In this course you will explore the Photoshop CS6 workspace, customize it to serve your Graphics needs, and use Photoshop to modify a photograph taken with a digital camera. The tutorial is broken up into step-by-step Guided Exercises interspersed with explanatory sections. As you work through this introductory tutorial, remember that Photoshop is a very complicated application that is best learned through repetition. Students will learn to: • Alter contrast, color, and brightness • Experiment with a variety of paint tools and gradients • Create photo composites • Make duotones from grayscale photographs • Use the masking feature • Create exciting visual effects. • Scan and colorize images using functions for creating color separations and comps Prerequisite: None Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Computer Information Infrastructure Program Description and The Computer Information Infrastructure is divided into three major programs covering a Objectives broad spectrum of computer and information technology fields. The computer Information Infrastructure program is filled with a variety of Information Technology training which will lay a solid foundation for students' academic and professional careers. The program is designed to develop the students into versatile and proficient advanced -level positions such as hardware repair specialists, computer networking administrators, system engineers, database administrators/ programmers, web server administrator, and router network specialists. Computer Processing Schedulers, Microcomputer Support Specialist, and Database Administrator are leading occupations. Courses are offered on campus and online. Methods of instruction The on campus method of instruction include classroom instruction, and homework. *Online courses utilize an LMS and include instruction, threaded group discussions, exams and homework. Instruction will consist of lectures and/or activities that both disseminate information and pose problems; group and panel discussions; discussion which emphasize the ability to think critically; guest lecturers; and instruction media: films/video/slides/graphic displays. Students may also be assigned reading, writing, and other outside assignments equivalent to two hours per one hour lecture. Class instruction will be based on the assumption that the student has done the reading assignments before class. Classwork will include use of computers to do a number of projects related to various software programs. Homework will include reading and writing assignments, problem sets, projects and presentations. *Online course does not apply to Veterans, Refer to Veterans Information Bulletin. Certificates of Completion Students who complete their curriculum objectives within the maximum timeframe are eligible to graduate. A Certificate of Completion will only be issued for a completed program. Program Outline Computer Information Infrastructure $6,800 Faculty Course No. Title Lecture Supervised Weeks **Total Hours Hands-on Hours* Lab N201 Windows Server 1 40 20 3 60 N200 N202 Windows Server II 40 20 3 60 Networking N203 Networking Fundamentals 40 20 3 60 N204 Networking Fundamentals 40 20 3 60 Planning and Maintaining ows Server N3oo N301 Network Infrastructure 40 20 3 60 Networking ll Designing Windows Server! work N302 Infrastructure q0 20 3 60 D Database D401 Database Administration Fundamentals/SQL 40 20 3 60 R500 Router R501 Intro to Router 40 20 3 60 Technology R502 Advanced Router 40 20 3 60 Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 11r R503 Configuring Switch 40 20 3 60 R504 Remote Access Services 40 20 3 60 R505 Internetwork Troubleshooting 40 20 3 60 Total Program 36 720 Note: Courses with a prerequisite are listed in the course description and syllabus. CLOCK HOURS: * 1 clock hour includes a minimum instructional time of 50 minutes of lecture and appropriate break(s). Review the following schedule. For Veterans There is a registration fee of $10.00 and a processing fee of $140.00, **Specified hours include break and lunchtime. Reimbursement to Veterans and Eligible Persons For Information or resolution of specific payment problems, the veteran should call the DVA nationwide toll -free number at 1-800-827-1000. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 117 Computer Information Systems Program Description and The Computer Information Systems program covers a spectrum of computer and Objectives information and security technology fields. The program is designed to develop the students into versatile and proficient entry-level positions such as computer networking administrators, system engineers, and database administrators. The Computer Information Systems program is filled with a variety of Information Technology training which will lay a solid foundation for students' academic and professional careers. Computer Security Coordinator, Computer System Engineer, and Computer Processing Scheduler are leading occupations. Certificates of Students who complete their curriculum objectives within the maximum timeframe are Completion eligible to graduate. A Certificate of Completion will only be issued for a completed program. Program Outline Computer Information Systems $4,000 Course No. Title Lecture Hours Faculty supervised Hands-on Lab Weeks Total Hours* N201 Windows Server 1 40 20 3 60 N202 Windows Server II 40 20 3 60 N203 Networking Fundamentals 1 40 20 3 60 N204 Networking Fundamentals II 40 20 3 60 N301 Planning and Maintaining Windows Server Network Infrastructure 40 20 3 60 N302 Designing Windows Server Network Infrastructure 40 20 3 60 Total Program 18 36O CLOCK HOURS: 1 clock hour includes a minimum instructional time of 50 minutes of lecture and appropriate break(s). Review the following schedule. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 118 Course Descriptions N201: Windows Server I This course discusses what is new in the world of networking and how System Center can help manage Windows Server. The course also provides insight into industry trends, performance levels, and network performance. And this course is intended for IT professionals who are interested In expanding their knowledge base and technical skills about Windows Server. In this course, students learn how to install, upgrade, and migrate to Windows Server. Students then configure for network connectivity, security, maintenance, and mobile computing. Most of these professionals use some version of Windows client at their workplace and are looking at new and better ways to perform some of the current functions. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Perform a clean installation of Windows Server, upgrade Windows Server versions, and migrate user -related data and settings from an earlier version of Windows. • Configure disks, partitions, volumes, and device drivers in Windows Server. • Configure wired and wireless network connectivity in Windows Server. • Secure Windows Server deployments. • Optimize and maintain the performance and reliability in Windows Server. • Configure mobile computing and remote access settings for a Windows Server computer. Prerequisite: None N202; Windows Server 11 This course is intended for IT Professionals who are interested in the knowledge and skills necessary to plan and implement a Windows Server and Windows Admin Center environment. It incorporates both the planning of the server infrastructure and key aspects of the Implementation, management and maintenance of Active Directory and Network Infrastructure. It covers the most important job tasks for Server Administrators who are responsible for the planning, operations, and day-to-day maintenance of Windows Server in the enterprise. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Plan Windows Server deployments and upgrades • Plan server management and delegated administration strategies • Plan and provision Application servers including Web services, presentation virtualization and application virtualization • Plan and provision data and storage • Plan and implement an update management strategy using Windows Server Update Services (WSUS) • Plan and implement high availability • Plan for server performance and event monitoring Prerequisite: N2O1 Revision Date on April 4, 2023 119 N203: Networking This course is for support professionals who are new to Microsoft Windows and will be Fundamentals I responsible for installing, configuring, and managing a network infrastructure with Microsoft Windows Server products. Preparing to teach a course on Windows Server Network Infrastructure configuration, Network Infrastructure Configuration, can be a challenge that requires careful planning and organization. Technology plays a role in virtually every business around the world. Possessing the fundamental knowledge of how technology works and understanding its impact on today's academic and workplace environment Is Increasingly important —particularly for students interested in exploring professions involving technology. A new entry-level credential validates fundamental technology knowledge among students seeking to build a career in technology. At the end of the course, students will be able to: • Understanding Local Area Networking • Defining Networks with the OSI Model • Understanding Wired and Wireless Networks • Understanding Internet Protocol • Implementing TCP/IP in the Command Line • Working with Networking Services • Understanding Wide Area Networks • Defining Network Infrastructures and Network Security • Macintosh, and UNIX networks Prerequisite: N201 and N202 N204: Networking The course is designed primarily for IT professionals who have some experience with Fundamentals If Windows Server. It is designed for professionals who will be responsible for managing identity, networking, storage and compute by using Windows Server, and who need to understand the scenarios, requirements, and options that are available and applicable to Windows Server. This course teaches IT professionals the fundamental administration skills required to deploy and support Windows Server in most organizations. To support a textbook -independent teaching style, each Session plan contains suggested demonstrations and explanations. These Session plans have been developed to be independent of a predefined Session schedule and each session is recommended in order to increase student performance and enhance the knowledge and skills gained through active participation in the course. At the end of the course, students will be able to: • Use administrative techniques and tools in Windows Server 2019. • Implement identity Services. • Manage network infrastructure services. • Configure file servers and storage. • Manage virtual machines using Hyper-V virtualization and containers • Implement high availability and disaster recovery solutions. • Apply security features to protect critical resources. Prerequisite: N201 and N202 Last Revision Date on April 4, N301: Planning and Network Infrastructure Configuration, can be a challenge that requires careful planning and Maintaining Windows organization. To support a textbook -independent teaching style, the selected Sessions Server Network Infrastructure focuse on Planning and Maintaining Windows Server Network Infrastructure in the Software Defined Networking (SDN), and plan contains suggested demonstrations and explanations. This model is recommended in order to increase student performance and enhance the knowledge and skills gained through active participation in the course. This course provides students with the knowledge and skills necessary to develop a Microsoft Windows networking services solution for enterprise networks. This course also introduces the process of translating business goals into strategies for implementing and managing the Windows networking services for N302. At the end of the course, students will be able to: • Installation and preparation requirements for deploying Network Controller • Deploy an SDN Infrastructure • Deploy SDN technologies using Windows PowerShell • Deploy Network Controller using Windows PowerShell • Manage tenant virtual networks • Use Access Control lists (ACLs) to manage datacenter network traffic flow • Create, delete, or update tenant virtual networks • Connect container endpoints to a tenant virtual network • Use the business objectives of organizations to develop strategies for implementing and managing networking services Prerequisite: N201 and N202 Last Revlslon Date on April 4, 2023 121 N302: Designing Core / During this course, students will learn how to design an Active Directory infrastructure in Active Directory and the Windows Server and Windows Server R2 operating systems. Students will learn how to Network Infrastructure design Active Directory forests, domain infrastructure, sites and replication, administrative structures, Group Policy, and Public Key Infrastructures (PKIs). Students will also learn how to design for security, high availability, disaster recovery, and migrations. Create an Active Directory design based on administrative Group Policy requirements defined by business needs. Design an Active Directory domain and the organizational unit hierarchy within the domain. Need of multiple -domain AD structure may be necessary to meet the administrative and security needs of an organization. Design a site topology for managing Active Directory replication that fulfills the administrative needs of an organization. At the end of this course, students will be able to: • Provide an overview of the Assignment scenario. • Create a design for the Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) forest and forest trust deployment. • Design an AD DS domain and Domain Name Service (DNS) integration design. • Design AD DS sites and AD DS replication. • Create an AD DS domain controller deployment plan and, an AD DS domain administration design and partially implement the design. • Create an AD DS Group Policy design and implement some components of that design. • Design and implement AD DS security policies that meet security requirements. • Design and implement a PKI deployment by using Active Directory Certificate Services (AD CS). • Design an Active Directory Rights Management Services (AD RMS) solution and deploy RMS for internal users. • Create and implement an Active Directory Lightweight Directory Services (AD LDS) design. • Review and validate a Federated Web single sign -on (SSO) deployment. • Design and implement a domain restructure. Prerequisite: N201 and N202 Last Revision Date on April 4, 122 D401: Database Database Administration Fundamentals Administration Fundamentals/SQL Students who are beginning studies in technology need a strong foundation in the basics before moving on to more advanced technology courses. Database Administration Fundamentals covers introductory knowledge and skills including: relational databases; core database concepts; relational database concepts; security requirements for databases and the data stored in them; database objects — such as tables and views; graphical tools and T-SQL scripts; database queries; and stored procedures. The course focuses on teaching individuals how to use SQL Server 2012 product features and tools related to maintaining a database. All the Assignments for this course can be performed using the provided virtual machines. At the end of this course, students will be able to: • Understand Core database concepts • Manage Relational database concepts • Handle Security requirements for databases and the data stored in them • Manipulate Database objects, such as tables and views • Create Graphical tools and Transact -Structured Query Language (T-SQL) scripts • Administer Database queries • Manipulate Database Definition Language (DDL) • Administer Data Manipulation Language (DIAL) • Understand Stored procedures • Make Plan and install SQL Server • Describe the system databases, the physical structure of databases and the most common configuration options related to them Prerequisite: None R501: Intro to Router Routing Technology This course is designed specifically to prepare students for authenticating the ability to install, configure, operate, and troubleshoot medium -size route and switched networks. With this course, networking professionals will make connections to remote sites via a WAN, mitigate basic security threats, and understand the requirements for wireless network access. Install, configure, and troubleshoot fully operational routers, as you build a multiprotocol network. In this informative course, you will learn internetworking LAN and WAN concepts and master the router operations. This course covers the basic techniques to configure the routers for LANs and provides the foundation on routers, switches and firewalls. Additional topics include: • Describe the benefits of a layered model • Describe the main benefit of the OSI reference model • Understand each of the seven layers of the OSI reference model • Describe flow control and how it is used within an internetwork • Understand how the Transport layer flow control mechanism works • Describe how the OSI's Network layer provides routing in an internetwork environment • List the five conversion steps of data encapsulation Prerequisite: None Revision Date on R502: Advanced Router IP Routing Technology This course will discuss the IP routing process. This is an important subject to understand as it pertains to all routers and configurations that use IP. IP routing is the process of moving packets from one network to another network and delivering the packets to hosts. This course will give you the background on how to configure and verify IP routing with Cisco routers, It is important to be able to configure Cisco routers and then configure and verify IP routing. At the end of this course, students will be able to: • Routing General/ Overview of routing and routing protocols. • Understand the IP routing process • Create and verify static routing • Create and verify default routing • Resolve network loops in distance -vector routing protocols • Extending switched networks with VLANs • Configuring, verifying and troubleshooting VLANs • Configure and verify RIP routing • Configure and verify IGRP routing Prerequisite: R501 R503: Configuring Switch Switching Technologies The information presented in this course was designed to give you the background in layer- 2 switching that you need to understand the theory, This course also covers the nitty-gritty of VLANs and the different concepts and protocols used with VLANs. Written labs and review questions will reinforce the VLAN material and how you can use them in your internetwork. Appendix B will cover the Cisco Catalyst 1900 switch configuration and accompanied by Chapter 6 will cover Virtual LAN (VLAN) configuration. By reading and understanding the information presented in this course, you will be ready to configure switches and VLANs. At the end of this course, students will be able to: • Describe layer-2 switching • Describe address learning in layer-2 switches • Understand when a layer-2 switch will forward or filter a frame • Describe network loop problems in layer-2 switched networks • Describe the Spanning -Tree Protocol • List the LAN switch types and describe how they work with layer-2 switches Prerequisite: R501 and R502 Last Revision Date on 124 R504: Remote Access Wide Area Networking Protocols Services This course, IOS WAN can support many different WAN protocols that can help you extend your LANs to other LANs at remote sites. Connecting company sites together so information can be exchanged is imperative in this economy. However, it would take a truckload of money to put in your own cable or connections to connect all of your company's remote locations. Service provides allows you to lease or share connections that the service provider already has installed, which can save money and time. It is important to understand the different types of WAN support provided by Cisco. Although this course does not cover every type of Cisco WAN support, it does cover the HDLC, PPP, Frame Relay, and ISDN protocols. To understand WAN technologies, you need to understand the different WAN terms and connection types that can be used to connect your networks together. This section will discuss the different WAN terms and connection types typically used by service providers. At the end of this course, students will be able to: • Identify PPP operations to encapsulate WAN data on Cisco routers • Configure authentication with PPP • Understand the ISDN protocols, function groups, and reference points • Describe how Cisco implements ISDN BRI • Basic security and wireless concepts Prerequisite: R501 and R502 Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 125 R505:Internetwork Internetwork Technology Troubleshooting Cisco Internetwork Troubleshooting covers how to perform hardware maintenance and troubleshooting on different Cisco routers and switches. Cisco Internetwork Troubleshooting provides advanced information on networking technology, and troubleshooting for TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, AppleTalk LANs, and WANs. This course teaches how to maintain and support Cisco routers, switches and firewalls. In this course, you will learn how to manage Cisco routers on an internetwork. The Internetwork Operating System (IOS) and configuration files reside in different locations In a Cisco devise, and it is important to understand where these files are located and how they work. Also, you will acquire about the main components of a router, the router boot sequence, and the configuration register, including how to use the configuration register for password recovery. At the end of this course, students will be able to: • Understand Internal components of a Cisco router • Manage Router boot sequence • Administer Configuration register and how to change it • Understand how Frame Relay works on a large Wireless Technologies network • Configure Frame Relay LMIs, maps, and subinterfaces • Monitor Frame Relay operation in the router • Reset Password recovery • Internet Protocol Version 6 • VLSM and IPv6 addressing • Backup and restore the configuration of a Cisco router • Use CDP and Telnet to gather information about neighbor devices. • Resolve hostnames and use the ping and trace commands to test network connectivity, Prerequisite: R501 and R502 Date on April 4, 126 Rea( Estate and finance Department Academic Associate's in Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration Program Description and Learnet meets the educational and professional needs of our diverse student body in a Objectives supportive, caring environment that provides the technical skills and knowledge necessary for employment advancement in today's job market. This program does not lead to real estate licensure. This Academic Associate's in Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration Program incorporates various learning disciplines, such as computer skills, business management, and real estate. Furthermore, this program also provides students with knowledge of business communications concepts, understanding of business and real estate law, and learning the principles of management skills. The curriculum also equips students with advanced knowledge and an expanded understanding of the inner workings of the real estate professional. The Academic Associate degree in Business Administration with a Major Concentration in Real Estate will be awarded upon completion of the requirements forthe diploma, plus completion of the graduation requirements as described in the catalog. Courses are offered on campus and online. Program Learning Outcomes In addition to outcomes for the Businesses Administration, on successful completion of the Real Estate concentration, the student should be able to do the following: • Demonstrate the ability to analyze ethical and procedural problems that arise in general business and real estate. • Discuss and business sales techniques and evaluate real estate marketing. • Discuss and calculate basic business mathematics problems and solve real estate taxes. • Explain and evaluate methods of financing in business and real estate purchases. • Demonstrate the ability to analyze the factors that affect business and real estate values. • Discuss and evaluate real estate markets and trends. Academic Associate Upon successful completion of the program, an Academic Associate Degree will be issued Degree to the student. Revision Date on 127 Methods of Instruction The on campus method of instruction include classroom instruction, and homework. Online courses utilize an LMS and include instruction, threaded group discussions, exams and homework. Instruction will consist of lectures and/or activities that both disseminate information and pose problems; group and panel discussions; discussion which emphasize the ability to think critically; guest lecturers; and instruction media: films/video/slides/graphic displays. Students may also be assigned reading, writing, and other outside assignments equivalent to two hours per one hour lecture. Class instruction will be based on the assumption that the student has done the reading assignments before class. Classwork will include use of computers to do a number of projects related to various software programs. Homework will include reading and writing assignments, problem sets, projects and presentations. Program Outline Academic Associate's in Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration $13,600 Course U Titles Clock Hours Lecture/Lab Total Clock Hours CreditsFCredtits- Lecture/Lab B101 Real Estate Principles 50 50 5 5 B102 Real Estate Practice 50 50 5 5 B103a Legal Aspects of Real Estate 40 40 4 4 B104a Real Estate Finance 40 40 4 4 B105a Real Estate Appraisal 40 40 4 4 B106 Real Estate Economics 40 40 4 4 B107 Property Management 40 40 4 4 B108 Escrow 40 40 4 4 B109 Computer Applications in Real Estate 40 40 4 4 B201 Accounting 40 40 4 4 B202 Business Law 40 40 4 4 BUS101 Introduction to Business 40 40 4 4 BUS201 Business Mathematics 40 40 4 4 BUS202 Management Communications 40 40 4 4 CIT103 Word Processing 60/20** 80 6/1 7 CIT105 Electronic Spreadsheets l 60/20** 80 6/1 7 ENG 101 English Composition and Reading I 40 40 4 4 ENG 201 English Composition and Reading II 50 50 1 5 5 MAT 101 College Algebra 50 50 5 5 PHIS 101 Introduction to Physical Science 50 50 5 1 5 SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology 50 50 5 5 Total 1 940/40 980 94/2 96 The Academic Associate degree in Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration will be awarded upon completion of the requirements for the diploma, plus completion of the graduation requirements as described in the catalog. QUARTER CREDIT HOURS: * 1 quarter credit is 10 lecture hours. Students are required to complete 2 hours of homework for every one hour of lecture instruction. ** Hands-on Training is included in the clock hours lecture for computer courses. Note: Courses with a prerequisite are listed in the course description and on the syllabus. Last Revision Date on April 4, 128 General Education Every student who graduates from Learnet with an A.A. is unique —almost no two take Requirements exactly the same courses. But to be educated is to possess some values in common, some shared competencies and modes of thought. Thus, all graduates meet a 24 quarter units of general education requirement that gives them broad exposure to ideas and skills outside their own areas of special interest. All students entering an Academic Associate Degree program must complete 24 quarter units of college general education subjects including: 1. English Composition, 9 quarter units 2. Mathematics, 5 quarter units (either Algebra or Geometry) 3, Science, 5 quarter units (life science or physical science) 4. Social Studies, 5 quarter units Major Requirements Quarter If Course # Title Quarter Credit B101 Real Estate Principles 5 B102 Real Estate Practice 5 B103a Legal Aspects of Real Estate 4 B104a Real Estate Finance 4 B105a Real Estate Appraisal 4 13106 Real Estate Economics 4 B107 Property Management 4 Technical B108 Escrow 4 Courses B109 Computer Applications in Real Estate 4 72 Credits g201 Accounting 4 B202 Business Law 4 BUS101 Introduction to Business 4 BUS201 Business Mathematics 4 BUS202 Management Communications 4 CIT103 Word Processing 1 7 CIT105 Electronic Spreadsheets 7 General ENG 101 ENG 201 English Composition and Reading 1 4 English Composition and Reading II 5 Education MAT101 College Algebra 5 24 Credits PHS 101 Introduction to Physical Science 5 SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology 5 TOTAL 96 Last Revislon Date on April 4, 2023 129 course Descriptions B101: Real Estate The fundamental real estate course covering the basic laws and principles of California real Principles estate, gives understanding, background, and terminology necessary for specialized courses. The course is required of those preparing for the real estate sales agent license examination, and it applies toward the state's elective educational requirements for the broker's examination. Topics include: • History of California Real Estate • Types of Property and Real Estate Contracts • Agency and Disclosure Requirements • Real Estate Financing and Lending Practices and Appraisal Procedures • Deeds, Escrows, Transfer of Ownership, Liens and Encumbrances • Real Estate Mathematics and Taxation • Landlord and Tenant Issues, Real Estate Brokerage and Ethical Issues • Specialized Fields of Real Estate, Subdivisions and Other Public Controls Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits B102: Real Estate Practice This course reviews the day-to-day operations in real estate roles and brokerages including: listing, prospecting, advertising, financing, sales techniques, escrow, and ethics. The course also applies toward the state's educational requirements forthe broker's examination, and it is required of all new real estate brokers. Topics include: • Ethics and Fair Housing • Prospecting, Mandatory Disclosures and Knowing Your Obligations • Listing Presentation Package, Servicing the Listing and Advertising • The Buyer and the Property Showing • Obtaining the Purchase Offer and from Offer to Closing • Real Estate Financing, Escrow, Title Insurance and Taxation • Property Management and Leasing Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 M& 6103a: Legal Aspects of This course studies California real estate law, including rights incident to property Real Estate ownership and management, agency, and contracts. It also includes application to real estate transfer, conveyance, probate proceedings, trust deeds, and foreclosure, as well as recent legislation governing real estate transactions. The course applies toward the state's educational requirements for the broker's examination. Topics include: • Sources of Law, the Judicial System and the Law of Agency • Duties, Responsibilities and Regulations of Licensees • Law of Contracts and Real Estate Contracts • Property, Estates, Recording, Involuntary Liens and Homesteads • Ownership of Real Property, Acquisitions and Conveyances • Adjacent Property Rights, Landlord -Tenant Law and Land Use Controls • Escrows and Title Insurance and Real Property Security Devices Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits B104a: Real Estate This course will provide an analysis of real estate financing, lending policies and problems Finance in: financing transactions in residential, apartment, commercial and special purpose properties. Methods of financing properties emphasized. Topics include: • The Nature and Cycle of California Real Estate Finance and Money and the Monetary System • Fiduciary, Semifiduciary and Nonfiduciary Sources for Real Estate Finance • Conventional, Insured, and Guaranteed Loans • Financial Agencies, Lending Programs, Junior Loans in Real Estate Finance • Loan Terms and Note Payments and Instruments of Real Estate Finance • Real Estate Loan Underwriting, Processing Real Estate Loans, Loan Defaults and Foreclosures • The Secondary Mortgage and Trust Deed Markets • Investment Financing Strategies and Mathematics of Real Estate Finance Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits 6105a: Real Estate This Is an introductory course covering the purposes of appraisals; the appraisal process; Appraisal and the different approaches, methods, and techniques used to determine the value of various types of property. Course focus will be on residential and single -unit property. The course applies toward the state's educational requirements for the broker's examination. Topics include: • The Appraisal Profession and Real Estate and Its Appraisal • The Real Estate Marketplace and the Appraisal Process • Building Construction and the Environment, Data Collection and Site Valuation • The Cost Approach:Reproduction/Replacement Cost and Depreciation • The Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach • Direct and Yield Capitalization, Reconciliation and the Appraisal Report • Appraising Partial Interests and Appraisal Math and Statistics Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Revision Date on April 4, 131 B106: Real Estate This course deals with those trends and factors which affect the value of real estate; the Economics nature and classification of land economics; the development of property, construction, and subdivisions; economic values fluctuations; residential market trends; real property; and special purpose property trends. The course applies toward the state's educational requirements for the broker's examination. Topics include: • California's Economic Growth, Economic Principles and Cycles • Economic Theories, Measurements, Money and Financing • Cities' Origin and Growth, Problems of the Cities, and the Suburbs and Beyond • Government Regulations & Taxes • Housing and Nontraditional Housing, Farms and Land, and Nonresidential Real Property • Planning & Land Use Control • The Economics of Development and Economic Decision Making Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits B107: Property This course covers the professional management of investment properties such as multi - Management family, commercial, and industrial properties. Course accent is on the current marketing accounting, and maintenance procedures used by professional management firms. It is intended for the property owner or the real estate practitioner who wishes to specialize in property management. This course applies toward the state's elective educational requirements for the broker's examination. Topics Include: • The Economics of Property Management • Financial and Property Analysis • Marketing, Leases, Forms, Day -To -Day Operations, Systems and Reports • Tenant Relations and Apartment Management: Operations and Procedures • Managing Commercial Property • Hotel Business Operations and Current Issues in Hotel/Motel Management • Legal Issues in Property Management Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Last Revislan Date on April 4, 2023 132 B108: Escrow This course is limited to providing the student with the primary information about escrow. Methods and techniques of escrow procedure for various types of real estate transactions including the legal/ethical responsibilities engaged in escrow work. Upon its completion, the student will not be qualified as an escrow officer but will have been exposed to the terminology, documentation, related service fields, and fiduciary and ethical responsibilities involved in escrow. The student will learn how to open, execute, and close a simple escrow. The principles used in handling escrows involving land titles, including the various forms and procedures used by escrow departments of banks, title companies, and escrow firms. The students have completed the samples. This course applies toward the state's elective educational requirements for the broker's examination. Topics include: • What is Escrow? Escrow Uses and Title Issues • Parties, Documents, Contracts and Real Estate Basics • Real Estate Finance, Escrow, Title and Other Professionals • Local Variations, Contingencies, and Title Insurance • Escrow Instructions, Computerized Escrow, Other Types of Escrows and Escrow Review • Record Keeping, Preparation, Processing and Closing • Disclosure and Consumer Protection Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits B109: Computer This course is designed to train the student how to operate basic computer applications for Applications in Real resources in real estate filed, for example Real Estate Listings or Current MILS Listings. Estate Student learns how to request a property valuation of your current home to getting pre - qualified for a home loan you should dedicate the time to becoming an educated consumer or consult a licensed mortgage professional for details pertaining to any and all available home loan programs. Dealing home may be the biggest transaction of everyone's life so you need to understand the process, the people involved and what to expect straight from the beginning. But while you research everything else it's always fun to take a look at the new homes available in your area. Topics include: • Computer Hardware, Software Applications, Suites, and Windows • Internet Communications Applications, Web Searches, Bookmarks, Favorites, and Associations •. Time Management, the Real Estate Assistant, Real Estate Contacts and Office Peripherals • Marketing, Advertising, and Presentations • Credit, Title, Escrow Company Operations, Real Estate Loans and Lenders • Property Management (and Commercial, Industrial Real Estate) • Appraisal and the Office of Real Estate Appraisals (DREA) • Taxation, Regulation, and Disclosures • Real Estate Investments and Construction • Trust Fund Accounting Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Date on April 4, 2023 B201: Accounting This course introduces basicaccounting theories and practices used in recording, analyzing and summarizing financial information. Topics include the set up and posting of accounts, double entry accounting techniques, applying debits and credits to journals, posting from journals to ledgers and preparing a trial balance. In addition, student will learn to make adjusting entries, correct typical errors, close the accounts of a business and prepare preliminary financial statements. Topics include: • Accounting Information and Decision Making • The Accounting Information System • The Financial Reporting Process • Cash and Internal Controls • Receivables and Sales • Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold • Long -Term Assets • Current Liabilities • Long -Term Liabilities • Stockholders' Equity • Statement of Cash Flows • Financial Statement Analysis Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits B202: Business Law This course provides the general laws not only the legal aspects of real estate and finance but also the broad spectrum of basic legal terminology, principles, and procedures. The role of the business professional and the relationship between commerce and the legal system will be emphasized. The student will be provided with applications using the Internet, database, word processing, and network research systems. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Create business contracts • Identify problematic areas during the making of a contract • Describe contractual terms and non -contractual obligations of the seller/producer • Recognize elements involved in discharging a contract. • Explain the duty of care in negligence and other aspects of negligence and product liability. • Examine liability in respect of employees Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Date on Apr114, 134 BUS101: Introduction to This course is an introduction to business administration and management, marketing, Business finance, human resources, and economics in the American marketplace. Aspects of business, including the relationship of business to the social, economic, and political worlds will be covered. The history of the American economy, and a comparison of the free enterprise system to other economic systems, will be discussed. Considers scope, function and organization of business, including principles and practices, with an integrated global perspective. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Identify various challenges in the business environment (socially, legally, economically) • Compare the legal forms of business ownership and organizational structures in business and explain the impact of ethical practices in business • Identify the various functions of management and human resources in business • Discuss the state of American business and its relationship with international trade • Evaluate the importance of computer knowledge in business success • Discuss the characteristics of the franchising industry and describe the principles of short range and long range financial planning • Compare the importance of purchasing and production and the impact it has on the success of an organization Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits BUS201: Business This course is designed for all business students and provides students with basic skills and Mathematics understanding of mathematics including practices and the use of common formulas. Also, this course will assist students in reaching a level of increased competence in mathematics and expanded understanding of the applications of mathematical concepts in business activities. Emphasis is placed upon learning mathematical concepts through practical application to common business problems. A review of basic math functions is provided with emphasis on practical mathematical problems. The course will familiarize students with basic math theory emphasizing those components making up a business accounting formula. Basic equations and techniques will be covered while Proficiency is developed in performing business mathematical operations usingcomputer. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Practice mathematical problems associated with small and large businesses • Formulate and calculate payroll • Compare buying and selling discounts for a bigger profit • Demonstrate ability to work with whole numbers, decimals, fractions, and percentages • Apply mathematic functions with various bank services • Practice simple interest and compound interest formulas in business calculations Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Date an 135 BUS202: Management This course presents the principles of communication within an organization, both verbal Communications and written. Topics include the skills and procedures for conducting research and the writing of a well -organized and well -developed report as well as how to effectively communicate across all levels of an organization, Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Discuss the importance of various management communication strategies in the business environment and its effects • Evaluate and provide feedback using verbal and written skills • Produce argumentative, descriptive, and narrative texts relevant to business • Recognize the effects of non-verbal communication • Develop skills to communicate strategically in an organization • Adapt visual aids in presentations for effective communication • Write and edit texts understanding basic use of citations in written texts Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits CIT103: Word Processing I This course provides a thorough introduction to Word and builds basic skills needed to create, modify and print letters and document, reports, production of boilerplates and integration of mailing lists and form letters. This course provides an in-depth look at Microsoft Word for Windows. Topics include: • Creating and Saving documents • Moving and Copying text • Changing the appearance of text (formatting) • Headers and Footers • Printing Documents • Creating and Using Templates • Sorting paragraphs and Tabular information Prerequisite: None 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits CIT105: Electronic Learn the fundamental skills required to create and use Excel spreadsheets. This course Spreadsheets I teaches you how to start Excel, create and print worksheets, get on-line help, and create simple charts. Topics include: • Basic concepts and terminology • Excel menus and dialog boxes • Creating and modifying worksheets • Copying, deleting, and moving cells • Defining and replicating formulas • Formatting worksheets • Printing worksheets Prerequisite: None 60 Hours Lecture 20 Hours Lab 7.0 Quarter Credits Revision Date on April ENG 101: English The English Composition course emphasizes and develops skills in critical reading and Composition and Reading academic writing. Reading and writing assignments include exposition, argumentation, I and academic research on topics that are both diverse and relevant to students today. Readings, discussions, and writing assignments will encourage critical thinking and an in-depth analysis of texts. Through the completion of this course, students will write a minimum of 10,000 words. Classroom instruction integrates one-on-one writing conference between teacher and student for individualized attention, needs assessment, and monitored progress. Overall, this course aims to impart college -level critical reading, academic writing, and research skills to its students. Topics include: • Critical reading and thinking skills, including analysis of non-fiction texts, generation and synthesis of ideas, and basic elements of argumentation (claims, evidence, reasoning); • Advanced essay writing, to include instruction/practice in effective strategies for introductions, conclusions, transitions, and topic sentences • Logically sound thesis statements and the development of supporting ideas that consistently pursue the line of reasoning suggested by the thesis • Effective use of textual evidence to support ideas, including methods of integrating textual evidence, e.g. quoting and paraphrasing effectively and correctly; sophisticated use of transitional and organizational patterns; and effective strategies for enhancing stylistic fluency; s Research writing, to include instruction/practice in topic generation; location and evaluation of sources, including electronic resources • Fair and appropriate use of sources avoiding plagiarism); synthesis and integration of sources; MLA documentation including parenthetical citations and works cited. • Writing Conferences: 18 hours of individualized writing assignments/practice in the class with one-on-one conferences with the instructor. Prerequisite: None 40 Hours Lecture 4.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on Aprll 4, 2023 ENG 201: English Building on rhetorical skills developed in ENG 101, students will analyze, interpret, and Composition and Reading synthesize diverse texts in order to construct well -supported academic arguments and II literary analyses. Emphasizing critical thinking, this course uses literature to develop reading and writing skills beyond the level achieved in ENG 101. This course presents the principles of expository writing and rhetorical style through coordinated reading and writing assignments. As such, students will practice how to synthesize multiple texts from a variety of sources to present and support a written argument and/or report. Various expository writing techniques, such as argumentation, description, and narration are further discussed. Classroom instruction integrates one-on-one writing conference between teacher and student for individualized attention, needs assessment, and monitored progress. Topics include the skills and procedures for conducting research and the writing of a well -organized and well -developed report. Classroom instruction integrates one-on-one writing conference between teacher and student for individualized attention, needs assessment, and monitored progress. Topics include: Evaluation of the validity of premises and conclusions; terms, structure, and components of formal argument and reasoning (such as inductive/deductive) Formal and informal fallacies of thought, identification of premises and the conclusions drawn from these premises, identification of various types of evidence, and the evaluation of the validity of the use of evidence in a piece of writing or other persuasive rhetoric. Basic concepts for and terminology of literary analysis and distinctive features and differences between individual literary genres, which must include 1. Poetry 2. Prose fiction 3. Drama Non-fiction prose (sophisticated texts, commonly associated with great works of literature and/or great ideas and often included in many literary anthologies) can also be included. • How to employ patterns of thought that develop and substantiate an argument about or an interpretation of literary works (e.g., use comparison/ contrast to persuade, not simply to observe, inductive/deductive patterns of reasoning in forming judgments) • How to clearly define crucial terms in order to clarify the issues at stake in an interpretation of or an argument about literary works; how to select, to effectively integrate, and to cite textual evidence from literary and outside sources to support premises • How to discuss such evidence by providing a warrant for a premise—e.g., the quotation alone does not constitute evidence; the reasoning that follows is what makes it evidence; how to incorporate and to respond to arguments in literary analysis and interpretation in presenting one's own interpretations • How to test alternative hypotheses or explanations and to consider alternative sources of evidence or points of view in presenting interpretations of or arguments about literary works • Writing Conferences: 18 hours of individualized writing assignments/practice in the class with one-on-one conferences with the instructor. Prerequisite: GE ENG 101 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 138 MAT 101: College Algebra The course will familiarize students with basic math theory and basic equations with a particular emphasis on the components that make up business accounting formulas. This in-depth overview of algebra and its uses includes integers, equations, polynomials, the decimal system of numeration, four basic mathematical operations as they apply to whole numbers, fractions, mixed numbers, and decimals without the use of any calculating device, factoring, geometric figures, and measurements. In addition to the basic operations, logarithms, exponential equations, systems of linear and nonlinear equations, Cramer's Rule, the Binomial Theorem, the complex number system, and sequences and series are included. Emphasis is placed on applications to real world problems. Topics include: • Arithmetic and Pre -algebra Refresher • Properties of Exponents and Scientific Notation • Formulas, Applications and Problem Solving • Linear Equations and Inequalities • Arithmetic Operations with Polynomial and Rational Expressions and Factoring Polynomials • Radical Numbers, Radical Equations and Quadratic Equations Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits PHS 101: Introduction to This program is designed for the student who is interested in a more conceptual and Physical Science less mathematical approach to physics. It is a survey course introducing the topics of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity & magnetism, light and modern physics. The emphasis will be on developing conceptual understanding of the laws of nature through lectures, demonstrations, and class discussions. Covered are the fundamental concepts of earth, space and environmental science (geology, oceanography, meteorology, and astronomy) and principles of physics and chemistry especially as they relate to these fields. Emphasis is placed on the application of science in the understanding and solution of environmental problems. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • Apply the scientific method of Inquiry, including analysis based on scientific concepts and observation. • Use and convert physical quantities and measurements in the SI (Systeme Internationale) and USCS (U. S. Customary System) unit systems. • Describe the history and origins of scientific concepts and principles. • Solve elementary problems involving motion, force, friction, gravitation, energy, heat, work, power, simple machines, vibrations, waves, sound, electricity, electromagnetism, mechanical and electromagnetic forces and torques, fluid statics, dynamics, buoyancy, mechanical, electrical, thermal, fluid resistances, fluid potential and kinetic energy, power, and fluidal work • Illustrate basic scientific concepts in areas such as chemistry and select topics in earth science and astronomy. • Compute results using scalar variables and resolve vectors into components and combine vectors into resultants. • Describe the basic concepts of electromagnetic and radioactive radiation. Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Last Revlslon Date on 139 SOC 101:Introduction to An introduction to the basic concepts relating to the study of society. The course Sociology includes investigation into the foundations of sociology including its overall perspective, theoretical orientations, and research methodology; the foundations of social life including the components of culture, social interaction and the process of socialization, groups, organizations, and deviance; economic social inequality based upon class, race, sex, and age; social institutions; and dimensions of social change. The purpose of this course is to provide students with a broad understanding of sociology's basic concepts, theories, and methods of inquiry. The routine course of instruction employs varied pedagogical strategies to accomplish the foregoing, e.g., written assignments, oral presentations, group activities, lecture, discussion, and outside research. Upon successful completion of the course, students should be able to: • clentifythe basicelements ofsoclety and some of the mostsignificant themes in sociology • Demonstrate a sociological understanding of the economy, politics, religion, education, population growth, urbanization, social movements, and social change • Identify and describe the various methods of social research used by sociologists • Identify the causes, character, and consequences of social inequality with special reference to aging, class, gender, race and ethnicity • Act as an articulate observer of social life and demonstrate a better understanding of social issues in their community and beyond Prerequisite: None 50 Hours Lecture 5.0 Quarter Credits Date on April 4, Real Estate and Finance Salesperson Program Description and The Real Estate and Finance Salesperson program is designed to prepare students for Obj tives various positions in the lucrative field of Real Estate. The five courses that Graduates will be able to apply for positions as Real Estate Sales Agents, Loan Officers, Loan Originators, Real Estate Clerks, or Real Estate Appraisers under Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) 10 Code 6531. Certificates of Students who complete their curriculum objectives within the maximum timeframe are Completion eligible to graduate. A Certificate of Completion will only be issued for a completed program. P O tline ro ram u Real Estate and Finance /Salesperson $3,200 Course No. Title Lecture Hours Exam Prep" Weeks Total Hours*- B101-C Real Estate Principles 50 22 3 72 B102-C Real Estate Practice 50 22 3 72 6103a-C Legal Aspects of Real Estate 40 32 3 72 6104a-C Real Estate Finance 40 32 3 72 8105a-C Real Estate Appraisal 40 32 3 72 Total Program 15 3fi0 **Students taking the same course for the Business Administration: Peal Estate Concentration AA Program may take the exam prep to full II a portion of the required assignment hours. CLOCK HOURS: * 1 clock hour includes a minimum instructional time of 50 minutes of lecture and appropriate break(s). Review the following schedule. For Veterans There Is a registration fee of $10.00 and a processing fee of $140.00. "Specified hours include break and lunchtime. Reimbursement to Veterans and Eligible Persons For information or resolution of specific payment problems, the veteran should call the DVA nationwide toll -free number at 1-800-827-1000. Real Estate and Finance / Students in the Real Estate and Finance/Salesperson program study in the mornings Salesperson Class Monday through Friday or evenings Monday through Friday of the periods below. Schedule Students are required to attend all assigned class meetings and hours. Morning ' (Monday through Thursday) 9:00 - 10:45 - 11:15 - 10:45 11:15 1:00 Class Break Class Evening 6:00 - 7:45 Class (Monday through Thursday) 7:45 - 8:15 Break 8:15 10:00 Class Friday 9:00 10:45 Class 10:45 - 11:00 Break 11:00 - 12:45 Class 12:45 - 1:15 Lunch 1:15 - 3:00 Class 3:00 - 3:15 Break 3:15. 5:00 Class Date on April 4, 2023 141 Course Descri tions 8101-C: Real Estate The fundamental real estate course covering the basic laws and principles of California real Principles estate, gives understanding, background, and terminology necessary for specialized courses. The course is required of those preparing for the real estate sales agent license examination, and it applies toward the state's elective educational requirements for the broker's examination. Topics covered: • History of California Real Estate • Types of Property and Real Estate Contracts • Agency and Disclosure Requirements • Real Estate Financing and Lending Practices and Appraisal Procedures • Deeds, Escrows, Transfer of Ownership, Liens and Encumbrances • Real Estate Mathematics and Taxation • Landlord and Tenant Issues, Real Estate Brokerage and Ethical Issues • Specialized Fields of Real Estate, Subdivisions and Other Public Controls Prerequisite: None B102-C: Real Estate This course reviews the day-to-day operations in real estate roles and brokerages including: Practice listing, prospecting, advertising, financing, sales techniques, escrow, and ethics. The course also applies toward the state's educational requirements for the salesperson's examination, and it also applies toward state's educational requirements for the broker's examination. Topics covered: • Ethics and Fair Housing • Prospecting, Mandatory Disclosure and Knowing Your Obligations • Listing Presentation Package, Servicing the Listing and Advertising • The Buyer and the Property Showing • Obtaining the Purchase Offer and from Offer to Closing • Real Estate Financing, Escrow, Title Insurance and Taxation • Property Management and Leasing Prerequisite: None Date on April 4, 2023 142 B103a-C: Legal Aspects of This course studies California real estate law, including rights incident to property Real Estate ownership and management, agency, and contracts. It also includes application to real estate transfer, conveyance, probate proceedings, trust deeds, and foreclosure, as well as recent legislation governing real estate transactions. The course applies toward the state's educational requirements for the broker's examination. Topics covered: • Sources of Law the Judicial System and the Law of Agency • Duties, Responsibilities and Regulations of Licensees • Law of Contracts and Real Estate Contracts • Property, Estates, Recording, Involuntary Liens and Homesteads • Ownership of Real Property, Acquisitions and Conveyances • Adjacent Property Rights, Landlord -Tenant Law and Land Use Controls • Escrows and Title Insurance and Real Property Security Devices Prerequisite: None B104a-C: Real Estate This course provides an analysis of real estate financing, lending policies and problems in: Finance financing transactions in residential, apartment, commercial, and special purpose properties. Methods of financing properties are emphasized. Topics covered: • The Nature and Cycle of California Real Estate Finance and Money and the Monetary System • Fiduciary, Semifiduciary and Nonfiduciary Sources for Real Estate Finance • Conventional, Insured, and Guaranteed Loans • Financial Agencies, Lending Programs, Junior Loans in Real Estate Finance • Loan Terms and Note Payments and Instruments of Real Estate Finance • Real Estate Loan Underwriting, Processing Real Estate Loans, Loan Defaults and Foreclosures • The Secondary Mortgage and Trust Deed Markets • Investment Financing Strategies and Mathematics of Real Estate Finance Prerequisite: None 6105a-C: Real Estate This is an introductory course covering the purposes of appraisals, the appraisal process, Appraisal and the different approaches, methods, and techniques used to determine the value of various types of property. Course focus will be on residential and single -unit property. Topics covered: The Appraisal Profession and Real Estate and Its Appraisal • The Real Estate Marketplace and the Appraisal Process • Building Construction and the Environment, Data Collections and Site Valuation • The Cost Approach: Reproduction/Replacement Cost and Depreciation • The Sales Comparison Approach and the Income Capitalization Approach • Direct and Yield Capitalization, Reconciliation and the Appraisal Report • Appraising Partial Interests and Appraisal Math and Statistics Prerequisite: None Last Revlslon Date on 143 Real Estate and Finance There is a registration and processing fee of $150 for third -party funding; $75 for private Course Fee funding. Course No. Title Tuition* Sub ect to thane Books Sub act to Chan e B101-C Real Estate Principles 580 $ 50 B102-C Real Estate Practice 580 $ 50 B103a-C Legal Aspects of Real Estate $ 580 $ 50 B104a-C Real Estate Finance 580 50 B105a-C Real Estate Appraisal $ 580 $ 50 This tuition fee is applicable only to third -party funding. Students with private funding is subject to only $100.00 per course. Examination To qualify to take an examination for a Real Estate Salesperson License, an applicant must Requirements: submit an official transcript or credit certificate showing proof of completion of a three Salesperson Applicants semester or four quarter unit college -level course or an equivalent DRE ap proved course in Real Estate Principles, Real Estate Practice and one additional course which should be chosen from the following list of courses: Accounting, Business Law, Common Interest Developments, Computer Applications in Real Estate, Escrows, Legal Aspects of Real Estate, Mortgage Loan Brokering & Lending, Property Management, Real Estate Appraisal, Real Estate Economics, Real Estate Finance and Real Estate Office Administration. License Processing Fee The three semester -unit or four quarter -unit courses must be completed through a regionally accredited college or university or an approved DRE private course sponsor. Course(s) completed through a foreign institution of higher learning must be evaluated by a foreign credentials evaluation service approved by DRE. Refer to Instructions To License Applicants handbook for further information and examination rules. The handbook is available on the DRE Web site or from any DRE office. The certification statement can be found on the Salesperson Examination Application (RE 400A). Proof of completion of the course must be submitted on or before the date applicants file their original applications, For additional information Please call the California Department of Real Estate at (877) 373-4542 for further information on salesperson examination requirements. The DRE website also contains useful information, www.dre.ca.00v Sales erson Fingerprint Fee $ 49 Exam Application Fee $ 60 License Fee $ 245 Total 354 First reschedule fee is $15 and suhsequent reschedule fee Is $30. Date on April 4, 144 Construction Department General Contractor Program Description and The General Contractor Program is designed to assist students in obtaining General Obj tives Contractor licensures from the California Contractors State License Board (CSLB). This program is a sequence of courses in a specialized field that builds both theoretical knowledge and practical skills information. This program is taught by highly regarded 1U practitioners working in their fields of specialization. Students of the General Contractor Program will work in various fields as specified in the appropriate Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) Codes from 1521 to 1799. Lead Occupations are Construction Worker I, and Contractor, General Building. Certificates of Students who complete their curriculum objectives within the maximum timeframe are Completion eligible to graduate. A Certificate of Completion will only be issued for a completed program. nv ,aav General Contractor $3,6O0 Course No. Title Lecture Hours Weeks **Total Hours* GC101 General Building Contractor Law 120 5 120 GC102 General Building Contractor Trade 120 5 120 C-5 Framing and Rough 120 5 120 Carpentry Contractor Total Program 15 360 CLOCK HOURS: * 1 clock hour includes a minimum instructional time of 50 minutes of lecture and appropriate break(s). Review the following schedule. For Veterans There Is a registration fee of $10.00 and a processing fee of $140.00, M **Specified hours include break and lunchtime. 29 Reimbursement to Veterans and Eligible Persons Ak" For information or resolution of specific payment problems, the veteran should call the DVA nationwide toll -free number at 1-800-827-1000. General Contractor Class Students in the General Contractor program study in the mornings Monday through Schedule Friday or evenings Monday through Friday of the periods below. Students are required to attend all assigned class meetings and hours. Morning 9:00 - 10:45 - 11,15 10:45 11:15 1:00 Class Break Class Evening 6:00 - 7:45 Class 7:45 - 8:15 Break 8:15 10:00 Class Friday 9:00 - 10:45 Class 10:45 11:00 Break 11:00 - 12:45 Class 12:45 - 1:15 Lunch 1:15 - 3:0O Class 3:00 - 3:15 Break 3:15 5:00 Class an April 4, 2023 145 Course Descriptions GC101: General Building The General Building Contractor Law course includes, but is not limited to, laws and Contractor Law regulations of the State of California, business practices in office practices and finance management, bid preparation and analysis, and contract analysis to provide students with in-depth knowledge in the diversity of construction laws and licensing procedures. Topics include: • Business Practices in office practices and finance management • Bid Preparation, bid analysis, and establishing bid price • Contract analysis, acceptance, and operations • Planning and project management • Compliance on vendors and subcontractors • Employee safety, job site safety, and record keeping • Labor, employment statutes, personnel policies • Laws and regulations of State of California Prerequisite: None GC102: General Building The General Building Contractor Trade course includes the scope of work and code Contractor Trade compliance, cost estimation for materials and labor, identification of design and construction errors, work scheduling warranty and many other topics to ensure that students obtain in-depth knowledge of the diverse topics that exist in the area of construction trade. Topics include: • General Building • Scope of work and code compliance • Cost estimation for materials and labor • Identification of design and construction errors • Work scheduling warranty + Personnel and work site safety • Carpentry, Cabinet & Millwork, Wood and metal framing, Shear • Rough hardware installation, Cabinetry (face frame and frameless), • Electrical, Rough and finish wiring • Concrete, Mixing, placing, and finishing concrete, Setting and • Plumbing, Rough and finish plumbing, Gas appliances and HVAC • Drywall installation, Taping and texturing • Roofing, Gutters and metal flashing, Waterproofing and sealants • Roofing materials and installation • Flooring/Floor Covering, Flooring materials and installation • Painting/Decorating, Painting and wall covering • Tile materials and installation, Reinforcing steel and hardware Prerequisite: None Last Revision Date on FFIrl C-5: Framing and Rough A Framing and Rough Carpentry Contractor course covers topics such as formwork, framing, Carpentry Contractor or rough carpentry necessary to construct framed structures; installation or repairing of individual components of framing systems, and rough carpentry or associated work. This also includes but is not limited to the construction or installation of sub -flooring, siding, exterior staircases and railings, overhead doors, roof decking, truss members, and sheathing. Topics include: • Wood • Site Layout • Framing • Finish Carpentry • Tools • Plans and Specifications • Mathematics Review • Cal/OSHA Prerequisite: None Contractor License There is a registration and processing fee of $150, Course Fee Course Title Tuition Books No subecttochange) subject to clean e GC101 General Building Contractor Law $720 $20-$100 GC102 General Building Contractor Trade $720 $20-$100 C-5 Framing and Rough Carpentry Contractor $720 20- 100 CONTRACTORS STATE Contractor State License Board requests these Applicant Requirements, NOT by Learnet. LICENSE BOARD'S An individual must: Applicant Requirements • Be at least 18 years old; and • Have either a valid Social Security number or individual taxpayer identification number; and • Have the knowledge, experience, and skills to manage the daily activities of a construction business (including field supervision) or be represented by someone else with that background who serves as the "qualifier.": The qualifier must have at least four years of experience within the past ten years as a journeyperson, 21 foreperson, supervising employee, or contractor in the trade being applied for. The experience listed on the application must be verifiable, and people with firsthand knowledge of that experience must certify the accuracy of the information provided to CSLB on the "Certification of Work Experience" form. License Processing Fee CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD'S Fee License Processing Fee B General Contractor C S eciali10 Contractor Application Fee $ 330 $ 330 Initial Licensing Fee $ 200 $ 200 Tot —a IT $ 530 $ 530 Each additional classification fees are $ 75 per classification. Payment must be payable to the Registrar of Contractors. Cash is not accepted. Application fees are not refundable once the application has been filed. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 The below two language programs are not within Lemnot's scope of accredited programs with the Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSCJ: Language Department English as a Foreign Language: EFL Program Description and Objectives 10 Diploma of Completion Program Outline 147 The EFL program provides intensive English instruction and orientation for international students planning to attend American colleges and universities and individuals pursuing professional training in the U.S. Students who complete this program's Intermediate or Advanced levels acquire sufficient English and job -related information to begin work or pursue further education or training successfully. The program is designed to provide students with dramatically improved language skills by providing a small student -to -teacher ratio and a standardized, intensive, comprehensive, structure -based curriculum. All courses are conducted entirely in English. Students who complete their curriculum objectives within the maximum timeframe are eligible to graduate. A Diploma of Completion will only be issued for a completed program. EFL for Beginning Students Modules Days Weeks Total Hours* EFL 1A Beginning 20 4 80 EFL 1B Beginning 20 4 80 EFL 2A High Beginning 20 4 80 EFL 2B High Beginning 20 4 80 EFL for Intermediate Students Modules Days Weeks Total Hours* EFL 3A Intermediate 20 4 80 EFL 3B Intermediate 20 4 80 EFL 4A High Intermediate 20 4 80 EFL 4B High Intermediate 20 4 80 EFL for Advanced Students Modules Days Weeks Total Hours* EFL 5A Advanced 20 4 80 EFL 5B Advanced 20 4 80 EFL 6A High Advanced 20 4 80 EFL 6B High Advanced 20 4 80 Total 48 960 CLOCK HOURS: * 1 clock hour includes a minimum instructional time of 50 minutes of lecture and appropriate break(s). Review the following schedule. ** Each quarter contains three EFL modules which is a total of 240 hours. Contained within those 240 hours are approximately 199 teacher contact hours, 4 hours of educational field trips, 12 hours of testing, 1 hour of orientation, and 24 hours of utilization of the language laboratory/media center. Social events, which promote and affirm student culture, may be held during or outside of normal course hours. This is subject to change based on instructor's daily plan. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 HE EFL Class Schedule Students in the EFL program study in the morning, afternoon, and evening period. Classes are held for 4 hours Monday through Friday for a total of 20 hours a week. Students are required to attend all assigned class meetings and hours. Morning 9:00 - 10:20 Class 10:20 - 10:32 Break 10:32 - 11:48 Class 11:48 - 12:00 Break 12:00 1:00 Class Afternoon 1:00 - 2:20 Class 2:20 - 232 Break 2:32 - 3:48 Class 3:48 - 4:00 Break 4:00 - 5:00 Class Evening 6:00 - 7;20 Class 7:20 - 7:32 Break 7:32 - 8:48 Class 8:48 - 9:00 Break 9:00 10:00 Class Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 149 Course Descriptions EFL 1A Beginning Introducing elementary English to the students who take the first step to learn English. This step demonstrates very short conversation like introducing oneself to others, basic grammar such as how to use be, simple questions and answers, Wh- questions, yes/no questions, subject pronouns, basic preposition, etc. The purpose of this course is to let students know that English is a very practical language so they can use it very usefully if they practice hard. Prerequisite: None EFL 113 Beginning This course continues study based on former level, but it becomes more complex. This step treats simple present tense, present continuous, adverbs and questions of frequency, simple past tense, and countable and uncountable nouns. Students may feel the course quickly becomes difficult because they learn grammar and expressions quite different from 1A, and they are just beginners, so the instructor needs to lead the students not to fear about learning English. Prerequisite: EFL 1A EFL 2A High Beginning instructor teaches to the students more complicated grammar and longer expressions. To make long sentences, the students will learn how to use conjunctions, adjectives like comparative and superlative, and longer vocabulary. At this level, students learn more words and idioms through practicing conversation, and learn about basic writing structure, how to compose real essay in English. Prerequisite: EFL 1B EFL 2B High Beginning In this level, students will learn about irregular verbs, present perfect, and present continuous future. This kind of grammar is quite difficult so student should practice a lot by making sentences in speech and in writing. Prerequisite: EFL 2A EFL 3A Intermediate As the beginning of the intermediate course, this level is related with the basic course, but students will learn more complex words, expressions and grammar. With the basis of basic knowledge, they will be able to speak in English using the comparison of simple past vs. present perfect and future tense. Prerequisite: EFL 26 EFL 36 Intermediate This course continues the development of student knowledge of fundamental structures of English and appropriate use of these structures in both spoken and written communication. Topics such as travel, childhood, customs, personality, and predicaments are presented in unique ways using interesting real -life information. Speaking ability is developed through oral exercises, individual reports, class discussions, and debates. Reading and writing are developed through both in -class and independent reading projects using the Library, as well as compositions and various written assignments. Students will learn typical questions and responses; two-part verbs; time contrasts; simple past, present perfect, present perfect continuous, and future tenses; modes; active and passive voices; habitual actions; comparisons with adjectives; sequence adverbs; infinitives, gerunds, and imperatives; conditional sentences with if clauses; and reported speech. Prerequisite: EFL 3A Date on April 4, 2023 EFL4A High This course provides continuous study from the intermediate level, with more complicated Intermediate expressions. Students will learn about passive, past continuous, and some adverbs variously used in sentences. The focus on this level is to fortify learning structures in practical English. This level is middle of all complete courses, so it is important to study remembering the basic structure. To do so, students can progress their English ability. Prerequisite: EFL 3B EFL4BHigh This course builds on the foundations established in EFL 3AB for accurate and fluent Intermediate communication, extending grammatical, lexical, and functional skills. Students will explore various topics, such as relationships, the media, self-improvement, business and advertising, and controversial issues. Speaking ability is developed through oral exercises, individual reports, class discussions and debates. Reading and writing are developed through both in - class and independent reading projects using the Library, as well as compositions and various written assignments. Students will learn relative pronouns; clauses with it and adverbial clauses with when; gerund phrases; comparisons with adjectives, verbs, nouns, and past participles; requests with modals; past continuous tense; noun phrases; expectations; prepositions of cause; infinitive clauses and phrases; would rather and would prefer, have/get something done; time clauses; the passive to describe process; giving opinions with passive; and complex noun phrases. Prerequisite: EFL 4A EFL5AAdvanced Upon completion of this course, students will be better prepared in the four areas of competence: listening, speaking, reading and writing. Students will also become more familiar with idiomatic English. The bulk of the outside reading as well as the subjects of class discussion is student-determined/instructor-approved. Prerequisite: EFL 4B EFL 5B Advanced A comprehensive and challenging class, EFL 5B aims to consolidate and expand the skills of listening comprehension, speaking, reading, and writing in English. The course alms to promote cross-cultural understanding through the use of texts and multimedia from the Library. In addition to a review and refinement of grammar and vocabulary in a culturally rich context, students also experiment with their written and spoken expression through different formats. Prerequisite: EFL 5A EFL 6A High Advanced In addition to giving students an opportunity to discuss (at an advanced level) important social and cultural issues, this class also focuses on improving students' ability to draw inferences from advanced English reading and listening passages. Students are asked to write short essays, stories and even poems in English and present them to the class. Prerequisite: EFL 56 Last Revision Date EFL 6B High Advanced EFL 6B is a high advanced language and culture class that aims to refine the skills acquired in EFL 5AB. Emphasis is placed on the development of oral and written expression to promote linguistic and cultural competencies through an extensive grammar review and exploration of spoken and written texts. Cultural competency is reinforced by exposure to American culture through various exercises, written assignments, and media resources. Throughout the course, students will share ideas in collaborative, small -group, and whole class discussions. Prerequisite: EFL 6A Graduation To graduate from the EFL program, a student must successfully complete EFL 613 by achieving Requirements an average grade of 70% (GPA of 2.0) or more. The student must also meet the attendance policy and maintain an overall attendance rate of 78%. EFL Program Fee Each module lasts 4 weeks. There is a registration and processing fee of $150 per year. Level Tuition subject to change) Books sub ect to Chan e EFL 1A Beginning $ 568 $ 50 EFL 113 Beginning $ 568 $ 50 EFL 2A High Beginning $ 568 $ 50 EFL 2B High Beginning $ 568 $ 50 EFL 3A Intermediate $ 568 $ 50 EFL 313 Intermediate $ 568 $ 50 EFL 4A High Intermediate $ 568 $ 50 EFL 413 High Intermediate $ 568 $ 50 EFL 5A Advanced $ 568 $ 50 EFL 5B Advanced $ 568 $ 50 EFL 6A High Advanced $ 568 $ 50 EFL 6B High Advanced $ 568 $ 50 Total $6,800 $ 600 Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 152 _Z TOEFLiBT Program Description The TOEFL iBT program provides intensive English instruction and orientation for andf bjectives international students planning to attend American colleges and universities and individuals pursuing professional training in the U.S. This program aims to help students feel confident and well -prepared when taking the Internet -based TOEFL (iBT). The program starts with an 10 introduction to the iBT format. Students will then learn the types of questions on the reading, listening, speaking, and writing sections of the test and test -taking strategies for each section. In this program, the student will polish the language and computer skills needed for the exam, improving their overall test -taking abilities. There is a daily homework assignment in all language skill areas, including vocabulary. Finally, the student will be given opportunities to take practice tests for each section. This program will interest the student who would like to take the TOEFL iBT in particular. Diploma of Completion Students who complete their curriculum objectives within the maximum timeframe are eligible to graduate. A Diploma of Completion will only be issued for a completed program. Program Outline TOEFLiBT Modules Days Weeks Total Hours* TOEFLiBT 1 Beginning 20 4 80 TOEFL iBT 2 Beginning 20 4 80 TOEFL iBT 3 Intermediate 20 4 80 TOEFL iBT4 Intermediate 20 4 80 TOEFLiBT 5 Advanced 20 4 80 TOEFLiBT 6 Advanced 20 4 80 Total 24 480 CLOCK HOURS: 1 clock hour Includes a minimum instructional time of 50 minutes of lecture and appropriate break(s). Review the following schedule, ** Each quarter contains three TOEFL iBT modules which is a total of 240 hours. Contained within those 240 hours are approximately 199 teacher contact hours, 4 hours of educational field trips, 12 hours of testing, 1 hour of orientation, and 24 hours of utilization of the language laboratory/media center. Social events, which promote and affirm student culture, may be held during or outside of normal course hours. This is subject to change based on instructor's daily plan. TOEFL iBT Class Students in the TOEFL iBT program study in the morning, afternoon, and evening period. Schedule Classes are held for 4 hours Monday through Friday for a total of 20 hours a week. Students are required to attend all assigned class meetings and hours. Morning 9:00 - 10:20 Class 10:20 - 10:32 Break 10:32 - 11:48 Class 11:48 - 12:00 Break 12:00 - 1:00 Class Afternoon 1i00 - 220 Class 2:20 - 2:32 Break 2:32 - 3:48 Class 3:48 - 4:00 Break 4:00 5:00 Class Evening 6:00 7:20 Class 7:20 - 7:32 Break 7:32 8:48 Class 8:48 - 9:00 Break 9:00 10:00 Class on April 4, 2023 153 Course Descriptions TOEFL IBT 1 Upon completion of this course, students will be better prepared in the four areas of competence; listening, speaking, reading and writing. Grammatically correct sentence structure and proper execution of spoken English are the thrust of this level. Relationship words, cause and effect, opposition, condition, and conditional sentences are practiced. Three -paragraph persuasive compositions stressing a thesis statement, supporting statements and a conclusion will be practiced. A greater emphasis is placed on cultural understanding and comparison. Prerequisite: None TOEFL IBT 2 Students will learn test -taking strategies and academic skills for each type of question in the reading, listening, speaking and writing sections of the test through audio scripts for practice activities. This course covers the two categories of Taking Notes and Paraphrasing for a higher score on the TOEFL iBT. Prerequisite: TOEFL iBT 1 TOEFL iBT 3 Continuing from TOEFL iBT 2, students will learn test -taking strategies and academic skills for each type of question in the reading, listening, speaking and writing sections of the test through audio scripts for practice activities. This course covers the two categories of Summarizing and Synthesizing for a higher score on the TOEFL iBT. Prerequisite: TOEFL iBT 2 TOEFL iBT 4 The contents of this module will stress the four areas of TOEFL iBT competence: listening, grammar speaking, reading, and writing. There will be an on -going evaluation of students' scores and progress in each portion of the test during the course. A weekly full-length TOEFL iBT is given and graded for each student. Prerequisite: TOEFL iBT 3 TOEFL IBT 5 This course offers additional, highly focused practice of TOEFL iBT problems, organized by section and problem type. By rotating between sections each week, students will keep their skills sharp and well-rounded. Upon completion of this course, students will be better prepared to take and pass the TOEFL iBT exam. There will be an ongoing evaluation of students' scores and progress in each portion of the test during the course. Prerequisite: TOEFL iBT 4 TOEFL IBT 6 Continuing TOEFL iBT 5, this course offers additional, highly focused practice of TOEFL iBT problems, organized by section and problem type. By rotating between sections each week, students will keep their skills sharp and well-rounded. Upon completion of this course, students will be better prepared to take the TOEFL iBT exam. There will be an ongoing evaluation of students' scores and progress in each portion of the test during the course. Prerequisite: TOEFL iBT 5 Graduation To graduate from the TOEFL iBT program, a student must successfully complete Level 6 by Requirements achieving an average grade of 70% (GPA of 2,0) or more. The student must also meet the attendance policy and maintain an overall attendance rate of 78%. Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 �A TOEFL iBT Program Fee Each module lasts four weeks. There is a registration and processing fee of $150 per year. Level Tuition suwect to change) Books (subject to change) TOEFL MT 1 $ 568 TOEFLi6T 2 $ 568 TOEFL iBT 3 $ 568 $ 568 $40 TOEFL iBT 4 TOEFL iBT 5 $ 568 TOEFLiBT 6 $ 568 Total $ 3.400 $ 40 Last Revision Date on Staff and Faculty Staff Members Tia J. Shin Samuel Bernardo Jessica Jeanette Robert Oscar Zapata Giovanni Ong Hyo Sun Ban Maria Kristina Anonuevo Laurie Anderson Executive Director Dean Interim Education Coordinator DE Coordinator/ Student Service Registrar / Placement Admissions Director Executive Secretary / Senior Admissions Librarian Faculty Members Faculty members teaching non -degree programs have a minimum of three years of "°'experlence, education and training in current practices of the subject area they are teaching. 2 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEPT. Dr. Milad Demetry Business Instructor DBA, University of Phoenix MBA in Management, Keller Graduate School of Management Major/Research Interest: Business, Leadership, Management Samuel Bernardo, JD Business Instructor Licensed Attorney, State Bar of California: 4140426 Juris Doctor, Loyola Marymount University BA in College of Arts and Science Chemistry, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Major/Research Interest: Law, Business, Marketing, Management Dr. Brand! Payne Business Instructor DBA, University of Phoenix MBA in Human Resource Management, Keller Graduate School of Management Major/Research Interest: Business, Marketing, Management Marsie Alford Businesslnstructor/Real Estate Instructor MBA, Millsaps College Major/Research Interest: Business Administration BSBA, University of Southern Mississippi Major: Accounting Nick Dow Business / Real Estate Instructor Licensed Broker, Department of Real Estate of California MBA, University of Phoenix Major/Research Interest: Business Administration BS, University of Phoenix Major/Minor: Business Administration Agasi Aslanyan Computer Instructor MS, California State University, Los Angeles / Certificate, Microsoft ..... .etc. Major/Research Interest: M.S Information Systems BS, California State University, Los Angeles Major: Computer Information Systems Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 COMPUTER INFORMATION DEPT. Agasi Aslanyan Program Head, CBA / Cll / CITA Instructor MS, California State University, Los Angeles / Certificate, Microsoft ...... etc. Major/Research Interest: M.S Information Systems BS, California State University, Los Angeles Major: Computer Information Systems ChrisJ. Davidson CITA Instructor BA, University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo Major/Research Interest: Computer Animation and Graphic Gregory Frank CITA Instructor BA, University of California, Los Angeles / Certificate, Microsoft Major/Research Interest: English REAL ESTATE AND FINANCE DEPT. Marsie Alford Business Instructor/Real Estate instructor/Program Head Licensed Salesperson, Department of Real Estate of California MBA, Millsaps College Major/Research Interest: Business Administration BSBA, University of Southern Mississippi Major: Accounting Nick Dow Business/Real Estate Instructor Licensed Broker, Department of Real Estate of California MBA, University of Phoenix Major/Research Interest: Business Administration BS, University of Phoenix Major/Minor: Business Administration Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 157 CONSTRUCTION DEFT. Francisco Bermudez Omana Contractor License Lead Instructor California General Building Contractor License (4842188), since 2004 Certificate, University of California, Los Angeles Major: Construction Management GENERAL EDUCATION DEPT. Alexander Mamak Sociology Instructor Ph.D. in Anthropology, the University of Hawaii at Manoa Major/Research Interest: Social Anthropology MA, the University of Hawaii at Manoa Major: Anthropology BA, University of California, Berkeley Major: Anthropology Cindy Beckett Psychology Instructor MS, California State University Major: Psychology BA, California State University Major: Psychology Loc Le Moth Instructor MS, California State Polytechnic University, Pomona, CA Major: Pure Mathematics Jillian Nelson English Instructor MA, University of Bristol, Bristol UK Major: English Literature BA, University of California, Los Angeles Major: Communication Studies Selena Ghiotto Science Instructor MS, National University Major: Education/ Single Subject Teaching Credential: Biological Sciences BS, University of California, Santa Cruz Major: Molecular, Cellular, and Developmental Biology LANGUAGE DEPT, Sherry Schafer EFL and TOEFL i8T Instructor MA, University of California, Davis Major/Research Interest: Linguistics and TESOL Ann Meredith Garneau EFL Instructor TESOL Certificate, the University of Los Angeles Extension BA, Washington DC, University of Ottawa Major/Research Interest: General/Linguistics and TESOL Michael An'gileo EFL Instructor CATESOL Certificate BA, University of Southern California Major/Research Interest: General/Cinema Linguistics and TESOL Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 FIGS, Jessica Jeanette Robert EFL sub Instructor BA, University of California, Los Angeles Major: History and Linguistics LEARNING RESOURCE SYSTEM Laurie Louise Anderson Librarian MILS, San Jose State University Major/Research Interest: Library and Information Science BA, University of California, Berkeley Major: Anthropology Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Organization Chart EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OPERATIONS Tia J. Shin: Ck:0 EXECUTIVE SECRETARY Maria Kristina Anonuevo ADMISSIONS Hyo Sun Ban Maria Kristina Anonuevo REGISTRAR/PLACEMENT Giovanni Ong STUDENT SERVICE Oscar Zapata:: DE Coordinator LEARNING RESOURCE SYSTEM Laurie Anderson 159 DEAN Samuel Bernardo, JD: COO INTERIM EDUCATION COORDINATOR Jessica Robert DE COORDINATOR Oscar Zapata BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEPT. Dr. Mllad Demetry: CAO, Program Head Dr.Brandl Payne Marsie Alford IAIP COMMITTEE Tia 1, Shin COMPUTER INFORMATION DEPT. Giovanni Ong Aga51 Aslanyam Program Head Samuel Bernardo _ Cl Davidson i Hyo Sun Ban Gregory Frank Oscar Zapata REAL. ESTATE AND FINANCE DEPT. ----------- - *PROGRAM Marsie Alford: Program Head ADVISORY COMMITTEE -.. Nick Dow (PAC) Mark Yoon Chebter Bae Ashley Inner_ — Charles W. Mason CONSTRUCTION DEPT. Cris Ippolite Francisco Bermudez Omana: Mahan Hajianpour --- Program Head Jeff Lipeles Victor Negri Hevio Ben flakirnwo Burak Cnatenyo _...... Benjamin l'I uh GENERAL EDUCATION DEPT. David Soul Alexander Mamak Simon Ho Cindy Beckett _,eon Oh Loc Le Jack Khorsandl Alllan Nelson Selena Ghiotto * PACs are External Independent Reviewers and non -school employees LANGUAGE DEPT. --"-----"-- Sherry Schafer: Program Head Ann Meredith Garneau Michael An'gileo Jessica Robert: Sub Last Revision Date on April 4, Addendum Campus Map and Emergency Evacuation Plan _' Library Room 5 f Resource Center Room 4 Room 3 Room 2 Room 1 Director's Office it IN Faculty Lounge Room 6 Room 7 IF ✓ Student Lounge T}IT��TFI�tI�11�'II` llJl11J Room 8 r rR.g Educationt. Depistrar/ I1—0- _ Studani Sarvlce 1 C t1` A LJ h Staff Lounge A� Conference Roam 11 Room 11 Last ReVISlon Date on April 4, 2023 Admissions! Job Placement Room 0 Room 10 Legend You are here nExtinguisher A Alarm Equipment (Dec 2022) *Detailed information is in the 'Inventory of Equipment'report in the Library Binder, Computers Technical Details HP ENVY Curved AII- HP Pavilion 22-3110 TouchSmart All -In- HP Pavilion 21-HO10 TouchSmart All -In -One DELL Vostro NOT A3U5 Touchscreen In -One Deskto p One Desktop Desktop 3671Desktop Transformer Book Flip Quantity 1 28 26 5 10 Screen Size 341nches 21.5 Inches 21.5 Inches 23,81nches 15.61nches Screen Resolution 344D x 1440 Pixels 1920 x 1080 Pixels 1920 x 1080 Pixels 1920 x 1080 Pixels Processor 2.2 GHz Intel Core 15 1.4 GHz AMD E 1.5 GHz A4-5000 Intel(R) Core'" IS - 1.7 GHz Intel Core Series 9400 15 RAM 12 GB SCRAM 4 GB DDR3L SDRAM 4 GB DDR3-SDRAM 8.00 GB 6 GB DDR3 SCRAM Memory Speed 2133 MHz 1600 MHz 1600 MHz 2.90 GHz Hard Drive 1 TO HDD 5400 rpm 1 TO 1024 GO SATA PCle NVMe 1 TO HDD 5400 rpm Graphics NVIDIA GeForce AMD Radeon HO 8330 Intel UHD Graphics Intel Integrated Coprocessor Graphics 630 Graphics Computers Summary: • ASUS Notebook PC (CITY 10) • Lenovo Black Laptop (QTY 10) • Lenovo Blue Laptop (CITY 5) • Dell Black Laptop (CITY 5) • Dell Silver Laptop (QTY 4) • Monitor including TouchSmart (QTY 99) • CPU (QTY 32) • Mice (QTY 106) • Keyboard (QTY 102) • External Hard Drive (QTY 1) • USB (QTY 28) Audio -Visual Equipment: • Antenna (QTY 3) • CD Player / Boom Box (QTY 8) • Digital Camera (QTY 1) • Discman (QTY 1) • DVD(QTY2) • Fender Amplifier (QTY 1) • Headsets (QTY 29) • Microphone System (QTY 4) • Overhead Projector (QTY 2) • Projector Screen (QTY 11) • Projector Support (CITY 11) • Projector USB Receiver (QTY 9) • Projector USB Receiver Base (QTY 9) • Projector USB Transmitter (QTY 9) • Projector USB Wireless Adapter (QTY 5) • Projectors (CITY 12) • Remotes (QTY 22) • Servers/Server Equipment (QTY 4) • Speakers (QTY 16) • Television (QTY 2) • Webcam (QTY 7) Other Instructional Equipment: • Brother P-Touch Label maker (CITY 10) • Cisco Router (CITY 3) • Copier (4) • Electric Sharpener (QTY 2) • Fax Machine (QTY 1) • Filing Equipment (QTY 63) • Furniture / Chairs including table with foldable chairs and stools (QTY 625) • Laptop Storage Cart (QTY 1) • Laser quality printer (QTY 5) • Mobile white board (QTY3) • Network Switch (QTY 13) • Pod ium(QTY8) • Port Hub (QTY 2) • Pulsar Power (QTY 1) • Router (QTY 5) • Tools Kit (QTY 16) • White Board ( QTY 10) Other Equipment: • AC Unit (QTY 1) • Barcode Scanner (QTY 2) • Book Cart (QTY 1) • Bookshelf (QTY 15) • Bulletin Board (QTY 11) • Credit card reader (QTY 1) • Electronic signature ePad (QTY 1) • Fingerprint scanner (CITY 2) • ID card printer (QTY 1) • Magazine / Books rack (QTY 9) • Paper Shredder (QTY 1) • Phone (CITY 23) • Sanitizer dispenser (CITY 1) • Security monitor (QYT 2) • Security system camera (QTY 23) • Security system console (QTY ) Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Tuition and Other Fees Tuition and Other Fees Program Tuition ONLY: Subject to Change Computer Information Technology Administrator (CITA) * $ 8,000 Computer Office User Specialist (COUS) Computer Information Infrastructure (CII)* Computer Information Systems (CIS) Real Estate & Finance Salesperson General Contractor Computer Business Applications, Academic Associate Degree* Business Administration: Real Estate Concentration, Academic Associate Degree* Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor's Degree Master of Business Administration, Master's Degree* English as a Foreign Language (EFL) Test of English as a Foreign Language Internet Based Test (TOEFL iBT ) *Programs offered both on campus and online Estimated costs for equipment to participate in online courses Non -Refundable Application, Registration & Processing Fee Registration Fee Initial 1-20 Processing International Student Fee $ 4,000 $ 8,000 $ 4,000 $ 3,200 $ 3,600 $250/unit or $ 22,500 $250/unit or $ 24,000 $250/unit or$ 45,000 $450/unit or $ 24,300 $ 6,800 $ 3,400 $1,200.00 23 '1The Schedule of Total Charges for a Period of Attendance and *Zan Estimated Schedule of Total Charges for the P • (CEC §94870 and 694909(a)(9)) $150 $200 $600 Entire Educatlona rogram. EFL TOEFLIBT CITA COUS CII CIS RE GC ABA ACBA BBA MBA Program 960 Hrs 480 Hrs ]20 His 360 Hit ]20 Hrs 360 Hrs 3fi0 Hrs 360 Hrs 96 Credits 90 Credl[s iBD Credits 48 Credits Clock Hrs/Credits CLOCK HOURS CREDITS 'STRF $17.5 $10rymm$20 _ N $10 $20 SIR $].5 $7.5 $35 $35 $67.5 $40 'Registration $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $150 $Sso $150 $150 $150 $150 ) .It! on I QuarteFNAHARI $ll00 $I,>Do S2,o90 3T' Ion for Entirstave $3,400 $Y,00o $4,oto $3,000 $•4,000 52,900 53,200 $13,DOD $1.3.800 $2],Arlt, term UM OF jQ968 $3,560 $e,170 $4,160 $9,170 $4, 160 $3,058 $3,358 $13,785 $13,785 $27,418 $IQ190 INSTHARGES°BOO(5:$260 $]0 $450 $300 $900 $350 $150 $250 $J50 $fi50 $1,200 $800 5UM OF $260 $]0 $45C $300 $400 $350 $1st, $25C $]50 $650 $1,200 $800 N INSTHARGESylv,,.r� v ,ntlon StAl Aeo, ..0Y 1 siI,V .*urzim,slamJ�U', HAUGES ._ ._ _ _ o4`h50 .4001.51,3RFOR FULL-TIMEWEFR51. 552,fit35 552,505 5$3,0535T0fAL CHAILGES $4460 $8,5]0 $4,510 $3,707.5 $3,607.9 ..m1 Sew �nw.q St.EDRENTIRE EDUCATIONPROGRAM $14,535 $UMS $28,617.5 *Total ChI Total charge means the sum of institutional and noninstitutionai charges. SSTRF: Non -Refundable Student Tuition Recovery Fee, Fee must be included to each individual course (STRF) assessment rate is two- Dollar fifty -cents ($2.50) per one thousand dollars ($1000) of institutional charges. 211egi5trotlon: Non -Refundable Registration Fee 3Tuition: Subtotal for Institutional Charges -Exclusive Materials "Books: Estimated Total Noninstitutional Charges of Books: Paperback, e-Books, and PDF Books 5Registration + STRF+ Tultion/Quarter (12 Weeks) + Books( Estimated Total Noninstitutional Charges) Last Revislon Date on April 4, 2023 163 Student I.D. $20 Late Registration/Payment Fee $50 Transfer Credit Fee $30/course Transcript per Program $20 Rush Processing Fee $50 Original I-20 $100 Special Documents upon request $100 Optional Practical Training (OPT) Processing Fee $120 RFE Package $250 Cap Gown Fee $100 Graduation Fee $100 Diploma * No Charge Diploma Duplicate $50 Housing Information (Information/Referrals only) * No Charge R.T.D. Bus Pass (Information/Referrals Only) * No Charge Transfer Form * No Charge Re - Entry Form * No Charge Medical Insurance (Information/Referrals Only) * No Charge Students must register and pay for at least one term of quarter (3 months) In advance and future payment schedule should be arranged with admisslons. If students get any discount or promotion program for tuition, the refund will be calculated based on the regular tuition fee, 29 Date on Recruitment/ The responsibility to admit students rests solely with the Executive Director anc Advertising/ Admissions staff. Recruitment and Admissions of students are never delegated to ar Promotional Practice outside party. All applications need to be approved and signed by the Executive Director. Policies Prohibited Admissions Activities 1. Off -Campus Recruiting: California law (and in some cases Federal law) prohibits off -campus solicitation of enrollments through such methods as canvassing, surveys, telemarketing, referring individuals to Learnet, etc., and registering or enrolling a student off -campus, unless the individual (or Agency) is bonded and licensed as an Agent with the California Bureau for Private Postsecondary Education. Note: This does not apply to Learnet employees who participate in panels such as academic and professional career days at a local high school. 2. Employment Agencies may not be used for recruiting. 3. Students may not be compensated for referrals (except under strict conditions). Also, a recent statement by the Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education has indicated that such compensation would be considered as rendering the student an "Agent" of Learnet. 4. Advertising in the Classifieds section of a newspaper (or any other media) is strictly forbidden. 5. No claims Implying a guarantee of employment or level of Income may be made. 6. No claims implying that a course of study will prepare an individual for gainful employment or State licensure may be made unless they are factual. Learnet strictly follows advertising/promotional practice guidelines of its approving and/or accrediting agencies, institutions, bodies, and/or organizations. Statement of Assurance The Code of Federal Regulations (38 CFR 21.4201) states VA shall not approve the of Compliance with 85/15 enrollment of any VA -eligible person, not already enrolled, in any course for any period Enrollment Ratios during which more than 85 percent of the students enrolled in the course are having all or part of their tuition, fees, or other charges paid to or for them by an Educational Institution or VA. Public Law 115-407, In accordance with the Veterans Benefits and Transition Act of 2018, section 3679(e) of Section 103 title 38 (Public Law 115-407), a student who is entitled to educational assistance under Chapter 31, Vocational Rehabilitation & Employment, or Chapter 33, Post-9/11 GI Bill® benefits shall be permitted to attend or participate in the course of education during the period beginning on the date on which the individual provides to the educational institution a Certificate of Eligibility for entitlement to educational assistance under Chapter 31 or 33 (a "Certificate of Eligibility" can also Include a "Statement of Benefits" obtained from the Department of Veterans Affairs' website — eBenefits, or a VAF 28-1905 form for Chapter 31) and ending on the earlier of the following dates: • The date on which payment from VA is made to the institution, • 90 days after the date the institution certified tuition and fees following the receipt of the Certificate of Eligibility. The school shall not impose any penalty, including the assessment of late fees, the denial of access to classes, libraries, or other institutional facilities, or require the student to borrow additional funds, in order to meet his or her financial obligations to the institution due to the delayed disbursement funding from VA under Chapter 31 or 33. Last Revision Date 165 Veteran's Information Tuition Payment, Cancellation, and Refund Policy Bulletin Learnet has and maintains a policy for the unused portion of tuition, fees, and other changes in the event the veteran or eligible person fails to enter the course or withdraws or is discontinued at any time prior to completion and provided that the amount charged to the veteran or eligible person for tuition, fees, and other charges for a portion of the course does not exceed the approximate prorated portion of the total charges for tuition, fees, and other charges that the length of the completed portion of the course should bear to its total length. In the event of cancellation, withdrawal, or discontinued enrollment, Learnet will waive the $140 processing fee for veterans, making it subject to refund proration. Changes in Status Upon any of the changes in status listed in the catalog, the VA will be promptly notified. Reimbursements For information or resolution of specific payment questions or problems, veterans should call the DVA nationwide toll -free number at (800) 827-1000. The information contained in this catalog and Its addendum is true and correct in content and policy. May 16, 2023 Signature of Executive Director Date Tia J. Shin Date on April 4, 166 Statements by Students Learnet Holmes Center 3251 West 611 Street, 2n1 Floor Los Angeles, CA 90020 I have received a copy of the Veterans Information Bulletin, which contains the rules, regulations, course completion requirements, and costs for my enrolled programs. Veteran Name: Social Security/C-number: Signature: Date: Enrolled By Print Name Signature Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 167 Education File Procedure EDU A'nON FILE PROCEDURE '- CREATE THE 41:A.D£P.1ICFOR OUC•REE PtOiSAARd' ... OR ADO THE ICHEDAJ.E FOP, CWi{tC&.TE PA0SFRAVZ J PP EVtoJ':MC.ATIOV fVALL 41*4 FORA WITH TES OJT EV4WAIION FOAM •.... A .5 FVicRj INSTMUTpCW TP.A :.`.LFiP'T Tr.RD PA8911.:I \wAtENC', Ff?ofA, TES7 OUT TEST(5'I EVA-ISAT"ON Rf°,RT nP 4CadC+lt mYSt t�4i Cdf&Prt; Sa&N�fuv>^.p CCn�o.Y nCt=rG+'C'h.`n#^�Qnf.`�, r,P.•d4�G"fi F(�',^,A{t"w3:. .. TES` OUT EVAU;:A'.t VF04M •- -..', TEST G:JT"Estisl , " 1 STJOVITS WITH MC;RE THAN CC• iOrsSEfm +=E Z4y' 05 t;NE [PEC ED A2SE7ICES Wit F!R p'-kc 6 IN A ' T'vR 0-k5'EEM WAf ^ttNG ?EA'-OG. xtd'.:F:atn $r fN.Ah. Li4T1:. `FAOSAT;G*1 kEk ~,5D IS '*diTA'EO THP.7'vubt v A Y"PGdATaJN 4G WiT'>" i'RE DEAN. _P _. iiMb7»E'TERMWATIV,4A.ARING F'rORAADEM C RA0BATICN' tVT'L 0'V t REDUCE APPC-NITfJ4NT'NtTH DEAN - 8 STUDENT ADvtaENIPf T.' PGRM .' SCAIDE4r;C ;iA";lhr e,t£F?tt45 FGFV MT MAY RE AYE OR V A..E ;.:P TESTS FO" CWING6 OP GFADnIr S OEAN OR NY—RUCTO'R': m aPF41E7VAt ....... IF NJT. MS,.0VT A'TERJAaNATION WAIWINu FOA ACA'EVIX VeOfS•x-01,4' 6E"'E.R '..xl-ACF, G-REEN REUMT 10 WAY Ct THE LETTEF F5 f.:49iLtid iaP �THASd 11. 3CHED�LE AN APPri'✓°W1,1t'nIT WITH MAN StUDFNTA y:SE}w4E'4"F°SRI;tl A:A.:3€4"ti."x's'ARHh.S r4EE'T'hv F0kBAi ^ REVISED ACA.Of RClC ;t>,.Ew;„.':E <• m ESTA•M SH SAY JARASF 7j: N¢ RI!0YUt4 STUDCPfT l'VFROVEMENT'.V4 e. ZO DAYS 1. 0-:SATEW 64.VVTT�isN3ODATS10PASWORT- TEPM PROGRAM N ... iEE 9Tj EhiA'.i'i613TtFiiA`;C+?i OF FEMGVkA F.AOIJ ACADEV4 PRORA71ON' .i. NO ..�.. .-.: QklA O4,T 'TEANH#FATBON RO1uCE FOR AC,4^,Eh1Ir WAXNING' lrr,.I* WITH Sn AfifiEA: IMORMAnolq <,FEEN PEGE'P r 70 Cop l or THE. CETT ER £i :)tot. xa o UPDATE TP:d, , XA IPTS EVERY B " WEEI, eteGixcn � Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 168 Updates to Learnet Catalog January 1s0 2023— December 315tl 2023 Update 02/15/2023 Revised the chart to include the Estimated Schedule of Total Charges on pages 26 and 160. Update 01/30/2023 Revised the CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD's Applicant Requirements on page 144. Revised the catalog on pages 22 & 25 to show the pro-rata refund calculation. Revised the statement to reflect the Federal and State grants/loans and the type of financial assistance the institution participates in on page 18. Update 01/05/2023 Revised STRF of $10 for TOEFL iBT program, pages 26 and 160. Revised the Academic Calendar on page 9. Published 2023 Catalog Update 12/11/2022 Revised Total Charge, pages 26 and 160. Revised TRANSFERABILITY OF CREDITS AND CREDENTIALS EARNED, page 35. Update 10/25/2022 Revise STRF, Transfer Credit, School Name, Pre -Enrollment, Prior Signature, Faculty list, Teaching location, Total Charge, BPPE Address in Complaint Procedure, SOC for CII & CII, PFS, Revise Program Objective. Update 10/23/2022 Updating Staff, Faculty, and Organ Chart Revise the title for Academic Associate's in BA, CBA and TOEFL Wmatching with BPPE list. Update 08/09/2022 Edited and Revised Page Number Update 07/28/2022 Updating Staff, Faculty, and Organ Chart Update 05/18/2022 Revised the Veterans' information In SAP and teaching method for CITA & CII. Update 04/07/2022 Adding VIB and Statement by Student, Updating Staff, Faculty, and Organ Chart Update 01/24/2022 Updating Staff, Faculty, and Organ Chart Update 12/28/2021 Publishing 2022 Catalog: 2022 Academic Calendar, Revise Course Number and Description, Updating Staff, Faculty, Equipment, and Organ Chart Revision Catalog Language to Catalog for DE Update 10/20/2021, page 53 Updating Campus Performance Achievement Information Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 Update 09/20/2021, page 156 Revised BPPE Performance Achievement Information Information Update 12/12/2020 Publishing 2021 Catalog: 2021 Academic Calendar, Revise Course Number and Description, Updating Staff, Faculty, Equipment, and Organ Chart Revision Catalog Language to Catalog for DE Update 10/15/2020,page 53 Updating Campus Performance Achievement Information Update 09/15/2020,page 156 Revised VA Information Update 08/12/2020 Adding New DE Programs and Revised Admissions Policy in each section. Update 06/25/2020 Maximum Number of Credits Permitted for Transfer: 10% Update 05/12/2020 DRAFT only Adding, Revision Catalog Language to DRAFT Catalog for DE Updates effective 05/08/2020, page 151.-152 Adding Public Law 115-407, Section 103 to VA Information Update effective 03/28/2020, page 144-148 Updating Faculty Updates effective 01/31/2020, page 148 Revise Organ Chart Updates effective 01/03/2020, page 151 Changing Other Fee Updates effective 01/03/2020, page 144-148 Updating Staff and Faculty Updates effective 01/01/2020, page 7, and 69 2020 Academic Calendar and Adding BBA and MBA Updates effective 01/01/2020, page 43 2019 Annual Campus Security Report Updates effective 12/01/2019, page 127 Updating Equipment Updates effective 12/01/2019, page 128 Updating Tuition and Other Fee Updates effective 11/26/2019, page 11 Last Revision Date on April 4, 2023 170 Pre -Enrollment; Remove Cash Discount Policy per BPPE Order Updates effective 11/26/2019, page 21 Update CBA, BA tuition Updates effective 11/26/2019, page 129 Cash Discount Policy for Program Completion Updates effective 10/01/2019, page cover Revise Statement for Catalog Updates effective 10/01/2019, page 121-124 Updating Staff and Faculty quarterly Updates effective 10/01/2019, page 125 Revise Organ Chart Updates effective 10/01/2019, page 44 Updating Performance Fact Sheet 2017-2018 Updates effective 10/01/2019, page 58 Occupational Information; adding BBA and MBA Updates effective 09/01/2019, page 5 Approved Programs; Adding BSA Updates effective 07/01/2019, page 21 Tuition; Correct CIS tuition Updates effective 07/01/2019, page 38 Revise General Services; Transcript Updates effective 05/01/2018, page 4 Approvals and Affiliations; Adding the CEA Approval Updates effective 05/01/2018, page 33 Student Grievance and Complaint Procedure; Adding CEA information Updates effective 12/01/2017, page 5 Approved Programs; Adding MBA Updates effective TBA page 130-159 Learnet will not offer the proposed Bachelor's and Master's program unless and until ACCSC approval is granted. Date on April 4, 2023 �\ Employment EDD Development � _ Department State of California DIRECTIVE Date: November 10, 2021 Number: WSD21-03 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES EXECUTIVE SUMMARY CC( ALIFORNIA Workforce Development Board This policy provides guidance and establishes the procedures applicable to the training providers and programs listed on the state and local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA). This policy applies to Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Boards), and is effective on the date of issuance. This policy contains some state -imposed requirements. All state -imposed requirements are indicated by bold, italic type. This Directive finalizes Workforce Services Draft Directive ETPL Policy and Procedures (WSDD- 215), issued for comment on September 3, 2020. The Workforce Development Community submitted 131 comments during the draft comment period. A summary of comments, including all changes, is provided as Attachment 8. This policy supersedes Workforce Services Directive WIOA Eligible Training Provider List - Policy and Procedures (WSD15-07) dated November 10, 2015. Retain this Directive until further notice. REFERENCES • Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (Public Law 113-128) Sections 3, 116, 122, 123, 129, 134, and 404 • Title 20 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 677: Performance Accountability Under Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (Uniform Guidance), Sections 677.150 and 677.230 • Title 20 CFR Part 680: Adult and Dislocated Worker Activities Under Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (DOL Exceptions), Sections 680.200, 680.210, 680.230, 680.300, 680.310, 680.320, 680.330, 680.340, 680.350, 680.410, 680.420, 680.430, 680.450, 680.460, 680.470, 680.480, 680.490, 680.500, 680.520, and 680.530 The EDD is an equal opportunity employer/program. Auxiliary aids and services are available upon request to individuals with disabilities. Revised February 22, 2023 Page 1 of 5 DIC: 12 EXHIBIT C • Title 20 CFR Part 681: Youth Activities Under Title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (DOL Exceptions), Sections 681.480 and 681.540 • Title 34 CFR Part 600: Definitions (Department of Education), Section 600.2 • Training and Employment Guidance Letter (TEGL) 8-19, Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Title I Training Provider Eligibility and State List of Eligible Training Providers (ETPs) and Programs (January 2, 2020) • TEGL 3-18, Eligible Training Provider (ETP) Reporting Guidance under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) (August, 31, 2018) • TEGL 19-16, Guidance on Services provided through the Adult and Dislocated Worker Programs under the WIOA and the Wagner-PeyserAct Employment Services, as amended by title 111 of WIOA, and for Implementation of the W10A Final Rules (March 1, 2017) • TEGL 13-16, Guidance on Registered Apprenticeship Provisions and Opportunities in the WIOA (January 12, 2017) • California Code of Regulations Division 7.5 • California Education Code Sections 94801.5, 94850.5, and 94874 • California Unemployment Insurance Code (CUIC) Section 14005 • CUICSection 14230 • Workforce Services Directive WSD22-08, ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (January 17, 2023) • WSD22-01, Performance Guidance (July 18, 2022) • WSD19-10, Recovery of WIOA Tuition and Training Refunds (February 20, 2020) • WSD19-06, Ca1JOBSActivity Codes (December 27, 2019) • WSD17-01, Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Procedures (August 1, 2017) • California's Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan R7eC•l :(el .10111► 101 WIOA Section 122 requires states to establish and maintain a list of training providers who are eligible to receive WIOA Title I, subtitle B funds for training services. An America's Job Center of California5m (A)CC) may issue an Individual Training Account (ITA) to a WIOA Title 1, subtitle B eligible individual (out of school youth age 16-24, adult or dislocated worker) to fund training services. The Employment Development Department (EDD) is the entity responsible for publishing, disseminating, and maintaining the comprehensive California (CA) ETPL with performance and cost information. In addition, the EDD is responsible for ensuring programs meet the eligibility criteria and performance levels established in this Directive; removing programs that do not meet the program criteria or performance levels established in this Directive; and taking enforcement actions against providers that intentionally provide inaccurate information, or that substantially violate the requirements of WIOA. Page 2 of 5 EXHIBIT C Likewise, the Local Board is responsible for carrying out the procedures outlined in this Directive; work with the state to ensure there are sufficient numbers and types of providers of training services with expertise in assisting individuals with disabilities, and adults in need of adult education and literacy activities; developing and maintaining a local ETPL; and ensuring the dissemination of the CA and local ETPL through the AICCs, including in formats accessible to individuals with disabilities. In cooperation with stakeholders, the State has adopted the following principles when developing the CA ETPL policies and procedures: I. Simplicity — Avoid imposing burdens that inhibit the participation of quality training providers. 2. Customer Focus —The policies and procedures support the collection and presentation of easily accessible and reliable training program information for both individuals seeking career and occupational training information, and career planners who assist participants eligible for training services. 3. Informed Consumer Choice —The CA ETPL includes locally approved training programs that lead to self -sustainable careers in the local/regional economy, as supported by current labor market information identifying industry sectors and occupational clusters that are high -growth, high -demand, projecting skills shortages, and/or vital to the regional economy. 4. Training Delivery Flexibility — Policies and procedures that foster and support the inclusion of various types of training delivery that expand opportunities for consumer choice. 5. Quality — Ensure a comprehensive list of quality training programs that meet minimum performance standards, and provide industry -valued skills in priority industry sectors. Information must be accurate, transparent, accessible, and user-friendly. 6. Respect for Local Autonomy —The policy remains supportive of the autonomy WIOA grants to the Local Boards. In addition, this policy and Local Board policies should align with the three policy objectives outlined in the California Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan: 1. Fostering demand -driven skills attainment— Workforce and education programs need to align program content with the state's industry sector needs so as to provide California's employers and businesses with the skilled workforce necessary to compete in the global economy. 2. Enabling upward mobility for all Californians —Workforce and education programs need to be accessible for all Californians, especially populations with barriers to employment, and ensure that everyone has access to a marketable set of skills, and is Page 3 of 5 EXHIBIT C able to access the level of education necessary to get a good job that ensures both long- term economic self-sufficiency and economic security. 3. Aligning, coordinating, and integrating programs and services —Workforce and education programs must economize limited resources to achieve scale and impact, while also providing the right services to clients, based on each client's particular and potentially unique needs, including any needs for skills -development. POLICY AND PROCEDURES This policy establishes the types of allowable training services, consumer choice, the difference between the state and local ETPL, the requirement for Local Boards to establish a ETPL policy, eligibility criteria and procedures for initial and continued eligibility for CA ETPL training providers and programs, the federally mandated Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report), and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards and the EDD in maintaining the integrity of the CA ETPL. The following attachments to this Directive provide guidance and resources when implementing the CA ETPL: 1. ETPL Policy and Procedures Contains detailed information on initial and continued eligibility requirements, and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards, and the EDD in maintaining the integrity of the CA ETPL and the quality of the training programs offered on it. 2. ETPL Definitions Includes definitions relevant to the ETPL Policy and Procedures. 3. ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancelation Form This form is utilized to delegate or cancel the delegation of a Local Board's ETPL responsibilities to another Local Board. The delegation includes both state and local ETPL functions. This form is required to be submitted annually. 4. CA ETP Assurances Form This form must be completed by the provider to ensure they will provide the data necessary to complete the annual ETP Report. This form must be submitted annually. 5. CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart Decision trees designed to assist Local ETPL Coordinators with determining initial and continued eligibility for the various provider types and programs. Page 4 of 5 EXHIBIT C 6. Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form A form for Local Boards to designate the Local ETPL Coordinators and provide their contact information. 7. Summary of Comments A list of all comments received during the comment period, and responses to those comments from the EDD. 8. Errata Chronology A list of changes that were made to the Directive and its attachments. ACTION The information contained in this Directive should be shared with Local ETPL Coordinators, and all other staff involved in the administration of the ETPL. INQUIRIES If you have any questions, contact the State ETPL Coordinator at wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. /s/JAVIER ROMERO, Deputy Director Workforce Services Branch Attachments: 1. ETPL Policy and Procedures (DOCX) 2. ETPL Definitions (DOCX) 3. ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancelation Form (DOCX) 4. CA ETP Assurances Form (DOCX) 5. CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart (PDF) 6. Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form (DOCX) 7. Summary of Comments (DOCX) 8. Errata Chronology (DOCX) Page 5 of 5 EXHIBIT C ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 ETPL Policy and Procedures Contents A. Introduction......................................................................................................................... 2 B. Allowable Types of Training Services................................................................................... 2 C. State and Local ETPLs........................................................................................................... 2 D. Local Board Policy................................................................................................................ 3 E. Consumer Choice................................................................................................................. 6 F. CA ETPL Application Process................................................................................................ 6 ETPL Application Process by Provider Category..................................................................... 7 G. CA ETPL Initial Eligibility....................................................................................................... 8 Training Provider Initial Eligibility Criteria.............................................................................. 8 Training Program Initial Eligibility Criteria............................................................................ 11 H. CA ETPL Continued Eligibility Criteria................................................................................ 13 Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria.................................................................... 13 Training Program Continued Eligibility Criteria.................................................................... 13 I. Approval and Denial of Training Provider/Program.......................................................... 15 Approval of Training Provider/Program............................................................................... 15 Denial of a Training Provider/Program................................................................................. 15 1. Delisting Training Providers/Programs.............................................................................. 16 K. Placing Delisted Training Providers/Programs Back on the ETPL...................................... 18 L. Appeals...............................................................................................................................18 Appealsto EDD..................................................................................................................... 19 M. Maintenance of the CA ETPL.......................................................................................... 20 N. ETP Report.......................................................................................................................... 20 0. Technical Assistance and Resources.................................................................................. 20 TrainingProviders................................................................................................................. 21 LocalETPL Coordinators........................................................................................................ 21 WSD21-03 Page 1 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES A. Introduction ATTACHMENT 1 This policy establishes the types of allowable training services, consumer choice, the difference between the state and local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL), the requirement for Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Boards) to establish an ETPL policy, eligibility criteria and procedures for initial and continued eligibility for Eligible Training Providers (ETP) and programs, the federally mandated Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report), and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards and the Employment Development Department (EDD) in maintaining the integrity of the state ETPL. This document contains detailed information on initial and continued eligibility requirements, and the roles and responsibilities of the Local Boards, and the EDD in maintaining the integrity of the state ETPL and the quality of the training programs offered on it. B. Allowable Types of Training Services The following are the allowable types of training for the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Title I program: a. Occupational skills training, including nontraditional employment. b. On -the -Job Training (OJT). c. Incumbent Worker Training (IWT). d. Programs that combine workplace training with related instruction, which may include cooperative education programs. e. Training programs operated by the private sector. f. Skill upgrading and retraining. g. Entrepreneurial training. h. Job readiness training provided in combination with the training services described in (a) through (g) above. i. Adult education and literacy activities, including activities of English language acquisition and integrated education and training programs, provided concurrently or in combination with services provided with the training services described in (a) through (g) above. 1. Customized training conducted with a commitment by an employer, or group of employers, to employ an individual upon successful completion of the training. While all of the above are allowable training services under WIOA, service types b, c, and 1 are not required to be on the ETPL. C. State and Local ETPLs Local Boards and the EDD are responsible for working together to identify ETPs for the state ETPL. The state ETPL creates a pool of ETPs that Local Boards can utilize to establish their local ETPL. In California, the state ETPL is called the California (CA) ETPL. Each Local Board must maintain a local list of training providers and programs. Local Boards may add additional local requirements for providers and/or programs (except for WSD21-03 Page 2 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 apprenticeship programs) to be eligible on the local ETPL. Local Boards must include all CA ETPL approved apprenticeship programs on their local ETPL. Adding additional local requirements may result in providers that are on the CA ETPL, but may not be eligible for inclusion on the local ETPL. While additional requirements may be added for the local ETPL, Local Boards may only include training providers on their list that are approved for the CA ETPL. If the Local Board is reviewing provider and/or program applications for inclusion on the ETPL, the Local Board must conduct the state eligibility review first, and then determine eligibility for inclusion on their local ETPL. When conducting the state eligibility review, the Local Board must do so using only the state's requirements, and not the Local Board's additional requirements. Local Boards that do not add additional requirements must include all of the providers/programs on the CA ETPL on their local ETPL, whereas Local Boards with additional requirements may have a subset of the state list as depicted in the diagram below: Note — Providers on the local ETPL must be on the CA ETPL. Note —Additional functionality is being added to the CaIJOBSS1 system to enable Local Boards to identify the training providers and programs approved for their local ETPL. D. Local Board Policy Each Local Board must develop local policies that provide sufficient consumer protection and oversight of training providers. These policies must meet the minimum requirements of the procedures outlined in this Directive, and may include additional requirements as deemed appropriate by the Local Board. Such policies must include, but are not limited to, processes that achieve the following: • Ensure participants can avail themselves of, and are made aware of, grievance/complaint procedures. Please reference Workforce Services Directive WIOA Grievance and Complaint Resolution Procedures (WSD18-05) for guidance. • Recover WIOA training funds. Please reference Recovery of W10ATuition and Training WSD21-03 Page 3 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Refunds (WSD19-10) for guidance on recovering training funds. Outline any additional eligibility requirements providers and/or programs (except apprenticeship programs) must meet to be listed on the local ETPL. o These requirements must support the creation of a list that ensures provider performance, job -driven training, informed consumer choice, continuous improvement, and cost-effective investment of public funds. o Requirements may include, but are not limited to: • Additional performance requirements. • Program location. ■ Accreditation requirements. ■ Cost. Include the timeline for initial and continued eligibility review for inclusion on the local ETPL. o Continued eligibility review for the CA ETPL must be completed annually, and review for the local ETPL must be completed at least once every two years. o Within the federally required timeline in the previous bullet, Local Boards have discretion on when they conduct initial and continued eligibility for inclusion on the local ETPL. The following are just a few examples of options for local review: • Review entire local ETPL every two years. ■ Review each provider/program annually. ■ Review on the anniversary of when the provider/program established continued eligibility on the local ETPL. • Process for delisting training provider/programs from the local ETPL. • Provide comparable training opportunities if the training provider goes out of business. If the training provider is a Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education (BPPE) approved provider, the policy should include the requirement to coordinate with BPPE's Office of Student Assistant Relief. Ensure training programs lead to at least one of the following: 1) credentials and/or certificates valued by employers, or 2) training -related employment as a result of gaining measurable technical skills for a specific occupation. This requirement ensures that training programs lead to high -quality jobs, as described in the California Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan. Job quality serves the workforce development system and broader public sector by protecting investments in training. Please see ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for a definition of a postsecondary credential, as well as a definition of a training program that leads to employment. o Please note, a program on the ETPL that only leads to employment will negatively affect a Local Board's Credential Attainment rate, since all individuals in an education or training program are included in the measure. Please refer to CaUOBS Activity Codes (WSD19-06) Attachment 3 for a list of activity codes that place individuals into the Credential Attainment performance measure. WSD21-03 Page 4 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Verify and document participant attendance at regular intervals throughout the length of the training program. Per WSD19-10, the Local Board should check with the training provider to ensure clients are still in the training program each month. If not able to check monthly, the Local Board must check at least quarterly. Require providers to maintain sufficient records and to make these records available for monitoring or audit by either the Local Board and/or the state. Ensure there are no conflicts of interest between the Local Board and the provider, which includes, but is not limited to the following: o A prohibition on the payment of referral fees by training providers to Local Board staff, including America's Job Center of Californias' (AJCC) operator staff. o Decisions made by the Local Board regarding ETPs and their programs is in compliance with WIOA Section 107(h). Outline the requirement of the Local Board to keep all training provider and program eligibility documents (either physical or electronic), and the process to provide them to the EDD within five business days, if requested. Explain the Local ETPL Coordinator's responsibilities, which, at minimum, must include the following: o Requirement to provide technical assistance to all training providers with programs located within the Local Workforce Development Area (Local Area) seeking to be listed on the CA ETPL. o Requirement for reviewing and approving or denying providers and programs for initial eligibility in a timely manner: ■ The review must include eligibility for the CA ETPL that meets requirements outlined in this Directive. • The review must include eligibility for the local ETPL that meets requirements outlined in the Local Board's local ETPL policy. Requirement for reviewing and approving or denying providers and programs for continued eligibility in a timely manner: • The review must include eligibility for the CA ETPL that meets requirements outlined in this Directive. ■ The review must include eligibility for the local ETPL that meets requirements outlined in the Local Board's local ETPL policy. o Method and timeline for notifying providers if they or their program(s) are removed from the CA and/or local ETPL. ■ Describe the appeal process that meets the requirements outlined in this Directive. In addition, Local Board policies shall include the following for training providers who are deemed exempt per California Education Code (CEC) Section 94874, and are not regionally accredited by an accrediting institution: • Verification of the instructor's credentials or experience. WSD21-03 Page 5 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 • Ensure the financial stability of the training provider. • Annual inspection of the schools or training programs. • Ensure actual instruction is taking place. • Ensure instructional equipment and instruction meet current industry standards. Local Boards may delegate their responsibility of the ETPL to another Local Board to act on their behalf in making nominations for training providers and programs to be listed on the CA ETPL, and the creation of their local ETPL. To delegate, or cancel an existing delegation, please complete and submit the ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancelation Form (Attachment 3). Any local Boards that delegate their ETPL responsibilities to another Local Board must complete this form annually between July 1st and July 301. Due to the signature requirement (physical or electronic signature), this form should be emalled as an attachment. E. Consumer Choice Training services must be provided in a manner that maximizes informed consumer choice in selecting an eligible provider and program. Each Local Board must make the local ETPL available to customers. Additionally, the Local Board must make available information identifying ETPs for OJT, customized training, and IWT. After consultation with a career planner, an individual who has been determined eligible for training services may select an ETP from the Local Board's local ETPL. Unless the program has exhausted training funds for the program year, the Local Board must refer the individual to the selected provider, and establish an Individual Training Account (ITA) for the individual to pay for training. A referral may be carried out by providing a voucher or certificate to the individual to obtain training. The cost of the referral of an individual with an ITA to a training provider is paid by the applicable Adult, Dislocated Worker, or Youth program. F. CA ETPL Application Process For a provider to be listed on the CA ETPL, the provider must have its information entered into the CaIJOBS ETPL module. It is the Local ETPL Coordinator's role to provide assistance and guidance to training providers who register in CaIJOBS. Once all necessary information is entered, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate the training provider and/or program to the State ETPL Coordinator for inclusion on the CA ETPL ensuring all information provided is complete, accurate, and current, and is in alignment with this Directive. The EDD will review applications for the CA ETPL within 30 days of receipt from the Local Board. WSD21-03 Page 6 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Once the provider and/or program is approved and included on the CA ETPL, the Local Board must review, and approve or deny the training provider for inclusion on their local ETPL ensuring all information is in alignment with their Local Board policy. ETPL Application Process by Provider Category 1. In -State Training Provider All training providers that have a training site(s) in CA and wish to be listed on the CA ETPL are required to be registered in CaIJOBS. The training provider shall provide all the training provider information required in the CaIJOBS ETPL module. The training provider must upload a signed CA ETPAssurances Form (Attachment 4) to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. If the in -state training provider is a Department of Labor (DOL) Registered Apprenticeship or California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) approved apprenticeship, please see the Training Provider Initial Eligibility section below. Local Boards must review and nominate a provider headquartered in their Local Area for the CA ETPL if the provider meets state eligibility requirements. If a provider has multiple locations, the Local Board(s) in the area of the provider locations must nominate the program(s) to the State ETPL Coordinator. Z Distance Education Training Providers All Distance Education training providers that wish to be listed on the CA ETPL are required to be registered in CaIJOBS. The training provider shall provide all the training provider information required in the CaIJOBS ETPL module. The training provider must upload a signed CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. The State ETPL Coordinator will determine if a Distance Education training provider is eligible to be on the CA ETPL using the eligibility criteria in this Directive. If a Local ETPL Coordinator is contacted by a Distance Education training provider, the provider should be referred to wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov for assistance. 3. Out -of -State Training Providers All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out-of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Please reference the Co1JOB5 ETPL Module Guide Card (located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaIJOBS) for detailed information on the CaUOBS process for registering new training providers. WSD21-03 Page 7 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 G. CA ETPL Initial Eligibility Training Provider Initial Eligibility Criteria Initial eligibility applies to providers previously not listed on the CA ETPL under the WIOA or the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA). The initial eligibility period is one year (365 days). The Local ETPL Coordinator is responsible for reviewing the training provider's initial eligibility prior to nominating for inclusion on the CA ETPL. The following institution types are eligible for inclusion on the CA ETPL: I. Adult education secondary schools, as long as the activities are provided in combination with occupational skills training. 2. Pre -apprenticeship and apprenticeship providers. 3. Private postsecondary institutions. 4. Public postsecondary institutions. The initial eligibility process for each for the training provider types listed above is based on the following: 1. Adult Education Secondary Schools Training providers must be an eligible provider of adult education and literacy activities under Title II of WIOA. Adult education and/or literacy activities must be offered concurrently, or in combination with, occupational skills training. A list of Title II providers can be found on the California Department of Education (CDE) website. 2. Pre -apprenticeship and Apprenticeship Providers a. Pre -apprenticeship Provider Training providers must have a letter of commitment from a DOL registered or DIR DAS approved apprenticeship program. To be listed on the CA ETPL, the pre -apprenticeship program must award an industry -recognized credential or certificate. The state will not enter information on pre -apprenticeship training programs; this information will be entered by Local Boards, if necessary. Pre -apprenticeship programs are considered Individualized Career Services under WIOA, and thus are not required to be on the ETPL. Pre -apprenticeship programs that do not result in an industry -recognized credential or certificate cannot be listed on the ETPL; however, those pre -apprenticeship programs that do provide an industry -recognized certificate or credential can be listed on the ETPL and used in conjunction with an ITA. The California Workforce Development Board (State Board) and each Local Board must ensure that federal WIOA funds awarded for pre -apprenticeship training in the building and construction trades fund programs and services that follow the Multi -Craft Core Curriculum (MC3) implemented by the CDE and that develop a plan to help increase the representation of women in those trades. WIOA prohibits Title I funds from being used for "construction, purchase of facilities or buildings, or other capital expenditures for improvements to land or buildings except with WSD21-03 Page 8 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 prior approval." b. DOL Registered Apprenticeships and DIR DAS Approved Apprenticeships DOL registered apprenticeships and DIR DAS approved apprenticeships are automatically eligible to be listed on the CA ETPL and do not have any eligibility requirements. The state will reach out to new apprenticeship programs to inform them of the opportunity to join the CA ETPL. If the provider opts into the ETPL, the apprenticeship program will be placed on the ETPL by the state. The State Board and Local Boards shall, to the maximum extent feasible, coordinate their pre -apprenticeship and apprenticeship training programs with one or more DIR DAS approved apprenticeship for the occupation and geographic area. 3. Private Postsecondary Institutions (for -profit or non-profit) Training providers be must be accredited by the Accrediting Commission for Schools (ACS) Western Association of Schools and Colleges (WASC); the WASC Senior College and University Commission (WSCUC); have current BPPE Approval to Operate; current Verification of Exemption by BPPE; or are deemed exempt per California Education Code (CEC) Section 94874. Note that providers who are deemed exempt are not required to have a Verification of Exemption. However, if EDD is unable to determine the specific exemption that the provider falls under, then EDD reserves the right to request that the provider obtain a Verification of Exemption from the BPPE. Providers that fall under exemptions (a), (d), (f), or (h) of CEC Section 94874 are not eligible for the ETPL. A Distance Education provider without a physical presence in California that offers postsecondary distance education to California students for a fee must be registered with the BPPE. Private Distance Education higher education institutions that are degree granting, non-profit, and accredited are not required to register with BPPE, but must be accredited by the ACS WASC, the WSCUC, or an agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education. For more information on the BPPE Out -of -State Institution registration, please see the BPPE Out -of -State Institution Registration webpage. For a directory of accredited schools, please visit ACS WASC and WSCUC. For more information regarding BPPE Approval to Operate, or current Verification of Exemption, please visit the BPPE website. If the training provider has a BPPE Approval to Operate, Verification of Exemption, or Out -of -State Institution Registration, the document must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CalJOBS. 4. Public Postsecondary Institutions a. Public Postsecondary Community Colleges WSD21-03 Page 9 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Training providers must be accredited by the WASC Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges (ACCIC). The following website can be utilized to search for the WASCACCJC accredited colleges: WASC ACJCC. For public postsecondary community colleges not WASCACCIC accredited, but are currently in the initial accreditation process, the Local Board can nominate the training provider, and the State Board and the EDD will determine whether the community college meets the training provider initial eligibility criteria. b. CA State University (CSU) and University of CA (UC) Training providers must be accredited by the WSCUC. The fallowing website can be utilized to search for WSCUC accredited colleges: WSCUC. In addition to the above requirements, all training providers (with the exception of apprenticeship programs) must meet the following: • All training providers are subject to the Equal Opportunity and Nondiscrimination requirements found in Section 188 of WIOA. All Local Boards must ensure a training provider is in compliance prior to nominating the training provider to be on the CA ETPL. Equal Opportunity and Non -Discrimination procedures should be posted at the AJCC and approved training providers' facilities, and provided to each participant upon enrollment in a CA ETPL training program. It is critical for Local Boards to utilize EDD- provided monitoring tools to evaluate the providers, and to upload appropriate documents to the Documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. It is also important to note that all site locations for a provider must be in compliance with WIOA Section 188. For more information, refer to Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Procedures (WSD17-01). • Provide information supporting the provider's partnership with business. This may include information about the quality and quantity of employer partnerships. • Enter program(s) of training services into CaIJOBS. The training provider should only enter the program(s) desired to be on the CA ETPL. If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, curriculum, or course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation. Please reference ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for the definition of a Training Program. • A signed copy of the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) is uploaded to the Documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. This form must be uploaded annually, prior to the provider being reviewed for eligibility. Once the training provider completes the CA ETPL application on CaIJOBS, the Local ETPL Coordinator is responsible for reviewing the provider's information and either denying their inclusion on the CA ETPL, or nominating them for review by the State ETPL Coordinator through the CaIJOBS approval process. The Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate, or deny a training provider profile within 30 days of the completed application date. WSD21-03 Page 10 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 The Local Board that contains the headquarters of the provider is responsible for nominating the provider profile. Please reference the Approval or Denial of Training Provider/Program section of this attachment for additional information. Training Program Initial Eligibility Criteria Initial eligibility applies to a program previously not listed on the CA ETPL under the WIOA or the WIA. The initial eligibility period is one year (365 days). After a training provider meets the training provider initial eligibility criteria listed above, been nominated by the Local Board, and approved by the State ETPL Coordinator, each individual training program must meet the following requirements to be listed on the CA ETPL: • The training program must be for occupations in in -demand industry sectors identified by the state, region, or Local Board. In -demand or priority industry sector information must be verified with the State Board and/or Local Board. The training program provides training services that lead to an industry -recognized credential, national or state certificate, or degree, including all industry appropriate competencies, licensing and/or certification requirements, or employment in a specific occupation after receiving measurable technical skills. Please note the training program does not have to issue the credential, but the training program should prepare the individual to obtain the credential. For example, a Class A Truck Driving program does not issue the Class A driver's license, but it should prepare the individual to pass the state -issued exam to obtain the license. For more information on if a training leads to an industry -recognized credential, please see DOL's Credential Attainment Decision Tree. • The cost in the Cost Details tab in the program wizard should match the cost of a member of the general public enrolling in the program without assistance from WIOA. This information should be available in the provider's brochure or website. If the Local Board works out a different cost with the provider, then the cost information in the training activity code will need to be updated to reflect the different cost. • The mode of instruction, and class schedule(s) are consistent with the provider's advertised brochure/website. If a program is offered with multiple modes of instruction (e.g., online and in -person) or durations, the program needs to be entered separately for each variation. • For providers with a BPPE Approval to Operate, the training program and its location are BPPE approved'. • For WASC accredited training providers where the program's instruction and/or curriculum development is entirely sub -contracted to another entity or third party vendor, the training provider directly receiving tuition and related instruction fees 1 For providers with a BPPE Approval to Operate, not all BPPE training programs are automatically eligible to be listed on the CA ETPL. WSD21-03 Page 11 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 (e.g., ITA) must meet the requirements outlined in this directive, and register in CalJOSS as a provider. See ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for the definition of third. party subcontracting and what is considered allowable. • Program must provide and meet the following performance metrics based on aggregate data for all students in the program to ensure the program supports the ability for the individual to obtain an industry -recognized postsecondary credential, and/or employment upon completion of the program. The provider must provide performance data for the prior complete program year (July 1—June 30). o Public Postsecondary Community Colleges, CSUs, UCs, and Adult Education Secondary Schools are required to provide performance information for consideration of placement on the CA ETPL, but due to heavy state oversight, investment, and the inability to capture true program outcome data, these institution types are not required to meet a specific performance threshold to be listed on the CA ETPL. The following performance data must be provided and listed in CaIJOBS: ■ Of individuals that exited the program, the percentage who successfully completed the training program (did not withdraw or transfer out of the program). ■ Of individuals that successfully completed the training program, the percentage who are employed within six months of graduating from the training program. For occupations for which the state requires passing an examination, the six month period begins after the announcement of the examination results for the first examination available after a student completes the program. o Private Postsecondary Institutions are required to meet and provide the following performance data in CaIJOBS: ■ Of individuals who exited the program, 50% successfully completed the training program (did not withdraw or transfer out of the program). • Of individuals who successfully completed the training program, 50% are employed within six months of graduating from the training program. For occupations for which the state requires passing an examination, the six month period begins after the announcement of the examination results for the first examination available after a student completes the program. Please note —Apprenticeship programs are not subject to program initial eligibility criteria. Once the training provider enters the program into CaIJOBS, the Local ETPL Coordinator is responsible for reviewing the program information and either denying their inclusion on the CA ETPL, or nominating them for review by the State ETPL Coordinator through the CaIJOBS approval process. The Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate, or deny a training program within 30 days of the completed application date. WSD21-03 Page 12 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 The Local Board where the program is located is responsible for nominating the program. Please reference the Approval or Denial of Training Provider/Program section of this attachment for additional information. For more information regarding the training provider and program initial eligibility process, please refer to the CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart (Attachment 5). H. CA ETPL Continued Eligibility Criteria Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria Continued eligibility applies to all training providers listed on the CA ETPL at any time under the WIOA or WIA, and whose initial eligibility has expired. Atraining provider's initial and continued eligibility is valid for 365 days after the provider is approved for the ETPL. Since providers can be reviewed year-round, all active training providers on the CA ETPL will be evaluated annually by the EDD no earlier than 60 days, and no later than 30 days prior to the provider's eligibility expiration date to ensure they continue to meet eligibility to be retained on the CA ETPL. To determine continued eligibility, the EDD must verify that the training provider continues to meet the requirements outlined in the Training Provider Initial Eligibility Criteria section of this Directive. DOL registered apprenticeships and DIR DAS approved apprenticeships do not have any continued eligibility requirements and will remain on the ETPL. It is recommended that apprenticeships update their program information annually. In addition, providers on the CA ETPL for two full program years (July 1 —June 30) must have at least one Title 1, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two program years. If removed due to enrollment requirements, a provider must wait six (6) months from removal to submit their ETPL application for reinstatement and will not be held to the enrollment requirement when determining continued eligibility for placement back onto the list. Training Program Continued Eligibility Criteria Continued eligibility applies to all training programs listed on the CA ETPL at any time under the WIOA or WIA and whose initial eligibility has expired. A training program's initial and continued eligibility is valid for 365 days after the program is approved for the ETPL. Since programs can be reviewed year-round, all active training programs on the CA ETPL will be evaluated annually by the Local Board no earlier than 60 days, and no later than 30 days prior to the program's eligibility expiration date to ensure they continue to meet eligibility to be retained on the CA ETPL. Training providers must reapply for WIOA program certification using CaIJOBS. All applications for continued eligibility of training programs will be evaluated as they are received, by the Local Board and EDD, to ensure they continue to meet eligibility to be retained on the CA ETPL. The Local Board where the program is located is responsible for evaluating the program. WSD21-03 Page 13 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 After a training provider has met the training provider continued eligibility criteria listed above, each individual training program must meet the following requirements to retain their listing on the CA ETPL: • Training program information is reviewed and updated in CalJOBS. • Training program meets all requirements outlined above in the Training Program initial Eligibility Criteria section of this attachment. • CA ETPL training programs must meet performance metrics to retain their eligibility on the ETPL. The EDD will negotiate with DOL to establish yearly performance goals based on the WIOA primary indicators of performance. For continued eligibility, CA ETPL training programs (with the exception of apprenticeship programs, Adult Education programs, Community Colleges, UCs and CSUs) must meet or exceed the performance metrics required in initial eligibility, as well as the negotiated state -level Title I Adult performance goals. The EDD will publish the state -level negotiated performance goals in a Workforce Services Information Notice located on the EDD website. The continued eligibility performance calculations for each program is based on WIOA participant performance, and is verified using the federal ETP Report published annually by the state. Providers are required to collect and submit aggregate performance data for all students to EDD. The following outlines the performance metrics for continued eligibility: o The program must meet the following performance metric for all students for the most recent complete program year (July 1—June 30): Of individuals who exited the program, 50% successfully completed (did not withdraw or transfer) the program. o The program must meet the following performance metrics for WIOA participants for the most recent complete program year (July 1—June 30)2: ■ Employment Rate 2nd Quarter after Exit meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. • Employment Rate 4th Quarter after Exit meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. ■ Median Earnings meet the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. • Credential Attainment meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program (if applicable). • Measurable Skill Gains meets the state's negotiated goal for the Title I Adult program. Z With the exception of completers, providers will be held accountable for the performance measures in which two complete years of data is available for their program(s) on the ETP Report. WSD21-03 Page 14 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Please see CaIJOBS ETPL Module Guide Card (located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaIJOBS) for instructions on how providers reapply for WIOA program certification in CaIJOBS. For detailed information regarding the definitions and calculations of the WIOA primary indicators of performance, please see Performance Guidance (WSD22-01). Please refer to the CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart (Attachment 5) to determine if a training provider and its program(s) meet the continued eligibility criteria to remain on the CA ETPL. I. Approval and Denial of Training Provider/Program Approval of Training Provider/Program After reviewing to ensure the provider/program meets the eligibility criteria above, the Local Board can nominate the training provider/program to the state for review. If nominating the provider to the State ETPL Coordinator, the signed CA ETPAssurances Form (Attachment 4) must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. The State ETPL Coordinator will review providers within 30 days of their nomination by the Local Board. The EDD will review the provider/program's information to ensure it meets all initial or continued eligibility requirements outlined in this Directive. If eligible, the State ETPL Coordinator will approve the provider/program for the CA ETPL, and notify the Local ETPL Coordinator. If the Local Board has additional local ETPL eligibility requirements, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review all CA ETPL approved distance education programs, as well as all in- state CA ETPL approved programs located in the Regional Planning Unit for inclusion on their local ETPL. If the Local Board does not have additional local ETPL eligibility requirements, all approved CA ETPL programs must be included on the Local Board's local ETPL. Denial of a Training Provider/Program After review, if a Local Board determines the training provider/program does not meet the requirements to be listed on the CA ETPL, the Local Board must inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the denial, and provide information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 days of receipt of the application. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CalJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. If the Local Board nominates a provider/program to the state for review, but upon review, the State ETPL Coordinator denies the training provider/program listing on the CA ETPL, the EDD must inform the Local Board of the denial and the reason(s) for the denial within 30 days of receipt of the nomination. The Local Board must in turn inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the denial, and information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 WSD21-03 Page 15 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 days of receipt of the EDD's decision. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the document section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. If the training provider is able to rectify the issue that caused the denial, the Local Board can review the information and resubmit to the State ETPL Coordinator for review. For example, if a provider is denied solely because the CA ETPAssurances Form (Attachment 4) was not uploaded to CaIJOBS, the State ETPL Coordinator would notify the Local Board, which would notify the provider. The Local Board can then nominate the provider again once the form is uploaded to CaIJOBS. The training provider's request to be on the CA ETPL must be denied if the training provider fails to provide complete information, intentionally provides inaccurate information, or has substantially violated any WIOA requirement(s). If the EDD, in consultation with the nominating Local Board, determines a training provider intentionally supplied inaccurate information or violated any WIOA requirement(s), the EDD or the Local Board shall deny the training provider's application for the CA ETPL, and the training provider is not allowed to be reconsidered for inclusion on the CA ETPL for at least two years. If approved for inclusion on the CA ETPL, but the Local ETPL Coordinator determines the training provider/program does not meet their local ETPL requirements, the Local Board must inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the denial, and information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 days of receipt of the application. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaUOBS within 10 business days of issuance. J. Delisting Training Providers/Programs To ensure the integrity of the CA ETPL, the Local Board or the EDD will remove a training Provider or program from the CA ETPL at any time for the items below: 1. The training provider will be immediately removed from the CA ETPL for any of the following reasons until such time as they meet continued eligibility. A provider who has been removed from the list for any of the following reasons is liable to repay all Adult and Dislocated Worker training funds received during the period of noncompliance: a. The training provider has lost its accreditation or its approval to operate from its regulating agency. b. A private postsecondary training provider no longer meets the exempt criteria per CEC Section 94874, or the provider's Verification of Exemption by BPPE (if required by the EDD) expired or is revoked, and the provider does not have a new Verification of Exemption, or BPPE Approval to Operate. c. The nonprofit Community Based Organization no longer qualifies under Section 501(c)(3) of the Federal Internal Revenue Code. d. The apprenticeship program is no longer registered with the DOL under the National Apprenticeship Act, or is no longer approved by DIR DAS. The State WSD21-03 Page 16 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 ETPL Coordinator is responsible for removing apprenticeship programs. e. The pre -apprenticeship program no longer has a Letter of Commitment from a DOL registered or DIR DAS approved apprenticeship program, or no longer leads to an industry -recognized postsecondary credential. f. It is determined the provider sub -contracted instruction of the program to another entity without approval from WASC or BPPE. See ETPL Definitions (Attachment 2) for the definition of third -party subcontracting. g. The provider is not in compliance with WIOA Section 188. 2. A training provider will be immediately removed from the CA ETPL for a period of no less than two years for any of the reasons listed in this section. A provider who has been removed from the list for any of the following reasons is liable to repay all Adult and Dislocated Worker training funds received during the period of noncompliance: a. The state identifies the Local Board and training provider are participating in pay -to -play activities (commonly known as kickbacks) that include, but are not limited to: the Local Board received monetary or gift exchanges for (or in the hope for) referrals to a specific training provider, and/or exchanges of money or gifts to have the training provider listed on ETPL. As part of the annual on -site monitoring of Local Boards, if it is determined the Local Board is engaging in pay -to -play activities, a corrective action is required, and failure to take timely action to be in compliance may result in decertification of the Local Board involved. b. It is determined the training provider falsely reported information. c. The training provider substantially violated a provision of Title I of WIOA, or its implementing regulations. d. The training provider's top level leadership (e.g., owner, CEO, Director, etc.) is convicted of violating any federal or state law associated to the operation of the institution. 3. The EDD, in coordination with the Local Board, can remove a provider for any of the following reasons. Reactivation to the list is at the discretion of the State ETPL Coordinator and the Local Board: a. It is determined the provider is not serving or providing value to WIOA participants, and is listed on the CA ETPL solely for other purposes, such as the utilization of Workers' Compensation Supplemental Job Displacement Benefit vouchers. b. The provider has not served at least one Title I, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two program years. See "Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria" for requirements to be reinstated to the ETPL. c. The provider's CaIJOBS profile and/or program information is inaccurate or incomplete. d. The training provider has not demonstrated a good faith effort in providing the ETP Report data to the EDD. e. The provider no longer wishes to be listed on the CA ETPL. WSD21-03 Page 17 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 4. In an effort to safeguard WIOA funds, the training provider will be suspended from the CA ETPL if the training provider is under any federal, state, or local investigation. During the period of suspension, no new enrollments may occur, but the training provider can continue to serve existing WIOA funded enrollments. Once the investigation is complete, a review of the findings by the state will determine if the provider can be reinstated to the CA ETPL. If a training provider/program is removed from the CA ETPL, the EDD must inform the Local Board of the denial and the reason(s) for the delisting within 30 days of the removal. The Local Board must in turn inform the training provider in writing with the reason(s) for the delisting, and provide information on the Local Board appeal process within 30 days of receipt of the EDD's decision. A copy of the written notification provided to the provider must be uploaded to the document section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS within 10 business days of issuance. All training provider/programs removed from the CA ETPL must be removed from the local ETPL immediately upon notification from the EDD, as any new enrollments into a training program not eligible to be on the CA ETPL will result in disallowed costs. It is the responsibility of the EDD and the Local Board to work together to ensure any participants currently enrolled in a training program removed under items 1 and 2 experience minimal disruption. If the training provider or program is removed due to items 1, 3, or 4, any participants already enrolled (attended at least one day of instruction) can continue participation in the program until the training is complete, but no new enrollments may occur. Please see WSD19-10 for additional information regarding the recovery of training funds. K. Placing Delisted Training Providers/Programs Back on the ETPL Requests to be placed back on the CA ETPL must be submitted through the Local Board (unless the provider is a Distance Education or apprenticeship program). The training provider and program(s) must meet all criteria outlined in the CA ETPL Continued Eligibility Criteria section of this attachment to be placed back on the CA ETPL. If the training provider is removed for item 2 of the Delisting Training Providers/Programs section of this directive, two years must have passed from the time of their removal before they can be placed back onto the CA ETPL. If the training provider is removed for item 3(b) of the Delisting Training Providers/Programs section, the provider must wait 6 months from the date of removal before submitting an ETPL application for reinstatement. L. Appeals Appeals to the Local Board Each Local Board must have a written appeal process for the CA and local ETPL that includes the following required provisions: WSD21-03 Page 18 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Instructions for a training provider wishing to appeal a decision. The training provider must appeal to the Local Board in writing within 30 days of the issuance of the denial or delisting notice. The appeal must include a statement of the desire to appeal, specification of the training program(s) in question, the reason(s) for the appeal (i.e., grounds), documentation supporting the grounds for the appeal, and the signature of the appropriate training provider official. • An initial informal meeting between the Local Board staff and the training provider. The purpose of this meeting is to identify if there is a simple solution to resolve the dispute. The opportunity for training providers to have a hearing. The hearing officer shall be an impartial person. The hearing officer shall provide written notice to the concerned parties of the date, time, and place of the hearing at least ten calendar days in advance of the scheduled hearing. Both parties shall have the opportunity to present oral and written testimony under oath, to call and question witnesses, request documents relevant to the proceedings, and have legal representation. • The hearing officer's final decisions must be made within 60 days of receipt of the appeal, and the training provider and the Local Board notified in writing of the final decision. A copy of the final decision must be emailed to the State ETPL Coordinator (wsbetpl@edd,ca,gov), and the Local ETPL Coordinator must upload the final decision to the Provider Profile section of CaIJOBS. Appeals to EDD Distance Education and Apprenticeship programs can appeal directly to the EDD. All other training provider may appeal to the EDD only if the local appeal process has been exhausted, and the provider is dissatisfied with the Local Board's final decision. A training provider wishing to appeal a Local Board's decision must submit a written appeal to the EDD within 30 days from the date of the Local Board's final decision. The request for appeal must include a statement of the desire to appeal, specification of the training program in question, the reason(s) for the appeal (i.e., grounds), Local Board's final decision document, and the signature of the appropriate training provider official. The appeal should be sent to: wsbetolPedd.ca,eov. The EDD will promptly notify the appropriate Local Board when the EDD receives a request for appeal and when a final decision has been rendered. The EDD will review appeals received, make a decision, and notify the training provider and the Local Board. • The EDD will upload the state's final decision to the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. WSD21-03 Page 19 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES M. Maintenance of the CA ETPL ATTACHMENT 1 The EDD is responsible for the maintenance and publishing of the CA ETPL. Local Boards, in turn, are responsible for ensuring all of their AJCC locations have access to the most recent version of the CA and local ETPLs. Local Boards may include additional performance, occupational, and/or industry data to augment the CA ETPL listings on their local ETPL. Local Boards, job seekers, and training providers have access to the CA ETPL on CaIJOBS by clicking the Access California's ETPL and Apprenticeship Providers link from the homepage, or by clicking More Career Services, and then Education Services section. N. ETP Report The WIOA requires the state to submit an ETP Report with the federal WIOA Annual Performance Report on October 1st utilizing a template developed jointly by the DOL and U.S. Department of Education. This report includes all WIOA and non-WIOA participants served by each training program listed on the CA ETPL3. The DOL has made the ETP Report data available to the public via trainingproviderresults,gov. The ETP Report gathers critical information, including the employment, earnings, and credentials obtained by participants in the training program. This information will be widely disseminated to assist participants and members of the general public in identifying effective training providers and programs. This information will also benefit the training provider by providing awareness of their program, and serving as a tool to potentially enhance their programs. All training providers are required to electronically submit the program participant data outlined in the CA ETPAssurances Form (Attachment 4). The state recognizes the reporting burden this causes, and understands the data limitations, so the state will work with training providers based on the available data provided. Data reporting for the annual ETP Report will be a phased approach with the state working collaboratively with Local Boards, and training providers to obtain the required information. Training providers that demonstrate a good faith effort in providing data will not be subject to removal from the ETPL; however, failure to provide any data may result in removal from the CA ETPL. Performance data from the ETP Report will be used for continued eligibility review of all training programs, excluding DOL registered or DIR DAS approved apprenticeships. O. Technical Assistance and Resources Technical assistance will be provided by BPPE, DIR DAS, Local ETPL Coordinators, and EDD on respective application processes, compliance requirements, and reporting documents. Each Local Board must identify a Local ETPL Coordinator(s) using the Local ETPL Coordinator Contact 3 Apprenticeship programs are excluded from this requirement. WSD21-03 Page 20 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 1 Form (Attachment 6). The Local Board must provide an updated form if the Local ETPL Coordinator changes, or if the existing coordinator's information changes. Training Providers Training providers may contact the Local ETPL Coordinator in their area with questions regarding the application process and eligibility (initial and continued). For basic ETPL information and a list of Local ETPL Coordinators, refer to the EDD's Eligible Training Provider List located on the EDD website. Private postsecondary training providers can obtain assistance from the BPPE through technical assistance workshops (BPPE Application Workshop and BPPE Compliance Workshop), which assists training providers in completing the BPPE Annual Reports, and online reporting tools. Apprenticeship providers that are registered with either the US DOL or CA DIR DAS and wish to be added to the ETPL should contact the State ETPL Coordinator by email: wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. Local ETPL Coordinators Local ETPL Coordinators can communicate with the State ETPL Coordinator by email: wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov, The EDD will coordinate webinars and trainings as necessary. Announcements related to the CA ETPL will be made via email to the Local ETPL Coordinators. The CaUOBS ETPL Module Guide Card (located on the Staff Online Resources page in COIJOBS) provides detailed instructions to assist Local Boards with entering programs into the CaIJOBS ETPL module. The CaIJOBS system includes data entry screens and reports, and is the mandatory method to be used by training providers and Local Boards for transmitting this data to the state. For a full list of CaIJOBS Activity Codes used to track a participant's training activities, please see CaIJOBS Activity Codes (WS019-06). WSD21-03 Page 21 of 21 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 ETPL DEFINITIONS Apprenticeship Program —All apprenticeship programs that are registered with the U.S. Department of Labor (DOL), Office of Apprenticeship, or approved by California (CA) Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS), are automatically eligible to be included on the CA Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL). Apprenticeship programs are a written plan designed to move an apprentice from a low or no skill entry-level position to full occupational proficiency. The apprenticeship program is sponsored by an employer, and upon completing the training program, an apprentice earns a "Completion of Registered Apprenticeship" certificate, which is an industry -issued, nationally - recognized credential. Customized Training —Training that meets the following criteria: 1. Designed to meet the specific requirements of an employer (including a group of employers). 2. Conducted with a commitment by the employer to employ an individual upon successful completion of the training. 3. The employer pays a significant portion of the cost of training, as determined by the Local Workforce Development Board (Local Board) involved, taking into account the size of the employer and such other factors as the Local Board determines to be appropriate, which may include the number of employees participating in training, wage and benefit levels of those employees at present and anticipated upon completion of the training), relation of the training to the competitiveness of a participant, and other employer -provided training and advancement opportunities. Distance Education — Education that uses only one or more of the technologies listed below to deliver instruction to students who are separated from the instructor, and to support regular and substantive interaction between the students and the instructor, whether offered concurrently or not. The technologies include the following: 1. The internet. 2. One-way and two-way transmissions through open broadcast, closed circuit, cable, microwave, broadband lines, fiber optics, satellite, or wireless communications devices. 3. Audio conferencing. Eligible Training Provider (ETP) — In order for a training provider to list a program on the ETPL, the training provider must do the following: 1. Receive funding for training services. 2. Meet the standards and requirements to be a training provider on the ETPL. 3. Provide a program of training services. 4. Be one of the following types of entities: a. Institution of Higher Education that leads to a recognized post -secondary credential. WSD21-03 Page 1 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 b. Entities that carry out a training program registered under the National Apprenticeship Act. c. Other public or private training providers, which may include the following: i. Nonprofit Community Based Organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Federal Internal Revenue Code. H. Joint labor-management organizations. iii. Eligible training providers of Adult education and literacy activities under Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Title II. ETPL Training Program Types — In order for a training provider to receive WIOA funds through an Individual Training Account (ITA), its training program(s) must be listed on the ETPL. These programs must provide training services, including, but not limited to the following (unless otherwise noted): 1. Occupational skills training, including training for non-traditional employment. 2. Programs that combine workplace training with related instruction, which may include cooperative education programs. 3. Training programs operated by the private sector. 4. Skill upgrading and retraining. 5. Entrepreneurial training. 6. Adult Education or Literacy Activities in combination with training services listed above. 7. Apprenticeship and Pre -apprenticeship Skills Training (20 CFR 680.330). In -demand Industry Sector or Occupation — The determination of whether an industry sector or occupation is in -demand shall be made by the California Workforce Development Board (CWDB) or Local Board, as appropriate, using state and regional business and labor market projections. An industry sector is considered in demand if it has a substantial current, or potential impact (including through jobs that lead to economic self-sufficiency and opportunities for advancement) on the state, regional, or local economy, and that contributes to the growth or stability of other supporting businesses, or the growth of other industry sectors. An occupation that currently has, or is projected to have, a number of positions in an industry sector so as to have a significant impact on the state, regional, or local economy, as appropriate. Occupational Skills Training — An organized program of study that provides specific vocational skills that lead to proficiency in performing actual tasks and technical functions required by certain occupational fields at entry, intermediate, or advanced levels. Postsecondary Credential — An industry -recognized certificate or certification, a certificate of completion of an apprenticeship, a license recognized by the state or federal government, or an Associate or Bachelor's degree. A recognized postsecondary credential is based on the attainment of measurable technical or industry/occupational skills necessary to obtain employment or advance within an industry/occupation. These technical or industry/occupational skills are generally based on standards developed or endorsed by WSD21-03 Page 2 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 employers or industry associations. The following are types of recognized postsecondary credentials: • Associate degree. • Bachelor's degree. • Occupational licensure (e.g. Certified Nursing Assistant license). • Occupational certificate, including Registered Apprenticeship and Career and Technical Education educational certificates. • Occupational certification (e.g. Automotive Service Excellence certification). • Other recognized certificates of industry/occupational skills completion sufficient to qualify for entry-level or advancement in employment. Certificates awarded by Local Boards and work readiness certificates are not considered postsecondary credentials because neither type of certificate is recognized industry -wide, nor documents the measurable technical or industry/occupational skills necessary to gain employment or advancement within an occupation. Certificates/credentials that provide general skills, even if such general skills are broadly required to qualify for entry-level employment or advancement in employment, are not considered postsecondary certificates/credentials. The following are examples of credentials/certificates that are not recognized postsecondary credentials: • Occupational Safety and Health Administration 10-hour course on job -related common safety and health hazards (OSHA 10). • National Career Readiness Certification. • National Retail Federation Credentials. • ServSafe Food Handler's Certification. • Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) Certification. • Certificates for General Computer Skills (Microsoft Word, Excel, Outlook, etc.). For an additional resource, the DOL designed an interactive Postsecondary Credential Attainment Decision Tree to assist in making a determination about whether a credential is considered an industry -recognized credential. This tool is best used in conjunction with the information outlined in this directive. Pre -apprenticeship Program —A program designed to prepare individuals to enter and succeed in an apprenticeship program, and includes the following elements: 1. Training and curriculum that aligns with the skill needs of employers in the economy of the state or region involved. 2. Access to educational and career counseling and other supportive services, directly or indirectly. WSD21-03 Page 3 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 3. Hands-on, meaningful learning activities that are connected to education and training activities, such as exploring career options, and understanding how the skills acquired through coursework can be applied toward a future career. 4. A partnership with one or more apprenticeship programs that assists in placing individuals who complete the pre -apprenticeship program in an apprenticeship program. 5. Opportunities to attain at least one industry -recognized credential through an apprenticeship program. Secondary School Diploma or Recognized Equivalent — CA -recognized diplomas issued by a CA public school, as well as by private schools accredited by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges (WASC) or equivalent regional accreditation body. The requirements of a secondary school diploma are outlined by the California Department of Education (CDE) and listed on CDE's High School Graduation Requirements webpage. A secondary school equivalency certification indicates that a student has completed the requirements for a high school education. CA has approved the use of three high school equivalency tests (HSET): GED®, HiSET®, and TASC'". These tests are for students 18 years old and older, and 17 years old (in some instances). Those who pass the CA High School Proficiency Examination are awarded a Certificate of Proficiency by the CA State Board of Education. While some HSET preparation programs may issue "diplomas or certificates" of completion these documents are not genuine high school equivalency credentials. There are various free HSET preparation programs available for free through the CA Adult Education Provider Directory. Third -Party Subcontracting — a program where course instruction and curriculum is not developed by the provider, and instead is created and delivered by a third party. Per Attachment 1 of the directive, the provider accepting tuition and related instruction fees (e.g. ITA) must be the provider listed on the ETPL. Third -party subcontractors cannot accept WIOA funding without meeting ETPL eligibility requirements, and being placed on the ETPL. Per the California Education Code Section 94886, private postsecondary institutions that receive "institutional charges" such as tuition are required to be approved or deemed exempt by the BPPE.1 1 EDC 94886 - Except as exempted in Article 4 (commencing with Section 94874) or in compliance with the transition provisions in Article 2 (commencing with Section 94802), a person shall not open, conduct, or do business as a private postsecondary educational institution in this state without obtaining an approval to operate under this chapter. EDC 94858 - "Private postsecondary educational institution" means a private entity with a physical presence in this state that offers postsecondary education to the public for an institutional charge. WSD21-03 Page 4 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 2 Training Program —A program of training services is one or more courses or classes, or a structured regimen that provides the WIOA training services, and leads to any of the following: 1. An industry -recognized certificate or certification, a certificate of completion of a registered apprenticeship, a license recognized by the State or the Federal government, an associate or baccalaureate degree. 2. A secondary school diploma or its equivalent. 3. Employment (see definition for Training Program that leads to Employment). 4. Measurable skill gains. Due the federal reporting requirements of the ETP Report, if a program is offered with more than one mode of delivery (e.g. online and in -person), more than one program length (e.g. contact hours and/or weeks), and/or more than one curriculum, the program needs to be entered once for each different variation. For example, if program A is offered online, and in - person, the program needs to be entered twice: (1) for the online program, and (2) for the in - person program. Training Program that leads to Employment —An eligible ETPL program must prepare graduates for a specific occupation related to the training that was provided. This means that programs must award measurable technical skills, rather than general skills that are broadly required for employment. These measurable technical or industry/occupational skills generally are based on standards developed or endorsed by employers or industry associations. The training program must be valuable to employers, as evidenced by partnerships with business within priority industry sectors as identified in the State or Local Plan. Support of the training program from at least three separate employers are required to be eligible, and documentation of this support should be uploaded into the provider profile. In addition, graduates of the program must be employed in an occupation related to the training program. Training -related employment can be recorded for WIOA graduates in the follow-up ribbon of the WIOA application. Unsubsidized Employment— Employment in the private or public sector where the employer does not receive a subsidy from public funds to offset all or part of the wages and costs of employing the individual. WSD21-03 Page 5 of 5 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 3 ETPL LOCAL BOARD DELEGATION AND CANCELATION FORM A Local Workforce Development Board (Local Board) may delegate or cancel responsibility of the California (CA) and local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) to an appointed Local Board by completing this form. This form must be completed at the time of a change (delegation or cancelation), and annually in July to ensure the State ETPL Coordinator is able to coordinate with the appropriate Local Board. Please sign (physical or electronic) and submit the completed form to the Employment Development Department via email to WSBETPL@edd.ca.gov. Select either the Delegation or Cancelation box: 1 DELEGATION — Delegating Local Board is assigning responsibility for the CA and local ETPL to the Appointed Local Board, and the Appointed Local Board agrees to coordinate the CA and local ETPL on behalf of the Delegating Local Board. Signatures are required of the Delegating and Appointed Local Board's Executive Director. CANCELATION — Delegating Local Board is revoking responsibility for the CA and local ETPL to the Appointed Local Board. The Delegating Local Board will resume responsibility for the CA and local ETPL unless a new Local Board is assigned this responsibility. Signatures are required of the Delegating and Appointed Local Board's Executive Director. Delegating Local Board: i Name: Ii i Appointed Local Board:_ Name: Delegating Local Board Executive Director Signature: Date: Appointed Local Board Executive Director Signature: Date: WSD21-03 Page 1 of 1 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 4 CA ETP ASSURANCES FORM A completed and signed California (CA) Eligible Training Provider (ETP) Assurances Form must be uploaded to the documents section of the Provider Profile in CaIJOBS. This form must be uploaded annually, prior to the provider being reviewed for eligibility. Part A. I certify that flnsert Name of School/Oreanizationl: (a) Is a legal entity, registered to do business in the state of California (CA). (b) Has not been determined to be ineligible to receive federal funds. (c) Is in compliance with Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act Section 188 and Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations Part 38. (d) Has demonstrated effectiveness in operating occupational classroom or distance training program(s). (e) Agrees that training provider facilities, classroom instruction, relevant financial records, and attendance records may be reviewed by state, federal and/or local monitors or auditors to ensure compliance with funding requirements. Part B. I certify that I: (a) Have reviewed the annual student data reporting requirements for the Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report) established for training providers. Please refer to the ETP Report Required Data listed below. (b) Will begin collecting required student data elements that are not currently being collected. (c) Will report and submit the ETP Report data for all students trained in each of my school/organization's training programs listed as approved on the Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) to the Employment Development Department by the due date. I understand that my school/organization's application for program approval on the CA ETPL will not be processed without receiving this Eligible Training Provider Assurances Form. Name of Training Provider (School/Organization) Mailing Address City, State, Zip Code Phone Number (###) ###-#### Print Name of School/Organization Representative _ Title of School/Organization Representative Signature of School/Organization Representative Date WSD21-03 Page 1 of 2 ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHM ENT 4 ETP REPORT REQUIRED DATA RequtrQd Data Fields ETPL Provider Name --ETPL Program Name ----_----- --__--------___.__---- Total Number of Individuals Served Total Number of Individuals Exited_ Total Number who Completed the Program Total Number Employed 2nd Quarter after Exit Median Earnings in the 2"d Quarter after Exit Total Number Employed 41h Quarter after Exit Total Number of Individuals that Attained a Credential Average Earnings in the 2"d Quarter after Exit Average Earnings in the 4 th Quarter after Exit-- WSD21-03 Page 2 of 2 ining Provider wants program( to be listed on the CA ETPL. Local ETPL Coordinator not responsible for Distance Education. Refer provider to State ETPL Coordinator at wsbetpf@edd.ca.gov. r Training Provider is not eligible to be listed on the CA ETPL. An ITA can be used if here is an approved reciproca L agreement with the state. A r Does the Training Provider only N offer programs remotely (e.g., online; audio conference; one-way or two-way Distance Education Training Provider Out-of-state Training Provider transmissions; etc.)? Does the Training Provider have at least one physical training site in CA? In -state Training Provider (Proceed to Step 2) ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 2: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER TYPE DETERMINATION NO NO LN ATTACHMENTS Please proceed to Private Postsecondary Institution process. For definitions of the provider types, please reference Attachment 1 and 2 of the Directive. ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 3: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBLITY DETERMINATION YES YES ATTACHMENT E ng provider is ible to be listed he CA ETPL. ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 3: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBLITY DETERMINATION 7APp111tice,'h,gpProgram (Stater is responsibleon the list). YES YES ATTACHMENT 5 Private Postsecondary Is the Training Provider Institution ACS WASC or WSCUC , accredited? V Does the Training Provider have a current BPPE k,, Approval to Operate? A Training provider is Is the Training Provide not eligible to be listed deemed exempt per CEC on the CA ETPL Section 94874 (does not include a, d, f, or h)? � Private Postsecondary Institution (proceed to Initial Program Eligibility). Private Postsecondary Institution (proceed to Initial Program Eligibility). Private Postsecondary Institution (proceed to Initial Program Eligibility). ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 3: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBILITY DETERMINATION YES YES r ndary Institutionnitial Programility). YES Public Postsecondary Institution (proceed to Initial Program Eligibility). ATTACHMENTS Initial Program Eligibility Training Provider meets all Training provider is hk criteria in Step 1, 2, and 3? • not eligible to be liste on the CA ETPL. Training Program is in an in- Training provider is demand industry sector? Mnot eligible to be lists t. on the CA ETPL. OPPIFTraining Program leads to employment in a Training provider is specific occupation or an industry • not eligible to be listed recognized postsecondary on the CA ETPL. credential? Proceed to Initial Program Training Program information in CaU0f35 Training provider is Eligibility for the • not eligible to be listed appropriate provider type. matches information � in school catalog? on the CA ETPL. , ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart ATTACHMENTS STEP 5: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELI GIBLITY DETERMINATION YES ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 5: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBLITY DETERMINATION YES ATTACHMENT 5 ETPL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES CA ETPL Training Provider and Program Determination Flowchart STEP 5: CA ETPL TRAINING PROVIDER ELIGIBLITY DETERMINATION YES ATTACHMENT 5 E ining provider isligible to be listedn the CA ETP ETPL POLICY AND PROCEDURES ATTACHMENT 6 LOCAL ETPL COORDINATOR CONTACT FORM Each Local Workforce Development Board (Local Board) Executive Director must designate a Local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL) Coordinator(s). The Local ETPL Coordinator(s) will review and nominate training providers and programs for inclusion on the ETPL, via CaLIOBSs"^ on behalf of the Local Board. Submit completed and signed (physical or electronic) form to the Employment Development Department by email: WSBETPL@edd.ca.gov. Date: Local Board: MIS Administrator Name: Executive Director Name: Executive Director Email Address: ETPL Coordinator First Name Last Name Phone Email Address PRIMARY ALTERNATE (Optional) Signature of Approving Local Board Executive Director Date WSD21-03 Page 1 of 1 ATTACHMENT 7 SUMMARY OF COMMENTS Draft Directive ETPL Policy and Procedures (WSDD-215) There were 131 comments to the draft version of this Directive. Contents Accreditation..............................................................................................................................2 AdultEducation..........................................................................................................................2 Appeals....................................................................................................................................... 2 Apprenticeships.........................................................................................................................3 ConsumerChoice.......................................................................................................................5 Delegation.................................................................................................................................. 5 Eligibility.....................................................................................................................................7 GeneralEligibility...................................................................................................................7 InitialEligibility.......................................................................................................................7 ContinuedEligibility...............................................................................................................8 CostInformation......................................................................................................................10 Credentials...............................................................................................................................11 DistanceEducation..................................................................................................................12 EEO...........................................................................................................................................13 ETPReport................................................................................................................................14 ETP Assurances Form...............................................................................................................17 General ETPL Requirements....................................................................................................17 In-Demand...............................................................................................................................19 LocalBoard Policy....................................................................................................................19 Localvs CA ETPL.......................................................................................................................20 Other........................................................................................................................................ 22 Out -of -State Providers.............................................................................................................22 Pre-apprenticeships.................................................................................................................23 ThirdParty................................................................................................................................24 Worker's Comp/Supplemental lob Displacement Benefit(SJDB)...........................................24 Pagel of 25 Accreditation Comment #1—How do we determine if a provider and their programs are accredited? Resolution —Accreditation can be verified by visiting the Western Association of Schools and Colleges, Senior College and University Commission (WSCUC) or WASC Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges (WASC ACCJC) website and searching for the provider in the directory of institutions. Direct links are provided in the policy. Comment #2 — Do private postsecondary schools need to be Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education (BPPE) approved and accredited by WASC? Resolution — No, private providers must be either accredited by WASC, have BPPE Approval to Operate, or meet the exemption criteria identified in California Education Code (CEC) Section 94874. See Attachment 1 under 3. Private Postsecondary Institutions for more information. Comment #3 — Why is the accreditation only limited to Accrediting Commission for Schools (ACS), WASC, the WSCUC? Why is accreditation limited to regional and not inclusive of any Department of Education (DOE) accrediting agency in lieu of BPPE? There are specific examples listed in bold italics that do include these exceptions, what's the difference? Resolution —The BPPE oversees private postsecondary institutions operating in California with the exception of those outlined in CEC Section 94874. Per CEC 94874(i) institutions accredited by the ACS WASC, or WSCUC are exempt from the BPPE. Additional language expanding acceptable accrediting agencies for Distance Education providers has been added on page 9 of this directive. Adult Education Comment #4 — Regarding defining providers of adult education as only those who provide training under Title II of Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) (English as a Second Language [ESL) and citizenship classes). This could exclude Regional Occupational Programs (ROPs), community based schools, and any district that contract these services out to local Community Based Organizations (CBOs). Resolution —Training Employment and Guidance Letter (TEGL) 8-19, attachment 1, page 3 includes "Eligible providers of adult education and literacy activities under WIOA Title 11 if such activities are provided in combination with training services described in 20 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) § 680.350" as an eligible training provider. Appeals Comment #5 — Does the appeals process still work in the context of Local Workforce Development Boards (Local Boards) "nominating" providers for the ETPL instead of placing them on directly? Where should the appeals process start? Resolution —The appeals process starts with the Local Board that issued the denial. If a provider is denied inclusion on the ETPL, and wishes to appeal, the provider must submit its appeal to the Local Board. Page 2 of 25 Comment #6 — Who would be the party responsible for (1) suspending the provider that is under federal, state, or local investigation; (2) notifying the provider of the suspension? If the provider protests, stating they were not afforded due process conduct, who will be responsible for handling any possible legal process as a result of this suspension. Resolution — Removing the provider would be the responsibility of both the Local Board and the state. If either found that a training provider is currently under investigation, then the provider would be immediately suspended by either the state or the Local Board, and the Local Board would inform the provider of the suspension. The provider would then undergo the appeals process if it so chooses, starting with the Local Board. Comment #7 — What if the training provider disagrees with the Local Board's initial eligibility assessment? Resolution —The Local Board must provide the training provider with information regarding the appeals process. Comment #8—Are initial/informal meetings required as part of the appeals process if both parties waive it based on written confirmation? Resolution —All Local Boards must include an option for an informal meeting in their appeals policy. However, both parties can agree to waive this requirement, and documentation should be uploaded into the Provider Profile. This also needs to be included in the local policy. Comment #9—Are formal hearings required if both parties waive it? Can impartial hearing officers be employed at the Local Board or does it need to be from an outside agency? Can the hearing officer be a compliance analyst not working directly with ETPL? Resolution —Local Boards must include the option of a formal hearing in their appeals policy. However, both parties can agree to waive this requirement, and documentation should be uploaded into the Provider Profile. Guidance on the appeals process, including impartial hearing officers, needs to be included in the local policy. Comment #10 — Can a Local Board rule to approve a provider on appeal, if the EDD originally rejected it? Resolution —Yes, but the provider/program has to go through final EDD approval before being reinstated to the ETPL. Apprenticeships Comment #11— It appears that a number of requirements are inapplicable to apprenticeship programs, including the WIOA Section 188 requirement. Is this correct? Resolution — Both Department of Labor (DOL) and Department of Industrial Relations (DIR), Division of Apprenticeship Standards (DAS) ensure that apprenticeships meet Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) standards per 29 CFR 30.3, therefore the Local Board cannot impose additional EEO requirements onto the apprenticeship program. Page 3 of 25 Comment #12 — Please provide further guidance on including all California (CA) apprenticeships on the local Eligible Training Provider List (ETPL). There are some apprenticeship programs that are not available locally (example: apprenticeship programs in Imperial County do not have a presence in Southern California), and does not seem to make sense to list locally as we are unable to provide the Individual Training Account (ITA) for training due to the distance restrictions. Resolution — Per TEGL 13-16, Change 1, "All Registered Apprenticeship Program (RAPS) on a statewide ETP list must also be located on all local ETP lists in the state." In addition, TEGL 8-19 states that "Local Boards may add additional requirements for providers, except for RAPs, which result in providers that are on the state ETP list that may not be eligible for inclusion on the local ETP list." Comment #13—Can Local Boards require local program requirements to apprenticeship programs related to payments (W-9s, Invoice Agreements) and other WIOA assurances (WIOA section 188), list of employers partners, or is that assumed by the state? Resolution —Apprenticeship programs cannot have additional eligibility requirements added to them, per TEGL 8-19. If an apprenticeship program is approved by DOL or DIR DAS and want to be added to the ETPL, they must be added to the state and local ETPL. They cannot be removed from the ETPL until they request to be removed or they lose apprenticeship approval/designation from DOL or DIR DAS. Comment #14—Are registered apprenticeship programs required to provide a paid employment component and if they are not providing employment, how is that monitored? If they do not provide employment, isn't thatjust a regular training program? Resolution —Yes, per the Factsheet located on the DOL Apprenticeship website, apprenticeships are required to provide a paid employment component. The approval of apprenticeship programs is managed by the DOL and/or DIR DAS. Comment #15 —Are we allowed to require apprenticeship to meet our contracting/insurance requirements to be on the local list? Resolution — No. Per TEGL 8-19, no additional eligibility requirements can be added to apprenticeship programs. Comment #16 —There are approved apprenticeship programs in occupations that are not in our local priority sector or in -demand occupations. Our local policy is to not put such programs on our local ETPL. It would be inconsistent to allow such a program to be listed as an apprenticeship when we do not list it as a private postsecondary training program. Resolution — Per TEGL 13-16, Change 1, "Given that RAPS are a link to demonstrated hiring needs and WIOA provides automatic training provider eligibility to RAPS, ETA has determined that RAPs qualify as occupations in -demand in the local labor market." In addition, TEGL 8-19, Attachment 1, page 3 states: "RAPs are automatically eligible to be included on the ETP list and are exempt from state and local ETP eligibility requirements." Page 4 of 25 Comment #17 — If WIOA funds cannot be used for building construction, doesn't that restrict Local Boards from funding apprenticeship/pre-apprenticeship programs? Resolution — DOL Final Rules 683.235 clarifies that WIOA funds can't be used for construction, etc. for the purposes of administering WIOA without prior approval from the Secretary of State. However, in the context of apprenticeships and pre -apprenticeships, WIOA funds can be used to pay for participants to be enrolled in construction programs. Consumer Choice Comment #18 — Does this mean the Local Board must refer the client for training and an ITA regardless of the appropriateness of the training? Can an individual demand enrollment and training services while demonstrating poorfitness by missing appointments, failing to meet their obligations in the Individual Employment Plan (IEP), and participate in training that does not necessarily fit their employment goals as long as they possess the minimum age, basic skills, and/or prerequisites to do so? If so, we do not believe this is required by WIOA or beneficial to the participant or the system. Resolution —The America's Job Center of Californias' staff must determine training services are appropriate for an individual after conducting an interview, an evaluation or assessment, and career planning. If training is determined to be appropriate after meeting with a career planner, the Local Board must send that participant to the training they select as long as training funds have not been exhausted. Individuals maintain the right to enroll in whatever program they choose, however it is the Local Board's responsibility to help individuals with choosing the best program that fits their needs based on the IEP. Please see the definition of Training Services in WSD19-06 for further guidance on how an individual qualifies for training services. Comment #19—The CA ETPL does not permit the Local Board to approve a training program that is eligible to be paid with WIOA funding, even though the Local Board is the subject matter expert on what will lead to a self -sustainable career in the local/regional economy. The CA ETPL limits the choice of consumer and the Local Board to use Labor Market Information to determine which courses should be deemed eligible. Resolution — Local Board staff are still able to select providers to nominate that reflect the needs of their Local Workforc a Development Area (Local Area). Attachment 1, page 6 states "Once all necessary information is entered, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate the training provider and/or program for inclusion on the CA ETPL." Delegation Comment #20 — Does each Local Board need to screen all ETPL schools in the Regional Planning Unit (RPU) for inclusion on its local ETPL? Currently we only go through the local process if a customer requests the school. Resolution —Yes, as well as all CA ETPL approved distance education providers and registered apprenticeships. Page 5 of 25 Comment #21— How does a Local ETPL Coordinator get notified that a distance education program or a program in the RPU has been approved? Resolution — ETPL Coordinators receive notifications via the CaIJOBSsm Message Center for their ETPL Coordinator account alerting them to newly added and approved programs. Comment #22 — Please explain how this will be handled for the providers and programs that are already listed. Currently, the ETPL Coordinator in which the main campus is located must manage all of the sites, even those out of their area. Resolution — Local Board initial and continued eligibility procedures will need to be adjusted. For Continued Eligibility, the provider profile will be reviewed by the EDD. The programs will continue to be reviewed by the Local Boards where the programs are located. Comment #23 — Local Boards with the main office or main campus located in their region, should not be responsible for listing other affiliated programs located outside their region. Each region needs to have the option to list linked campuses/schools separately in each region. With EEO monitoring requirements and no designated funding provided to hire ETPL Coordinators, being responsible for multiple campuses throughout the State, is an unrealistic expectation, especially for smaller Local Boards with limited resources. Resolution — For Initial Eligibility, the provider profile is nominated by the Local Board where the provider is headquartered. Programs will be nominated by the Local Board where the program is located. For Continued Eligibility, the provider profile will be reviewed by the EDD. The programs will continue to be reviewed by the Local Boards where the programs are located. Comment #24—Once programs are listed on the CA ETPL, can this be clarified why training Providers need to contact Local Boards? If the provider is not currently on the CA ETPL, shouldn't the Local Board where the provider (not the program) is located be responsible for nominating the provider? Resolution — Providers can reach out to the Local ETPL Coordinator for technical assistance with entering information in CalJOBS. The provider is nominated by the Local Board where the provider is headquartered. Programs will be nominated by the Local Board where the program is located. Comment #25 — If there are no changes to the ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancellation Form (Attachment 3) and the Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form (Attachment 7) that are already on file, do we need to resubmit them under this new Draft Directive? Resolution — Local Boards will need to submit the ETPL Local Board Delegation and Cancellation Form (Attachment 3) annually in July. The Local ETPL Coordinator Contact Form (Attachment 7) only needs to be resubmitted when there are updates. Comment #26— Is it possible to not only delegate ETPL duties to another Local Board, but instead to delegate individual providers to another Local Board? Page 6 of 25 Resolution —The delegation form is used to delegate ETPL responsibilities (including providers/programs) to another Local Board. Individual providers cannot be delegated to another Local Board. If a provider moves its headquarters from one Local Area to another, the responsibility for that provider changes, and both Local Board ETPL Coordinators should be made aware of the change. Eligibility General Eligibility Comment #27—Can Local Boards place the burden of proof on providers to prove that their programs meet the requirements for eligibility? Resolution — Local Board staff are required to review programs to ensure they meet eligibility requirements, including credentials. Once all necessary information is entered, the Local ETPL Coordinator must review and nominate the training provider and/or program for inclusion on the CA ETPL ensuring all information provided is complete, accurate, and current, and is in alignment with this Directive. Comment #28 — What documentation is required to demonstrate a provider's partnership with local businesses? Resolution —This will vary depending on the Local Board and their local policy. The state will allow Local Boards to decide what is considered "in partnership with business. Comment #29 — Will the negotiated goals be the same as WIOA title I programs or will there be different ones for training provider programs? Resolution — Programs must meet the performance requirements described in the continued eligibility section of the Directive, as well as the state -level Title I Adult performance goal. Comment #30— Why are training providers that do not award degrees and solely provide educational programs for total charges of $2,500 not allowed? If a provider has a BPPE exemption, it is unclear if a WIOA-funded ITA is considered Federal student financial aid and therefore ineligible. Resolution —This exemption prohibits any federal funding be used to pay for this program, thus excluding WIOA funding from being used. Section 74110 of the CEC defines public funding as "any financial aid paid on behalf of students or directly to an institution from any public source," which includes WIOA. Initial Eligibility Comment #31— Performance requirements for initial eligibility limit customer choice and local autonomy by removing the ability for new training providers to be added to the ETPL without performance data. The Draft Directive does not specify the source of the performance metrics. If in the past, it will come from a provider's BPPE Annual Report, this will further inhibit a Local Board's autonomy as BPPE is currently two years behind in publishing performance data and, in fact, does not even allow a provider to upload data until September for publication in Page 7 of 25 December. This would effectively mean new providers would be required to have two years of performance metrics. Resolution —TEGL 8-19, Attachment 1 indicates that, "The performance of ETPs is a factor that states must use in determining both initial and continued eligibility of a provider to be included on the state's ETP list." The state requires placement data for initial eligibility for two main reasons: 1) it ensures that providers on the ETPL are of a certain quality in keeping with state and federal laws and regulations, and 2) participants are more likely to be successful in WIOA (i.e. employment) if the ETPL program meets the initial eligibility placement requirement. This benefits Local Board performance numbers. Performance data is entered directly into CaIJOBS, and is no longer verified using the BPPE Annual Report. Comment #32 — Given the time it takes for a provider to create and complete an ETPL application, what is the exact timeframe for Local Boards to complete their review process? Resolution — Local Boards should complete their review process of a provider within 30 calendar days of the complete provider and/or program data being submitted into CalJOBS. The state considers the date of a program being submitted as the application date, and the Local Board has 30 days from that date to nominate the program for review to the state. Comment #33 —Is it required that all initial and continued eligibility reviews be reviewed by the state prior to a Local Board approving? If so, what is the process for this? Resolution — Local Boards will submit providers and their programs to the state for review. This is called "nominating," and the process will be very similar to the current one for adding programs to the ETPL. Within 30 days of receiving the nomination, the state will review the data in CalJOBS and either approve or deny the provider and/or program, and inform the Local Board. Comment #34 — In the past, performance was collected during the subsequent eligibility period. Are we now, gathering information on performance prior to listing a program on the ETPL? Is there an exception for performance if the provider or program is new? Resolution —Yes, performance information must be provided as part of the initial eligibility review process. The use of performance data during initial eligibility review is required by the DOL, and cannot be waived. Continued Eligibility Comment #35 — Removing programs and then requiring a program meet continued eligibility requirements limits consumer choice and would slow the ETPL's ability to foster demand - driven skills attainment. Resolution —The state has implemented this policy to limit the number of providers that are only on the ETPL for other funding sources (e.g. Workers' Compensation Vouchers) and should help limit the burden of the Local Board ETPL Coordinators in reviewing these providers if they are not helping participants in the workforce system. Comment#36— Previously, it was up to the Local Board to determine if a provider or program can stay on the ETPL. Is it required that we remove the provider if no enrollments have Page 8 of 25 occurred in 2 years? If so, what is the process for the provider to get back on the ETPL? Can a customer request the provider? Resolution —Yes, per the Directive providers must be removed from the ETPL if they do not have at least one enrollment in the previous two program years (PYs). If they would like to get back on the ETPL, they must wait 6 months before reapplying to the ETPL and meet the continued eligibility requirements in the Directive. Comment #37 — What is the process for schools that are already listed on the ETPL? Do we review all new requirements at their annual mark or do they need to be reviewed at the effective date of this Directive? Resolution — Per the ETPL Directive, continued eligibility applies to all training providers listed on the CA ETPL at any time under the WIOA or Workforce Investment Act (WIA), and whose initial eligibility has expired. A training provider's initial and continued eligibility is valid for 365 days after the provider is approved for the ETPL. Providers and programs already on the list can be reviewed using the policies outlined in this directive the next time they are reviewed for continued eligibility. Comment #38—Providers on the ETPL for two full complete PYs (July 1—June 30) must have at least one Title I, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two PYs. Does this refer to one enrollment in the entire provider or one enrollment in the individual program? Resolution — One enrollment for the entire provider. This requirement is not applied to the program. Comment #39— What is the reapplication process for programs trying to remain on the ETPL? Resolution — Please see the ETPL Guide Card (Attachment 5) for steps on how programs are submitted for continued eligibility review. Comment #40—Since continued eligibility can be reviewed at any time during the year (calendar or fiscal), which timeframe is used to measure performance? Resolution —The performance timeframe is for the previous complete PY, July 1' to June 30tn Comment #41— Will Local Boards have the discretion when they conduct continued eligibility? Resolution —After the program becomes initially eligible, they must be reviewed again before the end of the first year (i.e. a program is added to the ETPL on 10/22/2020, the Local Board must review the program again prior to 10/22/2021). Continued eligibility for providers and programs on the CA ETPL must be reviewed every year. For the local ETPL, Local Boards can do continued eligibility every two years. Local Boards can determine the time frame in which they review and complete continued eligibility as long as it is done within the required timeframes. Comment #42 — For programs that run over the one-year period, how should the Local Board conduct continued eligibility? Page 9 of 25 Resolution — Programs that are longer than one year should use whatever cohort is graduating in the year to determine if they meet continued eligibility. Comment #43 — How do Local Boards determine which programs are up for continued eligibility? Resolution — ETPL programs in CaIJOBS have a Subsequent Review Due Date (SRDD), which is the date that Local Boards must review a program by. If a program is not reviewed by the SRDD, the program will automatically be removed from the ETPL. Programs that are 60 days from their SRDD will have a REAPP icon, indicating they are in need of review. The Detailed Report > Provider > by Program Reapplication allows Local Board to see which programs on the ETPL are due for review. Comment #44— How do Local Boards keep track of programs during continued eligibility, aside from reports? What if there are issues with how the reports function? Resolution — ETPL staff accounts allow for notifications to be sent to staffs email regarding new programs, changes to existing programs, and other changes in the ETPL module. If there are any issues regarding notifications, please reach out to the CaIJOBS Operations Unit at caliobsadmin@edd.ca.gov. The state is also working to revise provider reports to be more useful to ETPL staff. If ETPL staff would like to request updates to reports (new filters, new columns, etc.), they can email the ETPL box at wsbetpl@edd.ca.gov. Comment #45 — Will we be using the most recent data available in ETP Report for our continued eligibility or waiting until a new year is submitted? Resolution —You would use the most recently available performance data to determine if a provider is eligible. Comment #46— Reviewing year-round instead of at one specific time may seem like a more efficient method, but in reality, it puts an onerous burden on ETPL coordinators. Couldn't it be possible to make the review at a set time during the year? Or Local Boards should have the option to review at a minimum, once per year, or every 2 years if programs are longer than a year? Resolution —After the program becomes initially eligible and is added to the CA ETPL, they must be reviewed annually for continued eligibility (i.e. a program is added to the ETPL on 10/22/2020, the Local Board ETPL Coordinator must review the program again prior to 10/22/2021). For the local ETPL, Local Boards can do continued eligibility every two years. Local Boards can determine the time frame in which they review and complete continued eligibility as long as it is done within the required timeframes. Cost Information Comment #47— What should the cost information for an ETPL program be matched to? Resolution —The cost in the Cost Details tab of the program wizard should match the cost a Page 10 of 25 member of the general public would pay when enrolling in the program without assistance from WIOA. This information should be available in the provider's brochure or website. Credentials Comment #48—This DOL Credential Tool does not include a category for private postsecondary providers. Resolution —Those providers would fit under the "Institutions for Higher Education" category. Comment #49—The DOL Credential Tool does not explain the skills that either meet/do not meet the definition of a credential. It also does not explain what "in -demand" means. Resolution —The DOL Credential Tool is meant to accompany federal ETPL guidance and illustrate how the requirements are met, rather than explain what those requirements are. Comment #50 — If a Local Board, as part of the local initial eligibility requirements, completes an onsite visit with an industry expert who verifies the program meets industry standards, evidenced by the review of the curriculum, equipment, testing, etc., would this be considered as meeting the industry credentials? Resolution —These requirements are in addition to the credential/employment for a specific occupation requirement, not specific criteria for the requirements. Credentials that are "industry -recognized" must meet the definition as described in WSD19-03. Comment #51—There are many programs that do not meet the narrow definition of Post - Secondary Credential outlined in the Definitions attachment that provide valuable and demonstrated effectiveness to individuals with barriers to employment (such as programs for Microsoft Office applications and other office and administrative oriented programs). We also believe these should meet the definition of training under Skills Upgrade and Retraining, Resolution — Per Training and Employment Notice (TEN) 25-19, the programs described here do not meet the definition of a post -secondary credential, since the skills that are attained fall into the general skills/work readiness category. WIOA funds can be used to provide training to general skills such as work readiness, hygiene or safety, but credentials can only be counted toward recognized postsecondary credential attainment if they prepare a person with the competencies required to perform a specific occupation. Local Boards can still send participants to Microsoft courses; however, it is considered a Short-term Prevocational Service and CaIJOBS activity code 215 should be used. Comment #52—Several comments were received regarding the desire to exclude Skills Upgrading and Retraining, Entrepreneurial Training, and Adult Education and Literacy Activities from the list of services required to be on the ETPL. Resolution — Per TEGL 8-19, Attachment 1, these training services are required to be on the ETPL if using an ITA. Page 11 of 25 Comment #53 — Would the fact that there is a partnership be the only evidence needed to prove that the provider's credential and/or certificate is acceptable as an industry -recognized credential? What extent or depth of partnership is required to meet this bar- and what criteria should the ETPL coordinator use to determine what the extent or depth of the partnership is? Should there be written documentation? Resolution — No, credentials that are "industry -recognized" must meet the definition as described in WSD19-03. The extent or depth of partnership will be determined by each Local Board. Comment #54—The second to last bullet (page 4) only mentions credentials and or certificates, but does it also include degrees or licenses? Resolution — Yes. Attachment 2 provides a full list of the types of recognized postsecondary credentials. Comment #55 — If the program does not issue the credential, what is the distinction that the program meets a requirement to lead to a license? Would it be "if a separate/third party exam is required to obtain the license," otherwise it would need to be issued bythe training provider? Resolution —The training program does not have to issue the credential, but the training program should prepare the individual to obtain the credential. For example, a Class A Truck Driving program does not issue the Class A driver's license, but it should prepare the individual to pass the state issued exam to obtain the license. Comment #56 —The DOL Credential Tool indicates that a secondary school diploma or equivalent meets the requirements of a credential when attesting to Industry -wide Technical or Industry/Occupation Skills. We believe programs to attain secondary school diplomas or the equivalent meet the definition of training and credential. Resolution — Credentials that are "industry -recognized" must meet the definition as described in WSD19-03. A secondary school diploma or equivalent is a credential, but the Adult Education program can only be on the ETPL when earned in conjunction with Occupational Skills Training. Distance Education Comment #57 — Emergent needs from COVID (online versions, remote training, etc.) is not represented at this time on ETPL. There is urgent need for access to quick training options in addition to training designed to assist in short-term skill building in order to access surge recruitment and lifeboat jobs. How will we handle this need? Resolution — Online learning and/or remote training (distance education) is eligible to be on the ETPL. These providers are reviewed for initial and continued eligibility by the State ETPL Coordinator. Under the new Directive, the responsibility for providers that only function in a distance education capacity shifts to the state for initial and subsequent eligibility review. Page 12 of 25 Comment #58— With the change in instruction delivery due to COVID, will training providers already listed on ETPL have to create new listings for on-line programs? Resolution —Yes. Per Attachment 1, "If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, curriculum, or course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation." Please reference the definition of a Training Program in Attachment 2. Comment #59—Online training is really limited, particularly by providers outside of California. There are many quality training programs that initiate and have headquarters outside of California. The ETPL makes it difficult to find and access these providers. Additionally, online courses (without physical operations) are not easily added which is a disincentive. Resolution — Distance Education providers can be headquartered outside of CA, but they must only offer distance education courses. If they only have physical training locations outside of CA, then they are considered an out-of-state provider and cannot be on the CA ETPL; however, an approved reciprocal agreement may be used. If they have physical locations in CA, but are headquartered outside CA, they are still considered an in -state provider and can be on the ETPL if they meet eligibility requirements. Per the Education Code Section 94801.5, Distance Education private postsecondary education institutions must register with BPPE, unless they provide undergraduate or graduate degrees. Comment #60 — What about providers that provide both distance and in -person programs? Or programs that are hybrid partially distance and partially in -person? Resolution — If the provider offers alternative or "hybrid" in -person and online programs, and have a physical location in California, they are an in -state provider. If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, different curriculum, and/or different course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation. Please reference the definition of a Training Program In Attachment 2. Comment #61—CalJOBS offers a screen for choosing "Duration" with options of more than one intensity, duration and schedule. CaIJOBS also offers a "Scheduling" screen that could be updated by GSI to allow a selection for In -person and/or distance learning if you want to track it. Could these be used instead of creating separate program entries in CaIJOBS for a single program that only has one listing with the accrediting agency, one curriculum, one cost and one set of performance? Shouldn't CaIJOBS listings match the exact titles and programs approved by the accrediting agency? Resolution — Programs with multiple modes of delivery, different lengths of instruction, and/or different curriculum must be listed separately to comply with ETP Report requirements. Program details should match the brochures available on the provider's website. Comment #62 — Who is responsible for initial and continued eligibility for Distance Education providers? Resolution —The State ETPL Coordinator is responsible for the initial and continued eligibility of Distance Education providers. EEO Page 13 of 25 Comment #63 — Where do Local Boards find the EEO monitoring tools? Resolution — Please refer to your Local Board's EEO Officer, as defined in WSD17-01. Comment #64 — How do Local Boards conduct EEO monitoring for providers with multiple locations? Resolution — It is recommended that Local Boards provide the provider one of the EEO monitoring tools (depending on size of provider), and have them complete it and add it to their CaIJOBS Provider Profile. For additional assistance, please refer to your Local Board's EEO Officer and reference WSD17-01. Comment #65—Are on -site visits (which would be needed to determine that EEO and other items are posted) required before nominating a training vendor for inclusion on the CA ETPL? Resolution — No, it is recommended that Local Boards provide one of the EEO monitoring tools (depending on size of provider), and have them complete it and add it to their CaIJOBS Provider Profile. For additional assistance, please refer to your Local Board's EEO Officer and reference WSD17-01. Comment #66 — Do the EEO requirements in the Draft Directive apply to all providers? Resolution —This applies to all training providers, except apprenticeship programs. ETP Report Comment #67 — What if BPPE performance data is not collected for providers who serve rural areas? Won't this negatively affect their placement rate? Resolution — Performance requirements for providers under the new ETPL Directive do not require BPPE placement data. Placement data is directly entered into CaIJOBS. Comment #68— Public education either does not collect and track students past graduation or claim they aren't allowed to release that information due to confidentiality requirements. If a public postsecondary CC, CSU or UC does not provide % who successfully completed a program, nor % who are employed within 6 months for initial eligibility, their program must still be listed on the CA ETPL because they are not required to meet a specific performance threshold, correct? Resolution — For Initial Eligibility, public postsecondary providers are still required to submit performance data. They are not required to meet a threshold. Comment #69— Would a waiver be available if the individual was sick or had a valid reason not to take the first test? Some state tests have very long periods between test dates. Resolution —No, a waiver is not available for a missed test. Comment #70— How is the provider supposed to know when one of their students has exited from WIOA? Or does this mean the student exited from the program, either by successfully completing or dropping out? Resolution — Exiting the program refers to the training program rather than WIOA. Page 14 of 25 Comment #71— Is the placement requirement based on WIOA enrollments only or includes general public as well? Resolution —The placement requirement for initial eligibility includes all students. For continued eligibility, the completion measures includes all students, whereas the other measures include WIOA participants only. Comment #72— In regards to performance for public postsecondary, is there a form for the providers to fill out with the performance information? Resolution —All providers are required to report their performance data directly into CalJOBS. Comment #73 — Local Boards are responsible for meeting WIOA performance outcomes for WIOA participants. Are training providers held to the outcomes that are the responsibility of the Local Boards or do they hold shared responsibility? If the performance metrics inclusive of both WIOA and non-WIOA participants, is it common for providers to track employment outcomes or is this specific to ETPL? Resolution — Providers are held to the performance requirements outlined in the ETPL Directive, as described in the Initial and Continued Eligibility sections. If providers and/or programs are successful with WIOA participants, the Local Board will see this success in meeting their negotiated goals. The responsibility of outcomes is shared. Comment #74 — Program data being entered into CaIJOBS represents duplication of work for those who do collect such information and is not verifiable. Minimally, we believe the state should work with the CaIJOBS vendor to provide a more streamlined process. Resolution —As described in TEGL 3-18, all providers must work with the state to submit performance data required by the ETP Report in order to be eligible and listed on the ETPL. WIOA participant data will come from case management work that is already entered into WIOA applications in CaIJOBS. Providers are required to submit aggregate data on all students in CalJOBS. Comment #75 — Providers are required to report data on ALL students, not just WIOA, to the Local Board and the state. Does this data need to be reported by individual? If so, how do we avoid FERPA violations with individuals who have not signed consent for us to have their data? Resolution — Providers only need to submit aggregate all student data as outlined on the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4). Comment #76—The data collection and reporting of all students that is required for the ETP Report is prohibitive. This is evidenced by many waivers that have been granted by DOL to states as well as our own state's request to waive this provision. The waiver to collect all student data should be extended. Resolution —The waiver to report all student data ended with PY 19. DOL has recently granted an extension to the waiver for PY 20; however, the DOL denied our request for a waiver Page 15 of 25 beyond PY 20, so providers will need to collect and report data on all students (WIOA and non- WIOA). For additional information on the end of this waiver, please see TEN 07-21. Comment #77 —Are Community Colleges, UCs and CSUs required to submit data on all of the data points referenced in the CA ETP Assurance Form? There should be a mechanism to obtain entered employment from students attending public schools. Resolution —Yes, per TEGL 3-18 all providers must submit data for the ETP Report. The CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) notes the data elements required for providers. Comment #78— Will the state be working directly with providers to upload data to CalJOBS or will the State be contacting the Local Boards to complete these tasks? Resolution — Ultimately, the Local Boards are responsible for reviewing providers and programs for initial and continued eligibility, which includes performance data. Guidance will be provided on how to upload or enter performance data into CaIJOBS. Comment #79 —The Directive references the ETP site is scheduled to launch in PY 2020; when will this be a requirement for providers to submit data to the system? What do we do in the interim? Resolution — Per TEN 7-21, the ETP All Students Waiver expired on June 30, 2021, so performance data is required to be submitted by providers beginning in PY 21. Comment #80 — ETP Reports will be published in October, what is the reporting period for that report? Are performance reports requested annually by calendar year or program year? Resolution —The ETP Report is reported by PY (July 1 to June 30). For PY 2020, the report due in October 2021 reflects data from July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021. Comment #81— It looks like the state is aligning the provider program performance measures with WIOA indicators of performance. Does this mean the state will measure this data themselves just as they do with WIOA indicators of performance? Resolution — Providers will submit all student data to the state through the CalJOBS system, which is then uploaded into the Eligible Training Provider Performance Report (ETP Report). The CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) details what data the providers are responsible for submitting. WIOA student data will be calculated automatically via the case management data in the CalJOBS system. Comment #82 — Will training providers be required to enter performance data for individual participants or will it still be totals per program? Will the data be required for both WIOA and non-WIOA students? Resolution —Training providers must enter aggregate data into CaIJOBS for all students in the programs. WIOA student performance data will be calculated via the case management data entered by the case manager. Comment #83— Will there be a CaIJOBS report for performance data? Page 16 of 25 Resolution —Yes, please use the CaIJOBS Detailed Reports > Provider> by Program Performance report. Comment #84—What if a participant used a pseudo SSN in CaIJOBS? Resolution — If the participant has a pseudo SSN, Local Boards should capture employment and wage information in the Follow Up forms, just as they would normally for WIOA performance. WIOA participants will be included in the ETP Report automatically. Comment #85—Are training providers expected to capture WIOA performance data that is being captured by WIOA case managers (i.e., employment data)? Resolution —Training providers are expected to capture and report aggregate data for all students (WIOA and non-WIOA). Comment #86 — Will the due date for performance be issued as an Information Notice? Resolution — Beginning in PY 21, any provider undergoing initial or continued eligibility review must provide the performance data outlined in this directive. ETP Assurances Form Comment #87 — Does Page 2 have to be filled out for each student who attended during the reporting period? Resolution — No, the CA ETP Assurances Form isjust the signed agreement from the provider agreeing they will provide the necessary data elements on the following page. Comment #88 — Does the completed and uploaded CA ETP Assurances Form replace the Performance tab? Or does the information have to be entered in both places? Resolution —The CA ETP Assurances Form is just an agreement that providers will provide the indicated data. The form should be uploaded to the Documents section of the Provider's Profile. The performance data still needs to be submitted in the Performance tab in CaIJOBS. General ETPL Requirements Comment #89 — Due to a combination of performance reporting and the continued eligibility process, Local Boards have seen competition on the ETPL dwindle to very few. This does not promote access and equity. The challenge primarily seems to stem around the accreditation process and reporting. Resolution — It is required per WIOA law, regulations, and guidance that initial eligibility and continued eligibility of providers and programs meet certain requirements, including accreditation and meeting a factor of performance. DOL has also prescribed the requirements of the ETP Report. The state is looking into and open to suggestions on ways to make the required reporting less burdensome. We are also open to ideas and ways to assist Local Boards with advertising the ETPL to providers in their area in an effort to build the list of providers in their area. While a contract is more cumbersome than an ITA, a Local Board has the authority to contract with a provider if they determine there is a lack of providers in their area that offer a specific training program. Page 17 of 25 Comment #90—Vetting process for adding training providers needs to be streamlined and much improved. It is currently locally driven. Can this be centralized in state this can really help achieve economies of scale? Additionally, the state has expertise in financial stability, accessibility, compliance, etc. Resolution — With the implementation of this policy, the EDD will review all Local Board nominated providers and program for initial and continued eligibility ensuring the requirements outline in this directive are applied consistently. In addition, the EDD is exploring other ways to streamline and improve the ETPL process. Comment #91—Are Adult Education and Literacy activities not allowable/fundable under WIOA unless in conjunction with an authorized training? Are such activities allowable, but not considered training? Are they simply not allowable? Resolution —To be listed on the ETPL, the provider must be an eligible provider of adult education and literacy activities under Title II of WIOA. Adult education and/or literacy activities must be offered concurrently, or in combination with, occupational skills training. Comment #92 — Public education course work should automatically be accessed and allowed on ETPL. Data collection has proven prohibitive. Should all public schools, such as Adult Ed, Community Colleges, ROP, contract education, etc., should be automatically eligible. Resolution — Not all public education programs are in -demand, so each program should be looked at individually for ETPL eligibility requirements. Per federal requirements, data collection is required of all providers (except registered apprenticeships). Comment #93 — Are all other service types on Section B, page 2 (except on the job training [OJT], Incumbent Worker Training [IWT], and customized training) required to be on ETPL? Resolution —Aside from OJT, IWT, and customized training, all services listed are considered "training services," and when funded through an ITA, these must be on the ETPL per TEGL 8- 19. Comment #94 — Is it required that OJT, IWT, customized training providers are listed in CaIJOBS as a non-ITA provider or be listed on the local ETPL? Resolution — Local Areas are encouraged to enter OJT, IWT, and customized training providers into CaIJOBS as a non-ITA provider. These providers are not required to be on the ETPL; however, the Local Board must inform participants of the OJT, IWT, and customized training options available. In CaIJOBS, these providers would be listed as either ETPL (ITA) or Local Providers (non-ITA). Comment #95— If all elements of the Draft Directive become final, it will take all the time of one full-time employee to implement them. Additional funding and training would have to be provided by the state. Resolution —The EDD will offer training, and quarterly meetings with the ETPL Coordinators to provide technical assistance. Questions and concerns regarding Local Area's allocations can be directed to the Local Board's Regional Advisor. Page 18 of 25 Comment #96— What about programs that are offered in English and Spanish? Should those be listed separately, like programs that are online or in -person? BPPE does not mandate combining of program data for English and Spanish courses. Resolution — If the curriculum between a Spanish and an English program is the same, then the program only needs to be entered once. The description of the program should indicate that the program is offered in both English and Spanish. If the curriculum between the two programs is different, then the programs should be listed separately, per DOL ETP reporting requirements. In -Demand Comment #97 — Who verifies whether a program is in -demand? The ETPL coordinator of the Local Board that nominated the provider? And what about priority sectors of adjacent or even far -away Local Boards? Resolution —The Local Board is responsible for verifying that a program be for occupations in in -demand industry sectors identified by the state, region, or Local Board. In -demand or priority industry sector information must be verified with the State Board and/or Local Board. CA ETPL programs would then be available for other Local Boards to use. If the Local Board chooses to have a local ETPL, the Local Board would determine if the program is in -demand in their area. Comment #98 — In -demand industry sectors are locally defined. How do you identify occupations (by SOC code) that are in -demand as determined by the state? Where is this list located? Would you use state in -demand to determine state eligibility, then use local in - demand to determine local eligibility? Resolution —California's Unified Strategic Workforce Development Plan has language on what is considered an in -demand occupation, as well as a list of occupations that Local Boards can use to justify state in -demand requirements. Local Boards would then apply their own local requirements for their local ETPL eligibility. You can find a link to the plan on the California Workforce Development Board's website. Local Board Policy Comment #99 — Does the state have a guide for the specific documents that contribute to "sufficient records"? Resolution —This requirement is to ensure providers are submitting accurate data to the Local Board. Providers can be removed for intentionally supplying inaccurate data. What constitutes as "sufficient records" needs to be addressed in the Local Board's local policy. Comment #100 — If the provider that went out of business is the only provider in a reasonable distance, Local Boards may not be able to provide a comparable training alternative. Must we provide travel costs if the client wishes to go? Resolution —This would be something to address in the Local Board's local policy. Page 19 of 25 Comment #101— Regarding the requirements for Local Board policy listed at the bottom of page 5, isn't this already covered by BPPE Approval/Exemption or WASC accreditation? Resolution —This requirement is for providers who are deemed exempt per CEC 94874, and are not regionally accredited by an accrediting institution. Comment #102 —Current local policy is to have individuals research and visit 3 schools that provide the training that the individual is interested in, before they select which school they wish to attend. Does this supersede the requirements described in Section E, page 5, and we should no longer have the individuals go to 3 schools first? Resolution — Local Boards can continue with this type of procedure, as described in their local policy. Local vs CA ETPL Comment #103— Without clear guidelines, Local Boards cannot expect the participants to understand why certain local programs are available in the state, but not in our Local Area. It also makes it confusing for the participant when they are reverse referred from that training provider and we will not approve the training locally, but it can be added to the CA ETPL. Resolution —The state is working with the vendor to display CA and local ETPL programs differently. This distinction in the system should help clarify what programs are available to participants, depending on where they are located. TEGL 8-19 allows for Local Boards to continue deciding what programs are allowed on their local ETPL. Comment #104— If a Local Board utilizes the CA ETPL, CaIJOBS serves as the "local list of training providers and programs," correct? Is it possible for the Local Board to make incumbent worker training provider information available when this is by definition only for a specific employer and a specific group of employed individuals? Resolution —The list available to the public includes training providers and programs that are on the ETPL. Any additional training providers that are not on the ETPL (non-ITA) can be entered as a local provider in CaIJOBS and only viewed by staff. The IWT may be eligible for, but not required to be on, the ETPL. Comment #105 — Can state and local eligibility be conducted simultaneously? Resolution — Local Boards can review the provider and program at the same time for both CA and local ETPL eligibility, but they need to review the provider for the appropriate requirements (i.e. local ETPL has additional requirements to eligibility that do not effect eligibility for the CA ETPL). Also, CA ETPL eligibility review must happen first, because if they are no longer eligible per CA ETPL requirements, then they cannot be on the local ETPL. Comment #106 — For the purpose of review for continued eligibility, does local ETPL refer to the geographic boundaries of the Local Board or the training providers that are under contract to the Local Board for payment of ITAs? Resolution —The local ETPL includes all providers that are on the CA ETPL, and meet that Local Board's local ETPL requirements. Page 20 of 25 Comment #107 — Local Boards may have additional criteria in order to be listed locally. For those who do not meet our local requirements, we are expected to list and manage them for the CA ETPL even though we will not use them locally? For both initial and continued eligibility? What happens when a provider has an onsite program and have no enrollments? We are expected to monitor them for compliance, review their performance, and provide technical assistance even though they aren't utilized? Resolution — If a provider and/or program meets the state requirements for the ETPL, and their business is headquartered in Local Area A, then Local Board A must nominate this provider profile to the CA ETPL. If the provider also has programs located in Local Area A, then Local Board A must review and nominate those programs for inclusion on the ETPL—even if this means the provider would not receive any participants. The Local Area can choose to only use their local ETPL for serving their participants, but the providers on the CA ETPL still should be available for other Local Boards to use. Local Board A would monitor for compliance, review performance, and provide technical assistance. The Local Board can delist the provider if the provider has not served at least one Title I, subtitle B enrollment during the previous two program years. See "Training Provider Continued Eligibility Criteria" for requirements to be reinstated to the ETPL. Comment #108— Will there be copy and paste functionality added or radio button to add a program to the local ETPL? Resolution—CaIJOBS includes the ability to copy program data and create duplicate programs as needed via the "Duplicate" button In the Education and Training Programs tab. See Attachment 5 for more guidance on how to navigate CaIJOBS. Comment #109— As written, it appears that providers outside the Local Area must be included on the local ETPL, if there is no specific local criteria. What is the reasoning behind requiring all CA ETPL to be also on the local ETPL? We don't include out -of -area training on our local ETPL, but if a participant requests it, we will consider it on a case -by -case basis. Local Boards should have the autonomy to consider allowing interested participants to attend out -of -area providers on a case -by -case basis. Resolution — A local ETPL is available for Local Boards to require additional criteria (such as location) for providers to meet, in order for them to serve participants using WIOA funds. If no additional requirements are added, then the Local ETPL will mirror the CA ETPL. Comment #110— Providers and programs may be eligible for the CA ETPL but not on the local ETPL. Are Local Boards required to nominate them, based only on the requirements of the Directive, will now be responsible to manage that provider and programs on the ETPL? Resolution —Yes. If the provider meets the CA ETPL requirements, Local Boards are responsible for nominating providers headquartered in their Local Area to the CA ETPL. They are also responsible for nominating programs located within their Local Area to the ETPL, assuming they meet the CA ETPL requirements. Per TEGL 8-19, page 5, Local Boards can only use CA ETPL requirements when reviewing providers for the CA ETPL. After conducting state Page 21 of 25 eligibility, the Local Board can then review the provider for local eligibility using their Local ETPL-specific requirements. Other Comment #111— Who are the stakeholders involved in developing the CA ETPL policies and procedures? Resolution —The California Workforce Development Board, Local Boards, regulatory agencies, and providers. Comment #112— Can an enrolled Youth in a Title I Youth program enroll in ITAs on ETPL if they are over 18 or do they need to be enrolled as an Adult? Resolution —An ITA can be used for an Out -of -School Youth ages 16 to 24, Adults, or Dislocated Workers, In -school Youth cannot receive an ITA. Comment #113— Who is responsible for uploading documents into the provider's profile? Resolution — Both the provider or the ETPL Coordinator have the ability to upload documents. Comment #114— ETPL Coordinatorjob qualifications need to be defined. Currently if an ETPL Coordinator is not the MIS Administrator, they are excluded from invitations to MIS Admin meetings and no alternative provisions are made to train new ETPL Coordinators. Resolution —To ensure Local ETPL Coordinators receive the training and support needed, the EDD will provide quarterly ETPL Coordinator webinars similar to the monthly MIS Administrator call. In addition, Local ETPL Coordinators can contact the State ETPL Coordinator and ALb_e_tP_1@_9d_d —.ca__.gov to request assistance. Comment #115 — Where would providers and/or Local Board staff go for resources on how to navigate the Provider Module in CaUOBS? Resolution — Providers and Local Board staff can access the ETPL Guide Card, which is attachment 5 of this Directive. Local Board staff can also access the Provider Services User Guide located in the Staff Online Resources menu of CalJOBS, Comment #116 —The "CRS" designation is confusing to both providers and staff as it is not spelled out or explained anywhere. Can this be removed if it is no longer relevant? Resolution —The state is currently working with the vendor to improve the ETPL module and make it more streamlined, and will look into removing the CRS designation. Comment #117 — What staff privileges are associated to changing the Local Board responsible for the provider on page 58 of the ETPL Guide Card? Resolution —This is available to any staff with an ETPL Coordinator account. Out -of -State Providers Comment #118 — Can out-of-state providers have training paid for through an ITA? Page 22 of 25 Resolution —All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out-of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Comment #119— Can WIOA funds be used for out-of-state provider training, as long as the provider is on the ETPL in the state where their headquarters is located? Resolution —All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out-of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Comment #120— When Local Boards contract with an out-of-state provider, how is EEO monitoring conducted? What about going through a formal procurement process? Resolution —To align with 20 CFR 680.320, the directive has been updated to remove the ability for Local Boards to contract with a provider listed on another state's ETPL. All training providers, other than Distance Education training providers, that have training sites located only outside of CA cannot be listed on the CA ETPL. Local Boards cannot utilize an ITA with out- of-state training providers unless leveraging an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement. Please see ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08) for more information on the use of approved agreements. Pre -apprenticeships Comment #121— Do pre -apprenticeships need to meet placement? In the last Directive, this was spelled out. Resolution —Yes, the pre -apprenticeship programs that are on the ETPL need to meet the same standards as the other postsecondary programs. Comment#122—Suggestion to change pre -apprenticeship language to read: must provide training that "leads" to an industry -recognized credential or certificate. Resolution — No changes were made to the directive as a result of this comment. Comment #123 — Can the state please elaborate on what Local Boards must require of pre - apprenticeship training in the building and construction trades, especially those related to Multi -Craft Core Curriculum (MC3)? Resolution — If WIOA funds are being used to send participants to a construction pre - apprenticeship, the state and Local Boards must ensure the pre -apprenticeships follow Multi - Craft Core Curriculum (MC3) standards. Comment #124— If pre -apprenticeships are not required to be on the ETPL, is their inclusion solely to use ITAs if it does lead to a credential? What does listed on ETPL and used in Page 23 of 25 conjunction with an ITA mean? I thought ITAs and ETPL went hand in hand. Is it possible to get a link to MC3 in the policy? If a pre -apprenticeship is listed on ETPL must it be connected with a Registered Apprenticeship Program? Resolution — Pre -apprenticeships are considered an individualized career service, and are not required to be on the ETPL. However, if a Local Area wants to utilize an ITA, the program must meet the requirements to be listed on the ETPL. The pre -apprenticeship must meet the definition of occupational skills training and award an industry -recognized credential. if it does not meet these requirements, it cannot be on the ETPL. In order to be eligible for the ETPL, pre -apprenticeships must have a Letter of Commitment from a DOL or DIR DAS apprenticeship. The last paragraph on page 8 states that Local Boards should prefer pre -apprenticeships that are partnered with DIR DAS Approved apprenticeships. Here (PDF) are some resources for understanding Multi -Craft Core Curriculum. Third Party Comment #125 — Isn't this third party subcontracting requirement applicable only to public colleges and universities? Resolution —This applies to both public and private provides accredited by WASC. Comment #126— Why are only WASC-accredited institutions limited from providing courses via a third party if they participated in development of the curriculum and ensure responsibility for the curriculum by issuing the related credential? Resolution — WASC providers do not have their third party courses reviewed during accreditation. To protect W10A funds, third party vendors that directly receive tuition fees are not allowed to provide training unless the third party vendor provider and program is on the ETPL. Comment #127—Can an accredited training provider sub -contract to another training provider, as long as that training provider is accredited by WASC? Resolution — If the subcontracted training provider is directly receiving payment, they must be listed as their own provider on the ETPL. Comment #128 — How do we determine which Local Board conducted continued eligibility for the provider? Resolution —The review record in CaIJOBS will show which Local Board completed the review. Worker's Comp/Supplemental Job Displacement Benefit (SJDB) Comment #129 — Has this passage about removing Workers Comp providers been discussed with the agencies that currently use the ETPL (e.g. Worker's Comp, VA, DOR)? We have frequent requests from these agencies to verify and list their providers. Resolution — Yes, the state has discussed this language with other agencies. Comment #130 — ETPL Coordinators get a lot of calls for people looking for worker's comp voucher training. It seems that the worker's comp customers have to guess what to do, and Page 24 of 25 while this clarification in the Directive will give ETPL Coordinators a ready-made response as to why ETPL Coordinators can't assist worker's comp customers, it still leaves worker's comp customers with questions. Resolution —The DIR handles the administration of the Worker's Comp program, which includes informing those in the program of where they can use their voucher. State law requires that vouchers only be used for public schools or providers on the ETPL. Local Boards that receive questions from voucher holders should direct them to their employer, Claims Administrator, or the Department of Industrial Relations. Comment #131— What are some resources that Local Board staff can use for Worker's Compensation questions? Resolution —A few resources regarding Workers' Compensation include the EDD's ETPL webpage, which has a paragraph on Workers' Compensation, and Chapter 8 of the DIR's Handbook on the Workers' Compensation program. Page 25 of 25 ATTACHMENT 8 ERRATA CHRONOLOGY The Workforce Services Directive ETPL Policy and Procedures (WSD21-03) dated November 10, 2021 was revised with the following changes: Errata #1— On February 22, 2023, the following changes were made to the Directive: • Directive, Page 1 and Attachment 7, page 1 — Corrected the number of comments received from 135 to 131, • Directive, Pages 1-2 — Made updates to the References section, including: updated format to be in alignment with department guidance, added ETPL Reciprocal Agreements (WSD22-08), and replaced Performance Guidance (WSD19-03) with Performance Guidance (WSD22-01). • Directive, Page 4 and 5, and Attachment 1, page 7, 13, 15, and 21— Due to removal of Attachment 5, removed CaUOBS ETPL Module Guide Card from list of attachments, changed references to "Attachment 5" to "located on the Staff Online Resources page in CaIJOBS," and updated references to Attachments 6 and 7 appropriately. • Directive Page 4 and 5 — Added Errata Chronology. • Attachment 1, page 7, Attachment 5, Page 1, and Attachment 7, page 13 and 23 —Added language regarding the allowable use of an approved ETPL reciprocal agreement for Out - of -State Training Providers. • Attachment 1, page 9 and 10, Attachment 5, page 5 and 6, and Attachment 7, page 2 — In alignment with the commission's update, change the abbreviation for the Western Association of Senior College and University Commission from "WASC SCUC" to "WSCUC". • Attachment 1, page 10 and Attachment 4, page 1— Added sentence clarifying that the CA ETP Assurances Form (Attachment 4) is uploaded annually into the Documents section of the provider profile, prior to the provider's eligibility review. • Attachment 1, page 11 and Attachment 5, page 8 — Removed requirement for WSCUC providers to have their training program, location, and mode of delivery approved. • Attachment 4, page 2 — In the table, edited "ETPL Provider Number" to "ETPL Provider Name" and "ETPL Program Number" to "ETPL Program Name." • Attachment 5, page 1 — Simplified text from "Is the Training Provider headquartered and/or has at least one physical training site in CA?" to "Does the Training Provider have at least one physical training site in CA?" • Attachment 5, page 4 and 7 — Changed text from "Does the program offer occupational skills training that results in an industry -recognized credential?" to "Training Program leads to employment in a specific occupation or an industry recognized postsecondary credential?" Page 1 of 1 CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING CERTIFICATION FOR CONTRACTS, GRANTS, LOANS and COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS The undersigned certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. 2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying." in accordance with its instructions. 3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including agreements) and that all subrecipient's shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure occurring on or before October 23, 1996, and of not less than $11,000 and not more than $110,000 for each such failure. Learnet Academy, Inc. Grantee/Contractor Organization Signature Tia Shin Name of Certifying Official Signature Program Title EXHIBIT D Certification Regarding Drug -Free Workplace Requirements The certification set out below is a material representation upon which reliance is placed by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development in awarding the grant. If it is later determined that the contractor knowingly rendered a false certification, or otherwise violates the requirements of the Drug -Free Workplace Act, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, in addition to any other remedies available to the Federal Government, may take action authorized under the Drug -Free Workplace Act. CERTIFICATION A. The contractor certifies that it will provide a drug -free workplace by: (a) Publishing a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the contractor's workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violation of such prohibition; (b) Establishing a drug -free awareness program to inform employees about— (1) The dangers of drug abuse in the workplace; (2) The contractor's policy of maintaining a drug -free workplace; (3) Any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance program; and (4) The penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations occurring in the workplace; (c) Making it a requirement that each employee who will be engaged in the performance of the grant be given a copy of the statement required by paragraph (a); (d) Notifying the employee in the statement required by paragraph -(a) that, as a condition of employment under the contract, the employee will - (1) Abide by the terms of the statement; and (2) Notify the employer of any criminal drug statute conviction for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five days after such conviction. EXHIBIT E (e) Notifying the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development within ten days after receiving notice under subparagraph (d)(2) from an employee or otherwise receiving actual notice of such conviction; (f) Taking one of the following actions, within 30 days of receiving notice under subparagraph (d)(2), with respect to any employee who is so convicted - (1) Taking appropriate personnel action against such an employee, up to and including termination; or (2) Requiring such employee to participate satisfactorily in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program approved for such purposes by a Federal, State, or local health, law enforcement, or other appropriate agency; (g) Making a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug -free workplace through implementation of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f), B. The contractor shall insert in the space provided on the attached "Place of Performance" form the site(s) for the performance of work to be carried out with the grant funds (including street address, city, county, state, and zip code) .the contractor further certifies that, if it is subsequently determined that additional sites will be used for the performance of work under the contract, it shall notify the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development immediately upon the decision to use such additional sites by submitting a revised "Place of Performance" form. 5 18 2023 ._ _.._ Date Program Operator Signature EXHIBIT E DIVISION OF EMPLOYMENT SERVICES PLACE OF PERFORMANCE FOR CERTIFICATION REGARDING DRUG -FREE WORKPLACE REQUIREMENTS Name: Learn -et Academy, Inc. Name of Contractor: Tia Shin Contract Number: 171962277 Date: 5/18/2023 The Contractor shall insert in the space provided below the site(s) expected to be used for the performance of work under the contract covered by the certification: Place of Performance (include street address, city, county, state, zip code for each site): 3251 W. 6th St. 2nd Floor Los Angeles California 90020 Address EXHIBIT E Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion Lower Tier Covered Transactions This certification is required by the regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, 29 CFR Part 98, Section 98.510, Participants' Responsibilities. The regulations were published as Part VII of the May 16, 1988, Federal Register (Pages 19160-19211). (Before completing certification, read instructions which are an integral part of certification) 1. The prospective primary participant, (i.e. grantee) certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals: a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any federal department or agency; b. Have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (federal, state or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of federal or state antitrust statues or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property. c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a government entity (federal, state or local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph (1)(b) of this certification; and d. Have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (federal, state or local) terminated for cause or default. 2. Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. Learnet Academy, Inc. Grantee/Contractor Organization 7ia Shin Executive Director Name and Title of Official Authorized to Certify On Behalf of the Grantee S/18/2023 Date EXHIBIT F INSTRUCTION FOR CERTIFICATION 1. By signing and submitting this proposal, the prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds is providing the certification as set out below. 2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the Department of Labor (DOL) may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. 3. The prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds learns that its certification was erroneous whom submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 4. The terms "covered transaction", "debarment", "suspended", "ineligible", "lower tier covered transaction", "participant", "person", "primary covered transaction", "principle", "proposal', and "voluntarily excluded", as used in this cause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to whom this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. S. The prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds agrees by submitting this proposal that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the DOL. 6. The prospective recipient of Federal assistance funds agrees by submitting this proposal, that it will include the clause title "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. 7. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. 8. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntary excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the DOL may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. EXHIBIT F Assurances & Certifications Selected providers will be required to sign and submit "actual" assurances and certificates as required by the City of Santa Ana and the Workforce Development Board on all contracts. I recognize that I must give assurances for each item below. Please initial each box indicating you have read and are providing assurance you are or will be in compliance with thefollowing: EJSAWDB uses the CalJOBS ETPL Module for accepting applications from the providers to be listed on the ETPL. Local boards may authorize a single local board to act on their behalf in making determinations for initial and/or subsequent eligibility of providers. Contractors must enter program(s) of training services into Ca1JOBS. The training provider should only enter the program(s) desired to be on the CA ETPL. If the program is offered with multiple modes of delivery, or course lengths, the program must be entered separately for each variation. SAWDB has authorized the South Bay WDB to make initial and subsequent eligibility determinations for applications submitted from providers. Contractors should contact the South Bay WDB 11539 Hawthorne Blvd., 541 Floor, Hawthorne, CA 90250, 310-970-7700. ® CONTRACTOR is required to be in compliance with South Bay WDB Master agreement and SAWDB agreement. In cases where South Bay WDB has denied a provider's application, provider may submit the application to SAWDB for consideration and processing at 801 W. Civic Center Dr. #200, Santa Ana, CA 92701 ATTN: SAWDB Staff. The submission must include completed ETPL training program applications and a copy of the letter from the South Bay WDB denying application. 0 Local boards may establish local policies requiring performance above the state minimum standards for providers to be included on the ETPL, 0 Acceptance and processing of an application does not constitute an agreement or relationship between the CONTRACTOR and SAWDB, nor does it guarantee any referrals to the provider by SAWDB. Applications will be process on an ongoing basis. ® CONTRACTOR must be in compliance with the State and Federal regulations, per Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Eligible CONTRACTOR List Policy and Procedure WSD15-07 or it's replacement. CONTRACTORS must also meet one of the following criteria in order to have their programs listed on the ETPL: 1) Bureau of Private Postsecondary Education Approval to Operate, or Verification of Exemption by BPPE. EXHIBIT G 2) Accreditation by the Accrediting Commission for Senior Colleges and Universities, WASC, or the Accrediting Commission for Community and Junior Colleges, CSU, UC, and other WASC accredited institutions, This accreditation can be verified at: www.accic.org/ or www. wascsen ior.ore/. 3) Postsecondary institutions eligible under Title IV of the Higher Education Act (HEA) and offering programs leading toward an associate degree, baccalaureate degree, or certificate. 4) Approval by the California Department of Education. 5) Approval by the Chancellor's Office of the California Community Colleges (CCCCO). © CONTRACTOR must reapply to be considered for subsequent approval on the ETPL and agrees to provide the required performance and cost information data. CONTRACTOR must annually meet the state's minimum performance standards, however the SAWDB may set higher levels. Public Postsecondary Community Colleges, CSUs, and UCs are required to provide performance information for consideration of placement on the CA ETPL, but due to heavy state oversight, investment, and the inability to capture true program outcome data, these institution types are not required to meet a specific performance threshold to be listed on the CA ETPL. tR CONTRACTOR's BPPE accredited shall provide a copy of the provider's BPPE Annual Report (the Performance Fact Sheet) to document their achievement of the performance criteria if applicable. ALL Training on the ETPL must be for occupations in in -demand industry sectors identified by the state, regional or local workforce development boards. All Training on the ETPL must provide training services that lead to an industry -recognized credential, national or state certificate, or degree, including all industry appropriate competencies, licensing and/or certification requirements. CONTRACTOR understands that all performance data and data submitted on the ETPL must be made available for data verification by the SAWDB or the State EDD office. �1 CONTRACTOR must maintain all the relevant records utilized to support the data submitted on ETPL for audit or monitoring purposes by the SAWDB or the State EDD office. tZ CONTRACTOR that claim an exemption to BPPE (Section 94874 of the BPPE Act), must apply and receive a "Verification of Exemption" before being listed on the ETPL. Since it has been determined that any expenditure of public funds, state or federal, that directly benefits a student to be student financial assistance, we expect that instances of exemption will be very rare. CONTRACTOR must have all considered training programs listed with the BPPE, the SAWDB may verity the data that was submitted to BPPE. All new and current CONTRACTOR will be required to be registered in Ca1JOBS111 and must have all considered training programs listed with the BPPE match on CalJOBS. 0 All CONTRACTOR are required to enter performance data for each program to be listed on the ETPL and provide evidence to the Local Board that they have met the minimum performance criteria required. Programs that do not include performance data will not be approved for listing on the ETPL. EXHIBIT G 16 ONTRACTOR must have their current course catalogs on file with the SAWDB. ® CONTRACTOR agrees to immediately notify (within 10 working days) the SAWDB, in writing, of any changes in the information submitted with initial agreement. 104 CONTRACTOR agrees to accept WIOA eligible referrals from the Santa Ana WORK Center on an individual referral basis. CONTRACTOR shall not accept nor enroll WIOA participants who do not meet the CONTRACTOR's entrance requirements, which are to be the same general entrance requirements required of public students, and agrees to submit a written notification to the Santa Ana WORK Center's Case Manager stating the reason(s) for non -acceptance. CONTRACTOR agrees to assist the WIOA client in applying for PELL Grants and any other funds that might be available to offset the cost to WIOA and to work together with the WIOA client's Case Manager to ensure all other funding sources are investigated and those funds obtained before submitting the Vendor Voucher to the SAWDB for payment. CONTRACTOR agrees to cross out sections of the student enrollment agreement that would hold the WIOA participant financially responsible for any training related expenses. Once accepted, CONTRACTOR agrees to enroll the W10A participant in the course stipulated on the Vendor Voucher and no other. CONTRACTOR agrees to invoice the Santa Ana WORK Center, on a cost reimbursement basis, for third party testing (Microsoft, Novell, A+, etc.) and will provide a copy of the Pass/Fail results at that time. WPre -Apprenticeship CONTRACTORS must include a letter of commitment from an approved apprenticeship program and meet the application policies and procedures required for the type of program (e.g., community college, private post -secondary, adult education provider, etc.). ® CONTRACTOR Apprenticeship Programs registered under the National Apprenticeship Act (NAA) or recognized by DIR/DAS are exempt from initial eligibility procedures. Registered apprenticeship programs must be included and maintained on the list of eligible providers of training services as long as the corresponding program remains registered, as described at WIOA sec. 122(a)(3). ® CONTRACTOR agrees to allow SAWDB, Santa Ana WORK Center, the State of California, and the Department of Labor, the WIOA client and any of their duly authorized representatives' access to all the records regarding the WIOA client for monitoring purposes. The records include any books, documents, papers, files and computer data directly pertinent to the records of the WIOA participant. The right to records includes the right to make excerpts, transcripts and photocopies. The right also includes the right to have reasonable and timely access to personnel for the purpose of interviews and discussions related to the records of the WIOA participant. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide progress reports which indicate grades and test scores as well as attendance reports, to the WIOA client's Case Manager on a monthly basis. EXHIBIT 0 CONTRACTOR agrees to notify the WIOA client's Case Manager immediately (within 5 working days) if the WIOA client is absent for more than 3 days in a row, has sporadic attendance or drops out of school unless other arrangement are made in writing. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide a copy of the "reimbursement form" and issue a refund check to the "City of Santa Ana" for the number of unused training hours and any non -issued training/testing vouchers, books, tools, etc. due within 30 calendar days after the last day the WIOA client attended school or the day the school was notified that the WIOA client dropped. Said check to be mailed to the attention of the WIOA Case Manager, 801 W Civic Center Dr., 4200, Santa Ana, CA 92701. 0 CONTRACTOR agrees to provide the WIOA Case Manager a copy of the WIOA client's certificate of completion or diploma or official transcripts within 10 working days of the date of completion or graduation. CONTRACTOR agrees to provide the WIOA client with the same level of job search/placement assistance as provided to the public students and to provide the WIOA Case Manager with all the pertinent information regarding the placement of the WIOA client within 5 working days of the WIOA client's first day of employment. A WIOA client has 180 days after completing training to get ajob for the CONTRACTOR to get credit for placement in employment. I am authorized by my Board of Directors, Trustees, other legally qualified officer, or as the owner of this agency or business to submit this proposal. CONTRACTOR is not currently on any Federal, State of California, or local Debarment list. ® CONTACTOR will provide records to show that we are fiscally solvent, if needed. CONTRACTOR has, or will have, all of the fiscal control and accounting procedures needed to ensure that WIOA funds will be used as required by law and contract. CONTRACTOR has additional funding sources and will not be dependent on WIOA funds alone. CONTRACTOR will meet the applicable Federal, State, and local compliance requirements. These include, but are not limited to: 0 Records accurately reflect actual performance if applicable. ® Maintain record confidentiality, as required. Reporting financial, participant, and performance data, as required. Comply with State and Federal fiscal and program activity audits. Complying with Federal and State non-discrimination provisions. 0 Meeting requirements of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. ceting requirements of the American's with Disabilities Act of 1990. (submit completed survey) EXHIBIT G Meeting all applicable labor law, including Child Labor Law standards. Agree to provide a drug free workplace. tZ Agree to insure the City of Santa Ana through General Liability Insurance and Automobile Liability Coverage in the amount of $1,000,000.00 policy, 0 Agree to provide all participants with Grievance Procedures. WAgree to insure proposer's employees through Workers Compensation Insurance (including part-time employees) Procurement policies and procedures are in place and meet federal guidelines. CONTRACTOR will not: Use WIOA money to assist, promote, or deter union organizing. 0 Use funds to employ or train of persons in sectarian activities. ® Use funds for youth in the construction, operation, or maintenance of any part of a facility to be used for sectarian instruction or religious worship. Use WIOA money under this contract to purchase any equipment. I hereby assure that all of the above are true. Executive Director 5/31/2023 Signature Title Date EXHIBIT G COMPLAINT HANDLING UNDER THE Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act Santa Ana Local Workforce Development Area Revised March 10, 2023 EXHIBIT H Table of Contents Information Regarding Complaints 3 A. Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Complaints 3 1. Policy 2. Civil Rights 4 3. Nondiscrimination laws under 4. How to File Your Complaint 5 B. Criminal Complai II. General Procedures for Handling Non -Criminal Violations of the Act 6 III. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the LWDA Level 8 IV. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the State 12 V. Procedures for Handling Discrimination Complaints by Participants 15 VI. Procedures for Handling Disability Complaints by Participants 17 GLOSSARY OF WIOA TERMS 2 EXHIBIT H Information Regarding Complaints A. Nondiscrimination and Equal Opportunity Complaints 1. Policy Statement In carrying out the purpose of the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act (WIOA), the City of Santa Ana Local Workforce Development Area (LWDA) will establish programs to prepare youth and unskilled adults for entry into the labor force and to afford job training to those individuals facing serious barriers to employment. Every effort will be made to provide services necessary for eligible individuals to obtain productive employment. In implementing WIOA, all contractors in the Santa Ana LWDA will foster equal opportunity and non-discrimination, as provided in State and Federal equal opportunity and non-discrimination laws including, but not limited to: • Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 • Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 • The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended • Section 503 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 • Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 • Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 • Section 188 of the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act of 2014 In keeping with our commitment, no individual shall be excluded from participation in, denied benefits of, subjected to discrimination under, or denied employment, in the administration or of in connection with any WIOA funded program because of race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability, or political affiliation or belief. Participation in programs and activities financially assisted in whole or in part under WIOA shall be open to citizens and nationals of the United States, lawfully admitted permanent resident aliens, lawfully admitted refugee, parolees, and other individuals authorized by the Attorney General to work in the United States. No individual will be intimidated, threatened, coerced, or discriminated against because of filing a complaint, furnishing information, or assisting or participating in any manner in an investigation, compliance review, hearing or any other activity related to the administration of WIOA. EXHIBIT H Administration responsibility for this Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action (EO/AA) Program is delegated to the Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Officer for the Santa Ana local Workforce Development Area. Equal opportunity and non- discrimination, however, will only be achieved through leadership and implementation of a viable Affirmative Action Equal Opportunity Program. 2. Civil Rights No one applying for or enrolled in the Workforce Innovation Opportunity Act (WIOA) programs may be discriminated against because of race, color, creed, disability, national origin, sex, age, political affiliation, or beliefs. This means that — for any of the characteristics listed above: • You may not be denied the opportunity to enroll in WIOA. • No benefits or services may be denied you for discriminatory reasons. • You may not be segregated or treated any differently from other applicants or participants, while you are being registered, interviewed, counseled or tested; or while you are working or attending classes as part of the program. • You must be provided an equal chance to use all facilities available in the program. • Fair employment practices must be provided to all staff with regard to recruiting, hiring, transferring, promotions, training, compensation, benefits, layoff, and termination. You have the right to make a complaint if you feel you have been denied any of the above opportunities. You cannot in any way be penalized for filing a complaint. Your WIOA sponsor has established a mechanism for handling complaints and grievances. Your complaint must be filed within 180 days. All complaints will be handled confidentially. 3. Nondiscrimination Laws under WIOA Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 Prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, or religion. The Age Discrimination Act of 1975 Prohibits arbitrary discrimination against persons' age 40-70. The Rehabilitation Act of 1973 EXHIBIT H Prohibits discrimination based on disability. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 Prohibits discrimination in any education or training program or activity receiving federal financial assistance. OTHER CIVIL RIGHTS LAWS: Title VII of the Civil Rights Acts of 1964 Prohibits discrimination in employment based on race, color, religion, sex, or national origin in all terms and conditions of employment and establishes the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission as the administrative agency. Creates the office of Federal Contract Compliance and prohibits discrimination based on race, color, sex, religion, or national origin. Department of Labor Secretary's Order no 4-73 Prohibits discrimination based on sex. Equal Pay Act of 1963 Prohibits pay differential solely because of sex. Emergency Employment Act of 1971 Prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, national origin, political affiliation, or beliefs. 4. How to File Your Complaint a. Put your complaint in writing. b. Have it sworn to before a notary public, if possible. c. Provides details that tell what happened, where it happened and when it happened. d. Give the name and addresses of all persons who were present or who had anything to do with the matter. ...Complaints on the basis of race, color, or national origin, age, sex, religion, political affiliation or belief, retaliation and citizenship, must be filed within 180 days of the alleged occurrence directly with: EXHIBIT H Director Civil Rights Center U.S. Department of Labor, Room N-4123 200 Constitution Ave., NW Washington, D.C. 20210 Complaints on the basis of disability must be filed within 180 days of the alleged occurrence. These complaints must be filed directly with the WIOA administrative entity. The WIOA administrative entity shall issue a written decision within 30 days of the filing of the complaint. If the complaint is still unresolved, an appeal may be made to the Chief of State Workforce Investment Division Office. The Department of Labor, the Civil Service Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and many other offices and agencies are committed to assuring equal employment opportunities for all persons. They will protect you. A case may be taken to court if the other processes do not yield satisfactory results. You may hire your own lawyer, or if you cannot afford one, the court may appoint one for you. It is unlawful for an employer, union, or employment agency to punish you or any witness for attempting to present the facts in a case. YOUR CIVIL RIGHTS UNDER THE WORKFORCE INNOVATION OPPORTUNITY ACT Santa Ana Local Workforce Development Area 801 W. Civic Center Drive, Suite 200 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714)565-2600 B. Criminal Complaints In accordance with the WIOA and the implementing code of Federal section 667.600.... Federal handling of criminal complaints and report fraud, abuse and other criminal activity. "All information and complaints involving fraud, abuse or other criminal activity shall be reported directly and immediately to the City of Santa Ana and the Secretary of Labor." II. General Procedures for Handling Non -Criminal Violations of the Act The following procedure is promulgated to meet the requirements of Title 20, of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 186 through 188 of the WIOA regulations, and Section 181 of the Act (Public Law 105.200: 29 U.S. Code Sec. 2931 et seq.) at the State and LWDA level for the receipt, investigation, hearing, and resolution of complaints by WIOA participants, sub EXHIBIT H recipients, applicants for participation, or financial assistance, labor unions, community based organizations, or any other persons. These procedures provide for resolution of non -criminal complaints arising from the operation of the Santa Ana LWDA. A complaint is defined here as a written expression by a party alleging a violation of the Act, regulations promulgated under the Act, recipient grants, sub agreements, or other specific agreements under the Act, including terms and conditions of employment of such participants in employment training programs. All complaints, amendments and withdrawals shall be in writing. These procedures are intended to resolve matters which concern policies, procedures or action(s) arising in connection with WIOA programs operated by each LWDA grant recipient and sub recipient under the Act. These procedures shall not be construed as affecting any other available legal remedy outside of the WIOA complaint process (i.e., disputes regarding terms and conditions of employment of any employee who is not a participant), either separately or simultaneously, that a person may wish to pursue in the resolution of a non-WIOA complaint. Also, these procedures do not restrict the LWDA grant recipient staff in carrying out informal discussion Procedures do not restrict the LWDA grant recipient staff in carrying out informal discussion and resolution of any problems outside of and without resort to the formal complaint procedure. A. The following principles and rules apply to all complaints at all steps of the complaint procedures: All complaints must be made in writing within 180 days of the alleged occurrence, except complaints alleging fraud or criminal activity. 2. All persons filing a complaint shall be free from restraint, coercion, reprisal, or discrimination. Good faith efforts shall be made to informally resolve the complaint prior to the scheduled hearing. Complainants have the right to withdraw their complaints (in writing) at any time prior to the hearing. A complainant may amend his/her complaint to correct technical deficiencies but not to add issues. Complainants shall have the right to be represented at their own expense by person(s) of their choosing at all levels of the complaint process. 4. Upon enrollment into employment or training, participants shall be provided with a written description of these procedures, including notification of their right to file complaints and instructions for filing. An employer of participants, including private -for -profit employers of participants, may use this or other complaint resolution procedures so long as the participant is informed of the complaint resolution procedure they are to follow and the time frames governing review of complaints are met. EXHIBIT H A "participant", within the meaning of these procedures, is an individual who receives employment -training services under a program funded by Santa Ana LWDA. The Complaint Resolution Procedures contained herein (or the alternative procedures which an employer may use) shall be available to participants to resolve disputes regarding items and conditions of employment of such participants in employment training programs. However, such procedures shall not be used to resolve disputes regardinq terms and conditions of employment of any employee who is not a participant, as defined herein. 5. If a complaint does not receive a decision at the LWDA grant recipient level within 60 days of filing the complaint or receives an unsatisfactory decision, the complainant then has a right to request a review of the complaint by the Governor. 6. Complainants must initially file and exhaust LWDA grant recipient/hearing procedures prior to appealing to the State except where the State determines that the LWDA grant recipient's procedures are not in compliance with the State's procedures. III. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the LWDA Level A. Receipt Complaints Pursuant to the WIOA regulations found at 20 CFR, Section 683.600, the LWDA administrative entities have the responsibility to conduct hearings and resolve complaints made by individuals about the administration of programs in the LWDA. "LWDA level" encompasses LWDA administrative entity and employers to which the administrative entity has delegated the complaint resolution process. The following comprise the guidelines for resolving issues arising in connection with WIOA programs operated by the Santa Ana LWDA including resolutions of complaints arising from actions, such as audit disallowances or the imposition of sanctions taken by the Governor with respect to audit findings, investigations or monitoring reports. 1. Form and Filing of Compliant Official filing date of the compliant is the date the written complaint is received. The filing of the complaint with the Santa Ana LWDA Equal Employment Opportunity Officer shall be considered as a request for hearing and a decision must be issued within 60 days. The complaint must be in writing and must be signed and dated. The complaint should also contain the following information: a. Full name, telephone number, if any, and mailing address of the complainant; b. Full name, telephone number, and mailing address of the agency involved (respondent); c. Clear and concise statement of facts including dates constituting alleged violation; d. What provisions under the Act, regulations, grant or other agreements under the Act, are believed to have been violated; EXHIBIT H e. Remedy sought by the complainant; and f. If the complainant is a private or public entity or corporation, and not a natural person, the filing of the complaint must be duly authorized by the governing body of such entity or corporation. The absence of any of the requested information shall not be a basis for dismissing the complaint. A copy of the complaint must be sent to the respondent and both parties notified of the opportunity for an informal resolution. At each step of the complaint process, the complainant must be notified in writing of the next procedural step. 2. Informal Conference Informal conferences will be utilized by the Santa Ana LWDA to resolve complaints; however, such informal conferences shall not extend the time within which a decision must be issued after receipt of a complaint. Attempts at informal resolution will commence with two (2) weeks of the date of filing of the complaint. a. The EEO Officer will review the case and ascertain facts prior to the conference so that appropriate resolution can take place at the time of this meeting whenever possible. b. Although the complainant should be encouraged to attend this conference, his/her failure to do so should not preclude his/her right to request a hearing on the matter. c. If mutually satisfactory resolution results and the Santa Ana LWDA concurs, the EEO Officer will write a brief report for the file stating the issues and resolution. The matter shall then be considered closed. d. If resolution does not result, the complainant shall be provided the necessary information and assistance to request a hearing if he/she so desires. 3. Request for Hearing a. As in the case of the complaint, the request for a hearing should be put in writing and be filed in person or by mail. A governing board resolution of authorization to appeal should also be submitted when appropriate. The request should be filled with: Daniel Durham Sr. Personnel Analyst — EEO Officer 20 Civic Center Drive, M-24 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714)647-5330 EXHIBIT H b. A hearing will be scheduled by the EEO Officer within thirty (30) days of the date of filing of the complaint. 4. Notice of Hearing Upon receipt of the request for hearing, the complainant and the respondent will be notified in writing of the hearing ten (10) calendar days prior to the date of the hearing. The ten-day notice may be shortened with the written consent of the parties. A decision will be issued by the Santa Ana LWDA within sixty (60) days of the date of filing of the complaint. The hearing notice shall be in writing and contain the following information; a. The date of notice, name of the complainant, and the name of the party against whom the complaint is filed. b. The date, time and place of hearing before an impartial hearing officer. c. A statement(s) of the alleged violation(s) d. Advise as to where information or assistance may be obtained, and the name, address, and telephone number of the Santa Ana LWDA Equal Employment Opportunities (EEO) Officer who can answer inquiries. B. Conduct of Hearing The hearing shall be conducted in an informal manner with strict rules of evidence not applicable. Unnecessary technicalities should be avoided. It should provide the flexibility to enable adjustment to the circumstances presented. 1. The hearing officer shall have complete independence to obtain facts and make decisions. The hearing officer shall be in a position to render impartial decisions and thus should not be subordinate to the Santa Ana LWDA or its sub recipients. The hearing officer will be selected from a list of names on file with the EEO Officer. 2. Full regard must be given to the requirements of due process to insure a fair and impartial hearing. The hearing office designated by the EEO Officer to function in a quasi-judicial capacity should begin the hearing by summarizing the record and the issue and should explain the manner in which the hearing will be conducted, making sure that everyone involved understands the proceedings. Such explanations should be adapted to the needs of the specific situation. The hearing officer might take testimony under oath or affirmation to give some assurance of veracity to the hearing. 10 EXHIBIT H 4. The burden of proof should be reasonable and flexible, dependent upon the circumstances of the case involved. The hearing officer determines the order of proof. Generally, the party making the complaint has the obligation of establishing his or her case and should be examined first. 5. The party involved should have the right to be represented (at their own expense) if he/she so desires. Other he/she is limited to his/her own abilities and those to the hearing officer in obtaining testimony in the case. 6. It is important that the hearing officer obtain the fullest information for the record. If the parties involved, or their representatives, do not know how to ask the right or pertinent questions in pursuing their right to due process, it shall be necessary for the hearing officer to step in to have all the materials and relevant facts elicited. 7. The practice in informal hearings is generally not to apply strict rules of evidence in obtaining facts. However, the quantity of evidence required to support a decision on an issue should be sufficiently credible that the state (or other appropriate agency), upon reviewing the decision, would conclude that the decision is supported by substantial evidence. 8. The hearing officer should attempt to negotiate a resolution of the issue at any time prior to the conclusion of the hearing. 9. Within ten (10) days of the conclusion of the hearing, the hearing officer will issue a recommended decision to the LWDA for final determination. The recommended decision shall be in writing and may be accepted, rejected or modified by the Santa Ana Workforce Development Board. C. Issuance of Decision Within sixty (60) calendar days of filing of the complaint, the Santa Ana LWDA shall issue a written decision to all parties by first class mail. The final decision shall contain the following information: 1. The name of the parties involved. 2. A statement of the alleged violation and issues related to the alleged violation. 3. A statement of the facts. 4. The decision and the reasons for the decision. 5. A statement of corrective action, if any, to be taken. 6. Notice of the right to request, within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the decision, review of the decision by the State Review Panel, 11 EXHIBIT H D. Record of Hearing An administrative file containing support documents on the complaint resolution process hearing conducted will be retained by the Santa Ana LWDA. The purpose of a record is to serve as substantiation of the process followed by the Santa Ana LWDA on the resolution of the issues and the results. This information would then be available for subsequent review in the event the matter is raised with the State. Such records must be retained for a three- year period after the grant has been officially closed out. The Santa Ana LWDA's written decision will be included in the record. Evidence received at the hearing, notes by the hearing officer, stenographer's notes and tape recordings may also be used. E. Establishment of Complaint Procedures In accordance with Section 683.600, each employing agency including private -for -profit employers of participants under the Act is required to establish a complaint procedure for resolving matters relating to the terms and conditions of employment. Employers may operate their own grievance system or may utilize the Santa Ana LWIDA's established procedures under Section 683.600. At a minimum these procedures must include: Written notice, upon enrollment into employment training services, of the scope and availability of such procedures. Employer's grievance procedures shall be set forth in a written document and must meet the regulation mandate that a complaint will be resolved with sixty (60) days from the date the complaint was filed. A copy of employer's grievance procedure shall be provided to each participant upon enrollment in employment training. 2. Written notice, at the time the grievance is filed, of the procedures under which the grievance will be processed. 3. Written notification of the disposition of the grievance and a written decision shall be issued within thirty (30) days of the filing of the grievance unless a present and long established grievance specifically provides other limits; and 4. Written notification of the participant's right to request a review of the employer's decision by the Santa Ana LWDA and the State Review Panel in accordance with Section 683.600. IV. Procedures for Handling Complaints at the State Level Section 181 (c) of the Act and the WIOA regulations at 20 CFR, Section 683.600 (d) requires the Governor to establish a State Review process of complaints filed at the LWDA grant recipient level and of complaints initially filed at the State level. Appeals of decisions issued at the LWDA level including audit disallowances and sanctions shall be reviewed by the State Review Panel. The State Review Panel shall review the record 12 EXHIBIT H established at the LWDA level and shall issue a decision based on the information contained therein. Complaints which may be initially filed at the State level will be heard by an independent hearing officer designated by the State Workforce Investment Division (WID). The hearing officer shall conduct a hearing and issue a recommended decision to the State Panel. The recommended decision shall be in writing and may be accepted, rejected or modified by the State Review Panel. A. Form and Filing of Complaint. 1. Request for State Review of LWDA Level Decisions On receipt of a complainant's request for review because of an unsatisfactory decision, the State shall provide for an independent state review. 2. Filing of Requests for State Review The State Review Panel shall review all LWDA level decisions when a request for review is filed within 10 days of receipt of the adverse decision. Such requests must be filed in writing with the Chief of the WID Office. The request for review should contain the following information: a. Full name, address, and telephone number of the party requesting the review b. Full name, address, and telephone number of the other party c. A copy of the decision d. Brief statement of reasons for review or the section of the LWDA decision to be reviewed including regulatory and statutory citations e. A statement of the relief sought. 3. Complainant Responsibility It is the responsibility of the complainant to include in the request for review a written statement setting forth the facts presented at the LWDA hearing which support the requested relief. The Chief, WID, shall mail a copy of the request for review to the other party and to the LWDA. It shall be the responsibility of the LWDA to submit the complete record including a typed record of the hearing to the Chief, WID, within ten (10) days. B. Conduct of Hearings. 1. Request for Hearing at the State Level 13 EXHIBIT H If no decision has been issued at the LWDA level or the State has determined an audit disallowance or imposed sanctions, the complainant may request a hearing. The hearing officer will then issue a recommended decision to the State's Review Panel for final determination. 2. Filing for Request for Review The request for a State hearing shall be filed within ten (10) days after LWDA should have issued a decision or ten (10) days after the issuance of the audit disallowance or sanction. The request shall be filed directly with the Chief of the WID in writing and should include the following: a. Full name, address, and telephone number of the LWDA Name, address, and telephone number of the LWDA C. Copies of complaints made at LWDA level from which no decisions were issued or sanctions and imposed. A statement of basis for the request for hearing. 3. Evidentiary Hearing Upon receipt of the request for a State level hearing, a hearing before a designated hearing officer will be scheduled. The hearing will be recorded mechanically or by court reporter. Both parties concerned will have the opportunity to present oral and written testimony under oath, to call and question witnesses in support of his/her position, to present oral and/or written arguments, to examine records and documents relevant to the issue(s), and to be represented. The hearing officer shall issue a written decision, which shall be forwarded to the State Review Panel for final determination. The State Review Panel may accept, reject or modify this recommendation. The decision of the State Review Panel is final except for audit disallowances, which must be approved by the Secretary of Labor C. State Review Panel The State Review Panel will consist of a panel of three representatives from the Employment Development Department: one from the Legal Offices, one from the WID, and one from the Director's office. The panel will issue a written decision, which will be sent to the appropriate parties within thirty (30) days of receipt of the request for State review. 14 EXHIBIT H Decisions issued by this panel, under the authority of the Governor, are final. D. Issuance of State Review Decision. The State review will be limited to violations of the WIOA, implementing WIOA regulations or the grant agreement. This review shall be limited to the record established at the LWDA hearing. V. Procedures for Handling Discrimination Complaints by Participants. A. Complaints on the basis of race, color, or national origin, age, sex, religion, political affiliation or belief, retaliation, and citizenship, where appropriate, must be filed within 180 days of the alleged occurrence. 1. It is the responsibility of the Santa Ana LWDA's Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) Officer to determine jurisdiction and to make the complainant aware of and provide assistance in filing a complaint in accordance with the Santa Ana LWDA's procedure under Section II (A). 15 EXHIBIT H ]PROCEDURES FOR HANDLING NON -CRIMINAL COIVIPL�A�i1TS No later than 180 days of alleged discrimination Within 10 days of receipt of unsatisfactory decision or 10 days from date LWDA decision should have been issued. Handling of complaints filed at LWDA level arising in connection with WIOA programs operated by LWDAs Informal Resolution Process Filing of Complaint/Request for Hearing I I ej o 0 Notice of Hearing issued by LWDA Hearing Conducted LWDA Decision within 60 days Unsatisfactory Decision or LWDA Decision not issued within 60 days Request for State Review w 0 I o Governor's Decision issued by State Review Panel If no decision issued by State Review Panel Appeal to DOL 16 f EXHIBIT H 2. In cases where areas of authority overlap, it is the responsibility of the EEO Officer to advise the complainant of the existence of State, Federal and other proper action agencies, which may also have a bearing. 3. Complainants alleging discrimination under this part will be made aware of their right to file directly with the Office of Civil Rights (OCR), U.S. Department of Labor and applicable procedures. 4. Complainants must file their complaint directly with: Daniel Durham Sr. Personnel Analyst — EEO Officer 20 Civic Center Drive, M-24 Santa Ana, CA 92701 (714) 647-5330 VI. Procedures for Handling Disability Complaints by Participants Complaints alleging discrimination on the basis of disability will be filed and processed under the Department of Labor regulations implementing Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 at 29 Code of Federal Regulations Section 32. 1. Complaints must exhaust the Santa Ana LWDA's informal resolution procedures before filing their complaint with OCR. 2. Complainants will be made aware of the 180 days requirement in which to file his/her complaint. A. Procedures at the LWDA Level The complainant shall file his/her complaint directly with the Santa Ana LWDA. Upon receipt of the complaint, the EEO Officer shall investigate and gather information concerning the complaint. 2. An informal conference will be held with the parties concerned in an effort to resolve the issue(s). The complainant has the right to be present and may be represented during the conference. 3. The Santa Ana LWDA shall issue in writing its decision to the complainant no later than thirty (30) days after the filing of the complaint. B. Procedures at the State Level 1. The complainant may appeal to the State if he/she is not satisfied with the decision of the Santa Ana LWDA. v EXHIBIT H 2. The Complainant must file his/her appeal as a request for review directly with the Chief WID within ten (10) calendar days after the receipt of the Santa Ana LWDA's decision. 3. The Chief-WID, shall issue a decision no later than thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the request for review. 4. After the complainant has received a decision or no decision has been received from the Director of Employment Development Department (on behalf of the Governor), the complainant has the right to appeal his/her complaint within thirty (30) calendar days to the Office of Civil Rights (OCR) with the Department of Labor. 18 EXHIBIT H No later than 180 days of alleged discrimination Filed within 30 days of LW DA/State Decision or 90 days from date of initial filing of complaints Filing of complaint on the basis of Disability with LWDA Informal Resolution I If no resolution reached Request for Hearing Notice of Hearing Hearing Conducted LWDA Decision Unsatisfactory Decision or No Decision State Review Governor's Decision I Appeal to Assistant Secretary Department of Labor I 19 EXHIBIT H Day 1 Day/45 Day 60 Days GLOSSARY OF WIOA TERM AGE DISCRIMINATION ACT — A law passed by Congress in 1975 which prohibits discrimination on the basis of age by any program or activity receiving Federal Funds. APPLICANT — An individual who applies to a subrecipient or contract for services provided under WIOA and who has not yet transitioned to the status of participant. ASSESSMENT — Services designed to determine each participant's employability, aptitudes, abilities and interests and to develop a plan to achieve the participant's employment and related goals; also to identify the available employment and traning activities appropriate for the participant. Testing and counseling may also be used during assessment process. CHARGING PARTY (CP), COMPLAINANT, GRIEVANT, OR AGGRIEVED PERSON — The person who charges that he/she has been discriminated against under Department of Justice nondiscrimination and civil rights regulations and/or guidelines. DISCRIMINATION — In general, a failure to treat all equally, whether intentional or unintentional; the effect of an action, policy or practice which selects an individual or class of persons to receive unequal treatment. ELIGIBLE NON -CITIZEN — Lawfully admitted permanent resident, aliens, lawfully admitted refugees, and parolees and other individuals authorized by the Attorney General to work in the United States. EMPLOYER — An employer subject to the provisions of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, including state and local governments and any Federal agency subjects to the provisions of Section 717 of the Civil Rights Act, as amended; and any Federal contractor or subcontractor covered by executive Order 11246, as amended. GRIEVANCE — An allegation that something imposes an illegal obligation or burden or denies some equitable or legal right, or causes injustice . INDIVIDUAL WITH A DISABILITY — Any individual who has a physical or mental disability that constitutes or results in a substantial challenge to employment. INTAKE — Includes screening to determine eligibility; to select from eligible applicants those individuals who are most in need and can benefit from program services; to complete procedural requirements necessary to enroll an individual into the program and to refer those not enrolled to other programs. JOINT COMPLAINT — A complaint of employment discrimination covered by Title VII or the Equal Pay Act and by Title VI or Title IX. Individual "joint complaints" are normally investigated by EEOC unless OCR has a compelling reason to investigate. "Joint complaints" alleging discrimination in employment and other practices and pattern or practice "joint complaints" are normally investigated by OCR. 20 EXHIBIT H JURISDICTION — Authority to investigate and resolve complaints against an institution subject to a law or statute which has been assigned to OCR for enforcement, i.e., Title VI, Title IX, etc. PARTICIPANT — Any applicant who has: (1) Been determined eligible for participation upon intake; and (2) Who is receiving subsidized employment, training or services (except post -termination services) funded under the Act, following intake, except for an individual who receives only outreach and/or intake and assessment services. 21 EXHIBIT H AC"RO® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(NIWDDIYI'YYI 08/30/2022 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsements . PRODUCER CONTACTNAME: Marc Jung MJLA Insurance Services, Inc. 3600 Wilshire Blvd. Suite 2028 _��N�e..€x"' (213) 232-4911 a/c Ne ; (213 260-6004 ADo"alEss' Sarah@mjins.net INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAICN INSURER A: Guard insurance 42390 Los Angeles CA 90010 INSURED INSURER B: Hartford Insurance 29424 Learnet Academy, Inc INSURER C : INSURER D : 3251 W 6th St Suite 200 INSURER E : Los Angeles CA 90020 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER REVISION NllnnaFa• THIS 15 TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. ILTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADOLSUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY SEE MMIDDIYYYY POLICY EXP MMIDDIYYYY LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE 1A OCCUR EACHOCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 DAMAGE TO ftE TED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ 300,000 MED EXP (Any one parson) $ 5,000 PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $ 2,000.000 A Y LEBP294218 09/18/2022 09/18/2023 GENT X AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY ❑ JECOT LOC GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000 PRODUCTS - COMPIOP AGG $ 4,000,000 $ OTHER AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINE MBI tlEDt SINGLE LIMIT $ ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY BODILY INJURY ) (Per accident $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ $ UMBRELLA LIAB _ OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ EXCESS LIAO CLAIMS -MADE DED RETENTION$ $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY YIN ANY PROPRIETORIPARTNER/EX OFFICERIMEMBEER EXCLUDED?ECUTIVE Fy] (Mandatory ln NH) Ifyes escribe under DE86RIPTION OF OPERATIONS below NIA 72WECAH4BJ3 09l18/2022 09/18/2023 X STATUTE OTH- —. X ER .L EEACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E,L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE$ 1,000,000 E, L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remark. Schedule, may be site ched If more space is required) The City of Santa Ana, Its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds on the CGL policy with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection With such work or operation, Primary and Non-Contruibory Included. Location: 3251 W Sib St Suite 200„ Los Angeles, CA 90020 30 days notice of cancellation. City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE CA 92702 ©1 TION. All riahts mBarveH ACORD 25 (2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: _ LOC #: 4�izo® ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page of AGENCY MJLA Insurance Services, Inc. NAMED INSURED Learnel Academy, Inc POLICY NUMBER CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: AUUI I IVINAL KLMAKK5 THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance 10 days notice of cancellation for non-payment of premium. Individual Excluded: Tie J Shin J ACORD 101 (2008/01) © 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD arsdemy 3251 V N], V. 4"/' -Ykl a nr Awk, Cl WK0 z 2/3. 367-4242 2Lr;,?Z5365 May18, 2023 City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana, CA 92702 Re: Auto Insurance Requirement Dear City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division: Learnet Academy, Inc. has intent to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana. Throughout the course of this agreement, Learnet Academy, Inc. attests to the following: 1. Learnet Academy, Inc. will not use/drive any vehicle during the course and scope of the services provided in the agreement/contract. 2. Learnet Academy, Inc. will not use any owned/rented/leased vehicles during the course and scope of the services provided in the agreement/contract. 3. Learnet Academy, Inc. consultants/independent contractors/employees utilize their personal vehicles/non-company owned, borrowed, or rented/leased vehicles for transportation to and from work and if applicable carry their own automobile insurance. By signing below, I, Tia Shin attest that I possess the legal authority to enter into an agreement with the City of Santa Ana as well as the legal authority to attest to the statements above. If at any time it is found that [company name] is not adhering to any/all statements in this document and has not provided the minimum Auto liability insurance coverage of $1 million per occurrence, the contract will be considered null and void and the company will be held fully liable for any and all damages. Tia Shin Executive Director Learnet Academy, Inc. (213) 387-4242 tishin@learnet.edu POLICY NUMBER: LEBP294218 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, CONTRACTORS - (FORM This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART. SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: City of Santa Ana Rosk Management Division 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana, CA 92702 LESSEES OR B) (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. CG 20 10 11 85 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 Page 1 of 1 ❑ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies Insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution from Primary And Noncontributory Insurance any other insurance avallable to the additional This insurance is primary to and will not seek insured. contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and CG 20 01 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 inmevFRM Cazarez, Juan From: CTrax <certificate-request@ctrax.jdidata.com> Sent: Tuesday, September 27, 2022 8:11 AM To: Sarah@mjins.net; Goodson, Audrey; tjshin@learnet.edu Subject: Internal Notice of Compliance NOTICE OF COMPLIANCE CITY STAFF: PRINT THIS PAGE AND INCLUDE WITH AGREEMENT TO THE CLERK OF THE COUNCIL Contractor Learnet Academy, Inc. Name: Project Number: A-2020-194-02 Project Name: Agreement For Workforce Training The Certificate of Insurance (COI) submitted indicates that the coverages are in compliance with the insurance requirements. No further action is required at this time. The compliant coverage(s) are: TYPE OF INSURANCE i POLICY NUMBER. GENERAL LIABILITY i LEBP294218 j WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 72WECAH4B13 Thank you, City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division in partnership with CTrax Plus Services Team 9/27/2022 11:11 AM EXPIRATION DATE ! COI DATE 09/18/20231 09/26/2022 FILE NAME COI -SANTA ANA (1).pdf 09/18/2023 08/30/2022 Leamet Academy 09182023.pdf 1 Araiza, Fatima From: City of Santa Ana < certificate- request@ctraxjdidata.com> Sent: Monday, September 11, 2023 10:19 AM To: Goodson, Audrey Subject: Internal Notice of Compliance NOTICE OF COMPLIANCE CITY "A ',ACC`. I1111RINT I'IIII Pi I1111A E AND INCLUDE Ck I 111 1AGREEMENTTOT111IE CLERK CSC 1111IE COUNCIL Contractor Learnet Academy, Inc. Name: Project A-2023-069-02 Number: Project Agreement For Workforce Training - Learnet Academy Name: The Certificate of Insurance (COI) submitted indicates that the coverages are in compliance with the insurance requirements. No further action is required at this time. The compliant coverage(s) are: TYPE OF INSURANCE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY GENERAL LIABILITY PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY Thank you, City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division in partnership with CTrax Plus Services Team 9/11/2023 1:19 PM POLICY EXPIRATION NUMBER DATE WAIVER 08/31/2024 LEBP484540 09/18/2024 COI DATE FILE NAME 09/11/2023 09/05/2023 WAIVER 08/31/2024 09/11/2023 72WECAH4BJ3 09/18/2024 09/05/2023 Learnet Auto.pdf Learnet 09182024.pdf Learnet PL.pdf Learnet 09182024.pdf 1 ) ACOR" CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DDIYYYY 09/05/2024 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). CONTACT NAME: Marc: Jung MJLA Insurance Service, Inc PHONE • FAX 4801 Wilshire Blvd Suite 307 • A/c No EXt: (% 13) 3 ) 0 4 E-MAIL Los Angeles, CA 90010 � I � ADDRESS: S2ri h � rld INS ER(S) AFFORDING C ERAGE NAIC # INSURERA: GU i, 1 I 42390 INSURED INSURERB: H Afo.'I Insurann-e 29424 Learnet Academy, In C lNsuRE,R c �a T •Allift`•••3251 W 6th St Suite : Los Angeles A 0 : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL I SUBR POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF MM/DD/YYYY POLICY EXP MM/DD/YYYY LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 CLAIMS -MADE � OCCUR PR RETE SESDAMAGE OEa oNcur ence $ 300,000 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 5,000 PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000 A Y Y LEBP555775 09/18/2024 09/18/2025 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000 POLICY ❑ PRO ❑ LOC JECT X PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 4,000,000 $ OTHER: AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY MBINED SINGLE LIMIT (CEO, accident $ BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE Per accident $ HIRED NON -OWNED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ AGGREGATE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE DED RETENTION $ $ B WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY YIN N ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? Y (Mandatory in NH) N / A 72WECAH4BJ3 09/18/2024 09/18/2025 PER �/ OTH- X ST ATUTE /� ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ 1,000,000 If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L. DISEASE- POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 1D1, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) The City of Santa Ana, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds on the CGL policy with respect to liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor including materials, parts, or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operation. Primary and Non -Contributory Included. Location: 3251 W 6th St Suite 200., Los Angeles, CA 90020 30 days notice of cancellation. City of Santa Ana Risk Management Division 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana ACORD 25 (2016/03) SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF NATICF Wu I RF nFl IVFRFn IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PR( Risk Managanent Division AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE I'a aN /. ^`� REVIEWED br APPROVED BY. CA 92702 `®' Risk Management Specialist © 1988-2015 ACORD The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: LOC #: A` oRo® ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page of AGENCY MJLA Insurance Services, Inc. NAMEDINSURED Learnet Academy, Inc POLICY NUMBER CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance 10 days notice of cancellation for non-payment of premium. Individual Excluded: Tia J Shin „ Riak Managanent Division �?- REVIEWED & APPROVED BY: ® Risk Management Specialist ACORD 101 (2008/01) © 2008 ACORD The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD POLICY NUMBER: LEBP555775 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - (FORM B) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART. SCHEDULE Name of Person or Organization: The City of Santa Ana and its departments, boards, officials, employees and agents. Risk Management Division 20 Civic Center Plaza Santa Ana, CA 9270 (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) WHO IS AN INSURED (Section II) is amended to include as an insured the person or organization shown in the Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of "your work" for that insured by or for you. Rink Management DMsian �?- REVIEWED & APPROVED BY: Risk Management Specialist CG 20 10 11 85 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1984 Page 1 of 1 ❑ COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution from Primary And Noncontributory Insurance any other insurance available to the additional This insurance is primary to and will not seek insured. contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and Risk Management Division REMEWED & APPROVED BY. R-jz, fic v44 CG 20 0104 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 ® Risk Management Specialist DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) ACORN® CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE 09/09/2025 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER,AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER CONTACT NAME: Marc Jung MJLA Insurance Services, Inc. a/cNN Ext: (323)272-3388 FAX No): (213)260-6004 4801 Wilshire Blvd E-MAIL h ins.net sara mj ADDRESS: C ) Suite 307 INSURER(S)AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# Los Angeles CA 90010 INSURERA: Hartford Insurance 29424 INSURED INSURER B Learnet Academy, Inc INSURER C 7 INSURER D: 3251 W 6th St Suite 200 INSURER E: Los Angeles CA 90020 INSURER F: COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES.LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL SUBR POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS LTR INSD WVD POLICY NUMBER MM/DD MM/DD/YYY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000,000 CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR PREM S GEE SOEa occurrDence $ 300,000 MED EXP(Any one person) $ 5,000 A Y Y 72 SBA BV6UEZ 09/18/2025 09/18/2026 PERSONAL&ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000 X POLICY❑ PRO ❑ LOC PRODUCTS-COMP/OPAGG $ 4,000,000 JECT OTHER: $ AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ Ea accident ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY(Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY(Per accident) $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $ AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY Per accident UMBRELLA LIAB OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION$ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION P X ER �/ OTH- AND EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY Y/N X STATUTE ER ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE E.L.EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 B OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? YI N/A 72 WEC AH4BJ3 09/18/2025 09/18/2026 (Mandatory in NH) E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 If yes,describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101,Additional Remarks Schedule,may be attached if more space is required) The City of Santa Ana, its officers,officials,employees,and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds on the CGL policy with respect to Tu Tran Digit T ig-d byTliability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor including materials, parts,or equipment furnished in connection Nguye oatee with suchworknzs."10 or operation. In ,0:03:0 -o�oo Primary and Non-Contributory Included. Location: 3251 W 6th St Suite 200., Los Angeles, CA 90020 APPROVED CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION By Tu Tran Nguyen at 10:02 am,Sep 10,2025 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. City of Santa Ana ATTN:Audrey Goodson AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 801 W. Civic Center Dr., Suite 200 Santa Ana CA 92701 ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25(2016/03) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: LOC#: ,a�oRo ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page of AGENCY NAMED INSURED MJLA Insurance Services, Inc. Learnet Academy, Inc POLICY NUMBER CARRIER NAIC CODE EFFECTIVE DATE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER: 25 FORM TITLE: Certificate of Liability Insurance 30 days notice of cancellation. 10 days notice of cancellation for non-payment of premium. Individual Excluded:Tia J Shin ACORD 101 (2008/01) ©2008 ACORD CORPORATION.All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution from Primary And Noncontributory Insurance any other insurance available to the additional This insurance is primary to and will not seek insured. contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and CG 20 01 04 13 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 140161.FRM THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE HARTFORD BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED BY CONTRACT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Except as otherwise stated in this endorsement, the terms and conditions of the Policy apply. A. The following is added to Section C.WHO IS AN INSURED: Additional Insureds When Required By Written Contract,Written Agreement Or Permit The person(s) or organization(s) identified in Paragraphs a. through f. below are additional insureds when you have agreed, in a written contract or written agreement, or when required by a written permit issued by a state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your Coverage Part, provided the injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement, or the issuance of the permit. A person or organization is an additional insured under this provision only for that period of time required by the contract, agreement or permit. However, no such person or organization is an additional insured under this provision if such person or organization is included as an additional insured by any other endorsement issued by us and made a part of this Coverage Part. The insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract, agreement, or permit to provide for such additional insured. The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law. The limits of insurance that apply to additional insureds are described in Section D. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES LIMITS OF INSURANCE. How this insurance applies when other insurance is available to an additional insured is described in the Other Insurance Condition in Section E. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES GENERAL CONDITIONS. a. Vendors Any person(s) or organization(s) (referred to below as vendor), but only with respect to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of "your products" which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business and only if this Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". (1) The insurance afforded to the vendor is subject to the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: (a) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (b) Any express warranty unauthorized by you; (c) Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; (d) Repackaging, except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; (e) Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products; (f) Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; Form SL 30 32 06 21 Page 1 of 3 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE HARTFORD (g) Products which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor; or (h) "Bodily injury" or"property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: (i) The exceptions contained in Paragraphs (d) or(f); or (ii) Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. (2) This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into, accompanying or containing such products. b. Lessors Of Equipment (1) Any person or organization from whom you lease equipment; but only with respect to their liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person or organization. (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence"which takes place after you cease to lease that equipment. c. Lessors Of Land Or Premises (1) Any person or organization from whom you lease land or premises, but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the land or premises leased to you. (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to: (a) Any 'occurrence" which takes place after you cease to lease that land or be a tenant in that premises; or (b) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. d. Architects, Engineers Or Surveyors (1) Any architect, engineer, or surveyor, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: (a) In connection with your premises; (b) In the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf; or (c) In connection with "your work" and included within the "products-completed operations hazard", but only if: (i) The written contract, written agreement or permit requires you to provide such coverage to such additional insured; and (ii) This Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury" or"property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional services, including: (i) The preparing, approving, or failure to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders, designs or drawings and specifications; or (ii) Supervisory, surveying, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by an insured, if the "bodily injury", "property Form SL 30 32 06 21 Page 2 of 3 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE HARTFORD damage", or"personal and advertising injury" arises out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional service. e. State Or Governmental Agency Or Subdivision Or Political Subdivision Issuing Permit (1) Any state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision, but only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit. (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to: (a) "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the federal government, state or municipality; or (b) "Bodily injury" or"property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". f. Any Other Party (1) Any other person or organization who is not in one of the categories or classes listed above in Paragraphs a. through e. above, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: (a) In the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf; (b) In connection with your premises owned by or rented to you; or (c) In connection with "your work" and included within the "products-completed operations hazard", but only if: (i) The written contract, written agreement or permit requires you to provide such coverage to such additional insured; and (ii) This Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". (2) With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (a) The preparing, approving, or failure to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders, designs or drawings and specifications; or (b) Supervisory, surveying, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by an insured, if the "bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arises out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional service described in Paragraphs f.(2)(a) or f.(2)(b) above. Form SL 30 32 06 21 Page 3 of 3 ©2021, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. THE HARTFORD WAIVER OF SUBROGATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Except as otherwise stated in this endorsement, the terms and conditions of the Policy apply. The following is added to Section E. LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES GENERAL CONDITIONS: We waive any right of recovery we may have against: a. Any person or organization shown in the Declarations, or b. Any person or organization with whom you have a contract that requires such waiver. Form SL 30 03 10 18 Page 1 of 1 ©2018, The Hartford (May include copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION Policy Number: 72WECAH4BJ3 Endorsement Number: 01 Effective Date: 09/18/2025 Effective hour is the same as stated on the Information Page of the policy. Named Insured and Address: City of Santa Ana, its City Council,officers,officials,employees,agents,and volunteers City of Santa Ana ATTN:Audrey Goodson 801 W. Civic Center Dr., Suite 200 Santa Ana,CA 92701 Nothing herein contained shall be held to vary, waive, alter, or extend any of the terms, conditions, agreements or declarations of the policy, other than as herein stated. This endorsement shall not be binding unless countersigned by a duly authorized agent of the company, provided that if this endorsement takes effect as of the effective date of the policy and, at issue of said policy, forms a part thereof, countersignature on the declarations page of said policy by a duly authorized agent of the company shall constitute valid countersignature of this endorsement. Countersigned by CLl,�Grz� Authorized Representative Form G-2240-3 B Printed in U.S.A. SEQ 01 Page 1 of 2 Process Date: Policy Expiration Date: CITY OF SANTA ANA laoxctth. Risk Management a division of Human Resources Managing Risk through Awareness and Action AFFIDAVIT OF EXEMPTION FOR AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE I Tia Shin, Executive Director «Re resentative"( p ),attest that I am an authorized (Name and Title of Vendor Representative) representative of Learnet Academy, Inc. ("Company"), and (Consultant/Company Name) possess the authority to legally bind Company. In my capacity as Representative of Company, I represent and confirm the following, as relates to the agreement between Company and City of Santa Ana, agreement number 171962277 ("Agreement")toprovide workforce Training Services ("Services"): (Services to be provided under agreement/contract) During the course and scope of Company's agreement with the City of Santa Ana, Company employees, consultants, representatives, and agents will not use and/or drive any Company owned/rented/leased/borrowed vehicles to perform Services to, for,or on behalf of City of Santa Ana. If at any time it is found that Company is not adhering to any and/or all of the statements in this document and does not maintain the minimum automobile liability insurance coverage as required in the Agreement, it will be considered a breach of Agreement rendering the Agreement null and void and Company will be fully liable for any and all damages. Digitally signed by To Shin /'� F Tia Shin DNcm n=TiaShino=Le Academy,Inc ou=Operations Dept 9/10/202 eail=tjshin@learnet.edu,du,-US Date:2025.09.10 09:39:00-0700' Signature Date Tia Shin Print Name Executive Director Title Contact Information,i.e.,Telephone Number and/or Email Address Affidavit of Exemption for Automobile Liability Insurance 11.12.2024 CITY OF SANTA ANA laoxctth. Risk Management a division of Human Resources Managing Risk through Awareness and Action AFFIDAVIT OF EXEMPTION FOR PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY INSURANCE I Tia Shin, Executive Director «Re resentative"( p ),attest that I am an authorized (Name and Title of Vendor Representative) representative of Learnet Academy, Inc. ("Company"), and (Consultant/Company Name) possess the authority to legally bind Company. In my capacity as Representative of Company, I represent and confirm the following, as relates to the agreement between Company and City of Santa Ana, agreement number 171962277 ("Agreement")toprovide workforce Training Services ("Services"): (Services to be provided under agreement/contract) During the course and scope of Company's agreement with the City of Santa Ana, Company will not use the services of an expert necessitating professional liability/errors &omissions liability insurance coverage in the performance of Services to, for, or on behalf of City of Santa Ana. If at any time it is found that Company is not adhering to any and/or all of the statements in this document and does not maintain the minimum professional liability insurance coverage as required in the Agreement, it will be considered a breach of Agreement rendering the Agreement null and void and Company will be fully liable for any and all damages. Digitally signed by To Shin /'� F Tia Shin DNcm n=TiaShino=Le Academy,Inc ou=Operations Dept 9/10/202 eail=tjshin@learnet.edu,du,-US Date:2025.09.10 09:34:38-0700' Signature Date Tia Shin Print Name Executive Director Title Contact Information,i.e.,Telephone Number and/or Email Address Affidavit of Exemption for Professional Liability Insurance 11.12.2024